Home

Installation Manual

1. 15 98 160 GHz 50 MHz 38 MHz 42 MHz 165 kHz 15 96 160 GHz 100 MHz 760 MHz 84 0 MHz 330 kHz 14 0 16 0 GHz 5 GHz 3 8 GHz 4 2 GHz 16 5 MHz 20 499996 20 5 GHz 10 kHz 76 kHz 84 kHz 33 Hz 2048 20 5 GHz 50 MHz 38 MHz 42 MHz 165 kHz 2046 205 GHz 100 MHz 760 MHz 84 0 MHz 330 kHz 30 1240 GHz 19 25 GHz 17 1 GHz 18 9 GHz 63 525 MHz 3 87 Performance Tests 3 40 Third Order Intermodulation Distortion SPECIFICATION For a total mixer input level of 30 dBm 10 MHz 2 9 GHz lt 70 dBc 2 75 22 GHz lt 75 dBc RELATED ADJUSTMENT There is no related adjustment procedure for this performance test DESCRIPTION Two synthesized sweepers provide the signals required for measuring third order intermodulation Both synthesized sweepers are phase locked to the analyzer s 10 MHz reference BNC BNC CABLE ASSEMBLY TEE BNC CABLE ASSEMBLY Li SPECTRUM SYNTHESIZED ANALYZER i0MHz REF SYNTHESIZED SWEEPER 2 FREGUENCY STANDARD EXT SWEEPER 1 CS abe mum OE hiidh Z5 000 OO SMA CABLE ASSY DIRECTIONAL COUPLER POWER SENSOR 20000 QENBEN a a F
2. HP 8340A HP 8562 Measurement Frequency Frequency Uncertainty 1 49999394 1 50000606 3 99998394 4 00001606 8 99996389 9 00003611 15 99993584 16 00006416 20 99991579 21 00008421 HP 8562A 2805A amp Below HP 8562B 2809A amp Below 3 61 Performance Tests Rev 25FEB88 3 36 Pulse Digitization Uncertainty SPECIFICATION Pulse digitization uncertainty PDU for pulse repetition frequency PRF 720 Sweeptime LOG 125 dB for RES BW lt 1 MHz 3 dB for 2 MHz RES BW LINEAR lt 4 of reference level for RES BW s1MHz lt 12 of reference level for 2 MHz RES BW RELATED ADJUSTMENT There is no related adjustment procedure for this performance test DESCRIPTION This test measures the ability of the analyzer s analog to digital circuitry to respond to pulsed RF signals The synthesized Sweeper is phase locked to the spectrum analyzer s 10 MHz reference The only log scale tested is 5 dB DIV since this is the worst case Linear scale is also tested BNC CABLE ASSY FREQUENCY SPECTRUM SYNTHESIZED STANDARD EXT ANALYZER SWEEPER 10 MHz REF IN OUT PULSE FUNCTION GENERATOR ooo eiee e O SS 5900 Coco 25606 09 0508 seco 8 PULSE RF MODULATION OUTPUT INPUT ADAPTER ADAPTER BNC CABLE ASSY APC 3 5 CABLE ASSY Figure 3 14 Pulse Digitization U
3. 10503 SMA 61 cm 24 in uuo ou ec wow omo HP 8120 1578 PROCEDURE 1 Connect the equipment as shown Figure 3 19 Both HP 8340A s should be set for EXT FREQUENCY STANDARD Connect the power splitter directly to the analyzer s RF INPUT Do not use a cable Set the HP 8340A 1 controls as follows QW A sed ime d cepi ue erac m E t ut atus Sod pv et ste 1 499996 GHz POWER LEVEL r odeur D ruler A pt a APR Se P C SR a YER 5 dBm FREQUENCY STANDARD SWITCH rear panel EXT Set the HP 8340A 2 controls as follows CMS ps eS oo i aU IR ert oo one See id RANA 1 500004 GHz POWER LEVEL user Ren Hee ae UNDE ALS eA NUI cene a 10 dBm FREQUENCY STANDARD SWITCH rear panel EXT On the HP 8562A B press the PRESET key the RECALL key MORE and FACTORY PRSEL Set the HP 8562A B controls as follows CENTER FREQ Bee eg den vw ERES e ne 1 5 GHz SPAN en te eee lao ET RE PURUS UENIRE Gags ee adie RE oe 10 kHz NOTE Use the procedure in steps 5 through 7 when testing all frequency spans of HP 8562A analyzers and spans up to 100 MHz of HP 8562B analyzers Use the procedure in steps 8 through 19 when testing frequency spans of 5 GHz and above of HP 8562B analyzers On the HP 8562A B press the TRIG key SINGLE SINGLE the MARKER OFF key the PEAK SEARCH ke
4. 3 4 Running the Functional Tests 3 4 10 MHz Reference Output 3 11 Calibrator Amplitude and Frequency Accuracy 3 13 Displayed Average Noise 3 15 Resolution Bandwidth Switching and IF Alignment Uncertainty 3 19 Resolution Bandwidth Accuracy and Selectivity 3 21 Input Attenuator Accuracy 3 25 IF Gain Uncertainty zx i ue Rie 3 37 Scale Fidelity Ge ts es x om y MELDE NR 3 42 Residual FM z M A eis Vues ntum dois dt Noise Sidebands ll Vil gay eat 3 Image Multiple and Out of Band Responses dir m Varus Cy Z 5 Frequency Readout Accuracy Frequency Count Marker Accuracy 3 58 Pulse Digitization Uncertainty 3 62 Second Harmonic Distortion 3 65 Frequency Response 3 70 Frequency Span Accuracy 3 84 Third Order Intermodulation Distortion 3 88 Gain Compression ero me dk A di e 3 92 IST LO Output Amplitude
5. OD OEMSXLOLLL OGeRRLLLALULIULILLUOLIIL OSE SSA ESSEC EQUIPMENT Synthesized Sweeper HP 8340A Universal Counter HP 5316A Pulse Function Generator HP 8116A Adapters APC 3 5 f to f 2 required for Option 026 HP 1250 1745 Type m to BNC f 2 required HP 1250 1476 BNC tee m D D eausa uda doh he a eters HP 1250 0781 Cables 122 cm 48 in 5 required HP 10503 PROCEDURE 1 Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 3 23 with the BNC cable from the HP 5316A connected 3 100 to the HP 8562A B EXT TRIG INPUT On the HP 8562A B press the PRESET key and set the controls as follows CENTER FREQ PE AER ie YS DM 300 MHz 1 402 cb edes Wie R ATA fa ire 0 Hz SWEEP TIME 3 5833 e qe spe oe ah erie de MS Ed es 50 us SCALE oue vid eer Dg LINEAR Set all buttons on the HP 5816A out including the blue SHIFT button Set the LEVEL SENS control for Channel A to midrange and the LEVEL SENS control for Channel B fully counterclockwise Set the GATE TIME Control to MIN a Push the FREQ A button in b Push the AC DC buttons for Channels A and B in Push the Channel A TRIGGER LEVEL SENSITIVITY button in Set the HP 5116A contr
6. HP 10503A 3 5 91 O61 8120 4921 PROCEDURE Band 0 1 3 54 Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 3 12 but do not connect the power sensor to the power splitter Press the INSTR PRESET key on the HP 8340A and set the controls as follows eut 2 GHz POWER LEVEL 10 dBm FREQUENCY STANDARD SWITCH rear panel EXT On the HP 8562A press the PRESET key the RECALL key MORE and FACTORY PRESEL PK Set the HP 8562A controls as follows CENTER PEREG unes Se ape ae ME deua OES oars iR 2 GHz SPAN cix are dei E Cok qr ged eae S guias 10 kHz REP LEVEL 10 dBm 0 dB RESBW 1kHz Zero and calibrate the HP 8902A and HP 8485 Enter the power sensor s 2 GHz calibration factor into the HP 8902A Connect the HP 8485A to the HP 11667B Power Splitter Adjust the HP 8340 POWER LEVEL for a 10 dBm 0 1 dB reading on the HP 8902A On the HP 8562A press the PEAK SEARCH key the MKR key MKR LVL the TRIG key SINGLE the PEAK SEARCH key and MARKER DELTA For each of the frequencies listed in Table 3 22 for Band 0 do the following a Set the HP 8340A to the listed CW key frequency b Enter the appropriate power sensor calibration factor into the HP 8902A c S
7. Frequency Range 1 kHz to 22 GHz Option 026 1 kHz to 265 GHz Internal Mixing Bands Frequency Band Harmonic Mixing Mode N 1 kHz to 2 9 GHz 1 2 75 GHz to 6 46 GHz 1 5 86 GHz to 13 0 GHz 2 12 4 GHz to 19 7 GHz 3 19 1 GHz to 22 0 GHz 4 Opt 026 19 1 GHz to 26 5 GHz 18 to 325 GHz Frequency Frequency Harmonic Mixing Band Range GHz Mode N K 18 0 to 26 5 6 26 5 to 40 0 8 Q 33 0 to 50 0 10 U 40 0 to 60 0 10 50 0 to 75 0 14 E 60 0 to 90 0 16 W 75 0 to 110 0 18 F 90 0 to 140 0 24 D 110 0 to 170 0 30 G 140 0 to 220 0 36 Y 170 0 to 260 0 44 J 220 0 to 325 0 54 Frequency Readout Accuracy accuracy of lt frequency readout x frequency reference accuracy 5 Start Center Stop or Marker frequency frequency equency cy of frequency span 15 of resolution bandwidth 250 Hz Frequency Count Marke Resolution os Selectable from 10 Hz to 1 MHz Frequency Count Marker Accuracy lt marker frequency x frequency reference accuracy for signal to noise ratio gt 25 dB 50 Hz x 1LSD Delta Frequency Count Accuracy lt delta frequency x frequency reference accuracy for signal to noise ratio gt 25 dB 100 Hz x N 2LSD Frequency Reference Accuracy 4 x 10 per year Includes aging temperature drift and settability Stability Residual FM zero span lt 50 Hz peak to peak i
8. HP 5061 5311 e 3 58 Performance Tests _ Cables SMA 61 24 HP 8120 1578 PROCEDURE l Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 3 13 Frequency Readout Accuracy 2 Press the INSTR PRESET key on the HP 8340A Set the HP 8340A controls as follows CW abere acts EEE ie LLL IPTE 1 5 GHz POWER LEVEL ie homo s Roh hos oh hh non 10 dBm On the HP 8562 press the PRESET key and set the controls as follows CENTER FREQ EURO E RUE x BE Er RU Se Se 1 5 GHz SPAN Ra a OR eae Eee Sg 1 MHz Omit this step if spectrum analyzer is 8562B On HP 8562A analyzers press the RECALL key MORE and FACTORY PRSEL PK On the HP 8562 press the PEAK SEARCH key Record the MKR frequency in Table 3 23 as the Actual Marker Reading The reading should be within the limits shown Repeat step 5 for all the frequency and span combinations listed in Table 3 23 Peak the HP 8562A preselector after tuning the analyzer s center frequency and HP 8340A the CW key to frequencies of 4 GHz and above Frequency Count Marker Accuracy 7 Set the HP 8562A B the SPAN key to 1 MHz Press the FREQ COUNT key and set COUNTER RES to 10 Hz Key in the HP 8340A CW frequencies and the HP 8562A B center fre
9. Sce Big Hearne R A ome K ee e HP 11975A Power Sensor HP 8485A Power Splitter HP 11667B Adapters 3 5 f to 3 5 f 2 required 5061 5311 3 5 to m 1250 1743 BNC Tee m D D HP 1250 0781 Cables BNC 122 48 2 required HP 10503A SMA 61 24 8120 1578 RF Cable Spree dca x 11975 20002 PROCEDURE 2 9 GHz 1 Zero the HP 8902A and calibrate the HP 8485A power sensor as described in the HP 8902A Operation Manual Enter the power sensor s 2 GHz calibration factor into the HP 8902A 2 Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 3 21 with the output of the power splitter connected to the HP 8485A Power Sensor 3 Press the INSTR PRESET key on both HP 8340A s Set the controls for the HP 8340A 1 as follows D RC TII 2 0 GHz FOWER LEVEL quiescens A ce b 24 dBm FREQUENCY STANDARD SWITCH rear panel EXT 4 Set the controls for the HP 8340A 2 as follows SA H ee Z Kaa 2 003 GHz POWER LEVEL 8 dBm FREQUENCY STANDARD SWITCH rear panel ll EXT 5 On the HP 8562A B press the PRESET key On HP 8562A an
10. BENE R S BGR Sa 2nd Harmonic Distortion III T oo EEE IL NE 222 NI V V Frequency Response t Du Y KOET DEAN E NT V Test results are valid I Test results are invalid T On Option 026 spectrum analyzers these TAM firmware revisions will test only up to 22 GHz IST LO OUTPUT Amplitude Displayed Average Noise Level Residual Responses 3 Press Config to enter the configuration menu and verify that the TAM is properly configured and that any test equipment is properly connected to the HP IB Refer to the System Configuration Menu section of the TAM Supplement for more information on configuring external test equipment If a printer is configured and available Functional Test results will be sent to the 3 6 All Serials Rev 25FEB88 Performance Tests M PM MM a nee printer instead of the screen If everything is properly configured return to the main menu and press Test 4 Pressing All Test executes all the tests listed in the orzer shown If only one test is to be performed rotate the knob until the arrow points to the desired test and press Execute 5 The Repeat mode be used to find suspected intermittent problems If a printer is configured and connected to HP IB Repeat will perform the sele
11. 3 96 Sweep Time Accuracy ee TRP AAC S 3 99 Residual Responses 4 a aac PURO p Eure e cm rm e 3 103 IF Input Amplitude Accuracy 3 105 What You ll Find in This Chapter 4 1 Before You Cal HP R SA Euros 4 1 Check the Basics uA ARA TG dune how ves rx eder Gh EID 4 1 HP 85629A Test and Adjustment Module 4 2 Read the Warranty ou 4 4 2 Service OptlonS o uus Eee qu Ro a 4 2 Howto CalLHP og MIROR RR OE 4 3 How to Return Your Analyzer for 4 3 Service Tag o ru ere Reges M D Ga ae WU NN Vacca cca 4 3 Original Packaging 4 3 Other Packaging lt s 219 s ok wea Wu 4 3 Appendix A Error Messages A wen ere ow Be cals be e tu ah Skee Geb hank 1 SAFETY SYMBOLS The following safety symbols are used throughout this manual and in the instrument Familiarize yourself with each of the symbols and its meaning before operating this instrument Instruction manual symbol The instrument will be marked with this symbol when it is necessary for the user to refer to the instr
12. EQUIPMENT Measuring Receiver HP 8902A Synthesized Sweeper 2 required HP 8340A Directional Coupler HP 0955 0125 Power Sensor oes d ues ERR ee te Se ae UR UE HP 8485A Adapters Type N m to APC 3 5 m not necessary for COR 026 HP 1250 1743 3 5 f to APC 3 5 f 2 required HP 5061 5311 BNC tee m H E zd wow RE RU HP 1250 0781 Cables 122 cm 48 in 2required 10503 3 5 91 36 in 2 required HP 8120 4921 PROCEDURE Third Order Intermodulation 10 MHz 2 9 GHz 1 Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 3 20 2 Press the INSTR PRESET key on each HP 8340A Set each of the HP 8340A controls as follows amp POWER LEVEL lt ne a e ae e 20 dBm CW HP 8340A 1 CES Sw e UA ER US Et 2 800 GHz CW HP 8340A 2 ae RR god 2 80005 GHz MODULATION lt ecr 32 uc uoa do qe parcs OFF ta ote OFF FREQUENCY STANDARD SWITCH rear panel EXT 4 On the HP 8562A B press the PRESET key On HP 8562A analyzers press the RECALL key MORE and FACTORY PRSEL PK Set the HP 8562A B controls as follows CENTER FREQ eae Rte Roe Noo need C 2 8 GHz REFLVWL u E eT RE A uiuos d rome
13. a Mod 2 003 GHz POWERLEVEL Red ete eB i 8 dBm FREQUENCY STANDARD SWITCH rear panel EXT 5 On the HP 8562A B press the PRESET key On HP 8562A analyzers press the RECALL key MORE and FACTORY PRESEL PK Set the HP 8562A B controls as follows CENTER FREG aw waa ud seen Audit d Apa us 2 0 GHz REFLWL 30 dBm SPAN Wo cerium or PR 10 MHz RESBW lH e vus 300 kHz SATE au de est RA neta ede deum de buf qua quat 1 dB Div 6 Adjust the HP 11975 OUTPUT POWER LEVEL for a 5 dBm reading on the HP 8902A display 7 Set the HP 8340A 2 POWER LEVEL key to 80 dBm HP 8562A 2805A amp Below HP 8562B 2809A amp Below 3 93 Performance Tests 8 Remove the power sensor from the power splitter Connect the power splitter to the HP 8562A B RF INPUT using an adapter Do not use a cable 9 Adjust the HP 8340A 1 POWER LEVEL key for a signal 1 dB below the HP 8562A B reference level 10 On the HP 8562A B press the PEAK SEARCH key and MARKER DELTA 11 Set the HP 8340A 2 POWER LEVEL key to 8 dBm 12 On the HP 8562A B press the PEAK SEARCH key and NEXT PEAK The active marker should be on the lower amplitude signal and not on the signal that is off the top of the screen If it is not on the lower amplitude signal reposition the marker to this peak using the front panel function knob Read the amp
14. RUE Eon dw ry Si wen HES deoa ET 1 dB Div Adjust the HP 11975A OUTPUT POWER LEVEL for 7 dBm reading on the HP 8902A display 3 93 Performance Tests C 7 Set the HP 8340A 2 POWER LEVEL key to 80 dBm 8 Remove the power sensor from the power splitter Connect the power splitter to the HP 8562A B RF INPUT using an adapter Do not use a cable 9 Adjust the HP 8340A 1 POWER LEVEL key for a signal 1 dB below the HP 8562A B reference level 10 On the HP 8562 press the PEAK SEARCH key and MARKER DELTA 11 Set the HP 8340 2 POWER LEVEL key to 8 dBm 12 On the HP 8562 press the PEAK SEARCH key and NEXT PEAK The active marker should be on the lower amplitude signal and not on the signal that is off the top of the screen If it is not on the lower amplitude signal reposition the marker to this peak using the front panel function knob Read the MKR amplitude The amplitude should read less than 1 0 dB Gain Compression Band 0 1 0 dB dB 22 9 GHz 13 Set the HP 8562A B HP 8340A 1 and HP 8340A 2 to the f requencies indicated in Table 3 34 for Band 1 14 Enter the HP 8485A calibration factor at the HP 8562A B center f requency value into the HP 8902 15 Disconnect the power splitter from the HP 8562A B and reconnect it to the HP 8485A Power Sensor 16 Adjust the HP 11975A OUTPUT POWER LEVEL for a 7 dBm reading on the HP 89024A display 17 Set the HP 8340A 2 POWER LEVEL key to
15. Range 120 dBm to 30 dBm 120 dBm to 30 dBm 115 dBm to 30 dBm 105 dBm to 30 dBm 100 dBm to 30 dBm Range 22 pV to 7 07V 2 2 pV to 7 07V 4 0 uV to 7 07V 12 6 pV to 7 07V 22 uV to 7 07V HP 8562B lt z12dB lt x12dB lt 2 dB lt 2 0 dB lt x3 5dB lt x2 5 dB lt 40dB lt 3 0 dB lt 43dB lt 43 dB HP 85624 2805A amp Below HP 8562B 2809A amp Below Rev 25 88 Introducing the HP 8562A B Table 1 1 HP 8562 Specifications 5 of 8 AMPLITUDE ACCURACY Continued HP 8562B Band Switching Uncertainty lt 0 5 dB lt 0 5 dB Additional uncertainty added to In Band Frequency Response for measurements between any two bands Calibrator Uncertainty 10 dBm 300 MHz Input Attenuator Switching Uncertainty 20 to 70 dB settings referenced to 10 dB input attenuation Frequency Range 1kHzto2 9 GHz lt 0 6 dB 10 dB step 1 8 dB max IF Gain Uncertainty lt 1 0 dB 0 dBm to 80 dBm reference levels with 10 dB input attenuation Resolution Bandwidth Switching Uncertainty Referenced to 300 kHz RES BW IF Alignment Uncertainty uncertainty when using 100 Hz and 300 Hz RES BW 300 Hz RES BW 100 Hz RES BW Pulse Digitization Uncertainty Pulse response mode PRF gt 720 sweeptime Log lt 125 dB peak to peak for res BW
16. 1250 1743 Type N4f to BNC gt nom x RU I e HP 1250 1474 APC35 f to 3 54f HP 5061 5311 Cables BNG 122 em 48 in E ONU UIS UU v HP 10503A SMA 6l cm 24 In USO es Se ess HP 8120 1578 PROCEDURE 1 Zero and calibrate the HP 8902A and HP 8485A in log mode as described in the HP 8902A Operation Manual 2 Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 3 17 3 Press the INSTR PRESET key on the HP 8340A Set the HP 8340A controls as follows CW Ux RUN Y De IR aate E alle us ep S ie Pet SO e eS Be 300 MHz FREQ STEP 15 gu ee ee ele oribus 100 MHz POWER LEVEL aa RIO RUM euros boe ve S ee 4 dBm FREQUENCY STANDARD SWITCH rear panel EXT 4 On the HP 8562A B press the PRESET key f the analyzer is an HP 8562A press the RECALL key MORE and FACTORY PRESEL PK Set the HP 8562A B controls as follows CENTER FREQ ue a RUN OREM ERE RK SEE YO KOR Ru d ME STEP ug Siting WAP ero don NUR RU In de ER dudes ede 100 MHz SEPAN aoo RTE UAE E de R IA EO AP erie Se ae AUC MARE eee 0 Hz EVE utor By RP DSL DK ies p nd ue do RACK TEE RL na 5 dBm eg ena ee oeil n ES DI iR Bs Pek oe Teo Pan esas 1 dB RES BW ccce eoe co AIR 3
17. dB The absolute value of this number should be less than 5 1 dB b Enter most negative number from Table 3 29 column 2 dB The absolute value of this number should be less than 5 1 dB Subtract D from dB The result should be less than 8 6 dB Band Switching Uncertainty 57 In the top row of Table 3 31 enter the values recorded in the indicated steps For example if step 54 a has a value of 1 22 dB enter 1 22 dB in the top row of the Band 2 column 58 In the left column of Table 3 31 enter the values recorded in the indicated steps For example if step 52 b has a value of 0 95 dB enter 0 95 dB in the left column of the Band 1 row 59 Compute the other entries of Table 3 31 by taking the absolute value of the difference between the values in the left column and the top row 60 Each computed entry should be less than the limit shown directly below the entry for HP 8562A analyzers Limits shown in parentheses apply to HP 8562B analyzers e 3 76 HP 85624 2805A amp Below HP 8562B 2809A amp Below Table 3 25 Frequency Response Band 0 2 50 MHz Performance Tests 28 2o 8902A ELE Factor _ GHz Reading dB Frequency GHz Uncertainty dB HP 8562 2805A amp Below 85628 2809A amp Below 0 29 0 31 0 29 0 31 0 29 0 31 0 Ref 0 29 0 31 0 29 0 31 0 29 0 31 0 29 0 31 0 29 0 31 0 29 0
18. 00 e 00 Sse ATTENUATOR VHF ATTENUATOR ADAPTER BNC CABLE ASSY BNC CABLE ASSY Figure 3 6 Input Attenuator Test Setup 5 0 MHz HP 8562A 2805A amp Below 8562B 2809A amp Below 3 25 Performance Tests IO Prx MESPS HO M S nmn M M EQUIPMENT o Synthesized Sweeper HP 8340A Synthesizer Level Generator HP 3335A 20 dB Coaxial Fixed Attenuator HP 8491B Option 020 1 dB VHF Step Attenuator HP 355C Adapters Type N m to BNC f HP 1250 1476 Type N f to APC 3 5 f Option 026 HP 1250 1745 Cables BNC 122 cm 48 in required HP 10503A SMA 61 cm 24 in HP 8120 1578 PROCEDURE Attenuator Switching Accuracy 1 Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 3 6 The HP 8562A B provides the frequency reference for the HP 3335A 2 Set the HP 3335A controls as follows FREQUENCY 52 Eb MER ARDOR AO TOR SA oe She as Rae 50 MHz e AMPLITUDE i553 50 dBm AMPIDINCR eee Xe Scl E hates RE a 10 dB OUTPUT pana CK as EM EBAY S a rS T 500 3 On the HP 8562 press the PRESET key and REALIGN LO amp IF
19. 122 48 in HP 10503A The 2 MHz RES BW setting is specified only for HP 8562A analyzers with serial prefix of 2805A and above and for HP 8562B analyzers with serial prefix of 2809A and above On earlier units the widest specified RES BW setting is 1 MHz HP 8562A 2805A amp Below HP 8562B 2809A amp Below 3 19 Performance Tests Rev 25FEB88 Inn PROCEDURE Setting the Reference 1 Connect the HP 8562A B CAL OUTPUT to the RF INPUT 500 as shown in Figure 3 4 2 Press the PRESET key the AMPLITUDE key MORE IF ADJUST and FULL IF ADJ Wait for the IF ADJUST STATUS message to disappear and set the instrument controls as follows CENTER EARN dC SUR Dis deed ede 300 MHz SPAN Co ure qe da soho Queste 1 MHz REPL VL e dao iq aeta e eins we a dri 5 dBm dB DIV Vut Wea Nae Get nid cars age evade damon 1dB d kee AN ee 300 kHz TRIGGER Gau buses DII Pup d NR SINGLE 3 Press the AMPLITUDE key MORE IF ADJUST IF ADJ OFF the TRIG Key SINGLE the PEAK SEARCH key and MARKER DELTA Measuring Switching Uncertainty 4 Set the frequency SPAN and RES BW to the values listed in the second row of Table 3 7 SPAN 10 MHz RES BW 2 MHz for HP 8562A with serial prefix of 2805A and above and for HP 8562B with serial prefix of 2809A and above SPAN 5 MHz and RES BW 1 MHz for serial prefixes below 2750A 5 P
20. 39 Adjust the HP 8340A POWER LEVEL for HP 8562 amplitude reading of 10 dBm 0 05 dB 40 Record the negative of the power ratio displayed on the HP 8902A in Table 3 29 as the HP 8902A Reading 41 Set the HP 8340A CW and the HP 8562A B CENTER FREQ to 19 8 GHz Repeat steps 38 through 40 42 Press CW and the T key on the HP 8340A and the FREQUENCY key and the T key on the HP 8562 to step through the remaining frequencies listed in Table 3 29 At each new frequency repeat steps 38 through 40 entering the power sensor s calibration factors into the HP 8902A as indicated in Table 3 29 Frequency Response Band 0 50 MHz 43 Set the HP 8562A B controls as follows CENTER EREQ nuam ne vy RE og ee 50 MHz RES BW 1 ne NT RTE doxes or RU eme c SH Ge CER TN 100 Hz MARKER 2s uoa E ee fee RUS Blok S SUMA TC RC INS VOR INN IE ORO S oS onec OFF 44 Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 3 18 Set the HP 3335 controls as follows FREQUENCY s eoe Xu ied and SYN SEHE GU NIS E Du 50 MHz AMPLITUDE EP madre ium Sao ret rere 4 dBm AMPIDJNGR reet bee duin sede Ote sa de TE m 0 1 dB 45 Enter the power sensor s 50 MHz calibration factor into the HP 8902A 46 Adjust the HP 3335 AMPLITUDE until the HP 8902A display reads the same value as recorded in step 11 Record the HP 3335A ampl
21. Measurement Actual ber ad dBe Hz dBc Hz T15V 1 53 1 51 1 53 30 100 100 3 52 Performance Tests 3 34 Image Multiple and Out of Band Responses SPECIFICATION Image Multiple and Out of Band Responses 18 GHz 70 dBc 22 GHz 60 dBc RELATED ADJUSTMENT YTF Adjustment HP 8562A DESCRIPTION This performance test applies only to HP 8562A analyzers Image and out of band responses are tested in each of the five frequency bands e BNC CABLE ASSY SYNTHES ZED FREQUENCY SPECTRUM SWEEPER STANDARD EXT ANALYZER 10 MHz REF IN OUT mdd dried CC BU OCOR ehh she mam5 m oo 2 0558 MEASURING RECEIVER 00000 0 85888 LLLI m Figure 3 12 Image Multiple and Out of Band Responses Test Setup EQUIPMENT Synthesized Sweeper HP 8340A e Measuring HP 8902A Power Sensor 4 We Bde a Um eee y UR ve A HP 8485A 3 53 Performance Tests Adapters Type N m to 35 HP 1250 1743 APC 3 5 3 5 HP 5061 5311 Cables BNC 122 em Uer K we Vu RN HP 10503A SMA 61 24 vL T PEE HP 8120 1578 P
22. iue 1 15 2 Preparation for Use What You ll Find in This Chapter 2 1 Initial Inspection 221 4 Roe rr De ee GER vica d 2 1 Preparing the HP 8562A Bfor 2 1 Power Requirements 2 3 Setting the Line Voltage Selector 2 3 Checking the Fuse X A N CN DR ee RUE 2 3 Power Cable 4 5 do eA e et wie s 2 4 Turning the 8562A B for the First Time 2 6 Trace Alignment Procedure 2 6 Reference Level Calibration e000 ee 2 7 HP IB Address Selection 2 7 3 Performance Tests What You ll Find This Chapter 3 1 What is Performance 3 1 What is Operation Verification 3 2 Before us uve oo e EDO a Che a des Ro TR IC Reds we 3 2 Test Equipment Youl Need 32 Recording the Test Results 3 2 d Help If the Analyzer Doesn t Meet Specifications 3 3 Calibration Cvcle oiu o deem EDEN R 3 3 HP 85629A Functional Tests 3 3 Spectrum Analyzer TAM Compatibility
23. 0 43 0 48 dB J 0 43 048 dB 043 048 4 043 048 4 043 048 dB 043 048 dB 043 048 dB i 043 048 dB 043 048 dB 043 048 dB 043 048 dB A 043 048 dB 0 43 0 48 dB 0 43 0 48 dB 0 43 0 48 dB 0 43 048 dB 043 048 dB 4 043 048 dB 043 048 dB 4 043 048 dB L 043 048 dB L 043 048 dB J 043 048 dB 3 81 Performance Tests 3 82 Table 3 29 Frequency Response Band 4 Frequency HP 8902A CAL Factor Measurement GHz Reading dB Frequency GHz Uncertainty dB 0 55 0 59 0 55 0 59 0 55 0 59 0 55 0 59 0 55 0 59 0 55 0 59 0 55 0 59 0 55 0 59 0 55 0 59 0 55 0 59 0 55 0 59 0 55 0 59 0 55 0 59 0 55 0 59 0 55 0 59 0 55 0 59 0 55 0 59 0 55 0 59 0 55 0 59 0 55 0 59 0 55 0 59 0 55 0 59 0 55 0 59 0 55 0 59 Performance Tests Table 3 30 Frequency Response Band 0 50 MHz HP 3335A Response Response Measurement Amplitude Relative Relative Uncertainty dBm to 50 MHz to 300 MHz dB 0 Ref Band 0 Band 1 Band 2 Band 4 step 51 c step 52 a step 53 a step 55 a step 51 f 5 2 dB 3 7 dB step 52 b 6 5 dB 5 0 dB 83 dB 7 3 dB Band 3 step 54 b Band 4 step
24. Attenuator Switching Accuracy L Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 3 6 The HP 8562A B provides the f requency reference for the HP 3335A 2 Set the HP 3335A controls as follows 3 26 FREQUENCY S c rame ex Re o debel eec er Sa ee S de ib et dnd xd 50 MHz AMPLITUDE Dai rom et 50 dBm AMPTDINCR cp cod lee S x AM eS Se Ses aue cb Read aos ga ght Seba 10 dB OUTPUT oh unu weiten doa s de asia eur wee E NTC 502 Performance Tests j M rf 3 On the HP 8562A B press the PRESET key and REALIGN LO amp IF and set the controls as follows CENTER FREQ all us dite ASA arc 50 MHz SPAN 503 Ad cO LUE d ed 0 Hz BERE Di so casu Dubois ari bo TE dea tae NTS dBm 1 dB aes tates HEN he 3 kHz VIDEO BW i i RE prb qp dp EA Hz 4 Set the HP 355C to 0 dB 5 Adjust the HP 355C step attenuator to place the peak of the signal two to three divisions below the HP 8562A B reference level 6 On the HP 8562A B press the TRIG key SINGLE and SINGLE and wait for a new sweep to finish Press the MARKER ON key and MARKER DELTA 7 Set the HP 3335A amplitude to 40 dBm as indicated in row 2 of Table 3 10 8 Set the HP 856
25. Performance Tests Table 3 34 Gain Compression HP 8340A 2 Gain Measurement CW Compression Uncertainty GHz dB dB All Serials 3 95 Performance Tests Rev 25FEB88 3 42 1ST LO OUTPUT Amplitude SPECIFICATION Amplitude 3 0 6 7 GHz 16 5 dBm 2 0 dB 20 to 30 RELATED ADJUSTMENT First LO Distribution Amplifier Adjustment DESCRIPTION The IST LO OUTPUT power is measured with a power meter The analyzer is placed in external mixing mode and harmonic locked to 6 This allows the broadest tuning range of the 1ST LO Figure 3 22 IST LO OUTPUT Amplitude Test Setup EQUIPMENT Measuring Receiver HP 8902A eR AS HP 8485A NOTE The results of this test are valid only if the ambient temperature is between 20 and 30 3 96 Serials Rev 25FEBS88 Performance Tests 0 I OJC jbk UOIULLA O YA amp xsi LLLLLILL a MM HE 14 Disconnect the SMA cable from the HP 8562A B IF INPUT and connect the cable through an adapter to the power sensor 15 Read the power displayed on the HP 8902A and note the value below The displayed power should read 30 dBm 1 5 dB IF INPUT Amplitude dBm NOTE The following steps should be performed only if it was necessary to change the conversion loss values found in step 5 16 Press CNV LOSS VS FREQ on the HP 8562A B 17 Enter the conversion loss at 18 GHz recorded in Table 3 37
26. dB g Subtract f from The result should be less than2 4dB dB h The absolute values in c and f should be less than 5 1 dB 53 Frequency Response Band 1 a Enter most positive number from Table 3 26 2 dB The absolute value of this number should be less than 5 1 dB b Enter most negative number from Table 3 26 column 2 dB The absolute value of this number should be less than 5 1 dB Subtract The result should be less than 5 0 dB HP 8562B 40 dB 54 Frequency Response Band 2 Enter most positive number from Table 3 27 column 2 dB The absolute value of this number should be less than 5 1 dB b Enter most negative number from Table3 27 column2 dB The absolute value of this number should be less than 5 1 dB Subtract b from dB The result should be less than 7 0 dB HP 85628 5 0 dB 55 Frequency Response Band 3 a Enter most positive number from Table 2 28 column 2 dB The absolute value of this number should be less than 5 1 dB b Enter most negative number from Table 2 28 column 2 dB The absolute value of this number should be less than 5 1 dB c Subtract b from dB The result should be less than 8 0 dB HP 8562B 60 dB
27. ege dub Pe guber s NORM CURD CPC IM MM OFF 4 On the HP 8562A B press the PRESET key and set the controls as follows CENTER FREQ iu uie Ro eere REP Yd wa S Ses 2500 MHz SPAN EE 0 Hz REP EV E eset a de Ee iced udo ote e sat ee aad 10 dBm RES BWS rao tne QU ee Gt d wo Ve kso E x ex Aa drew bed MHz VIDEO BW 5 2 5 ang Echos dert de cup Gat Ra oio Yo 3 MHz DETECTOR 4s REIR ROS NOR RUE EOS E e aod RW ec hd POS PEAK aB DIV o e ven acto E pre R E we BH a gs DOR d 5 dB 5 On the HP 8562A B press the TRIG key SINGLE SINGLE the PEAK SEARCH key and MARKER DELTA 6 On the HP 8116A use the range switch to set the frequency to 12 5 kHz 7 On the HP 8562A B press the TRIG key SINGLE and the PEAK SEARCH key Read the MKR amplitude The value should be less than 1 0 dB 8 Repeat steps 3 through 7 above using a 1 dB DIV scale on the HP 8562A B The A MKR amplitude reading in step 7 should be less than dB 9 Repeat steps 3 and 4 10 Press the AMPLITUDE key LINEAR MORE UNITS and the dBm key Performance Tests OO AA s n RR Adjust the HP 8340A POWER LEVEL to place the signal one division below the reference level e 12 On the HP 8562A B press the TRIG key SINGLE SINGLE the PEAK SEARCH key and MARKER DELTA 13 On the HP 8116A use the range switch to set the frequency to
28. rte A 0 dB 2 On the HP 8562A B connect a BNC cable between the CAL OUTPUT and INPUT 500 and press the PEAK SEARCH key the AMPLITUDE key MORE and REF LEVEL CAL Use the data entry knob or step keys to change the REF LEVEL CAL value until the marker amplitude reads 10 00 dBm 0 17 dB 8562 2805A amp Below HP 8562B 2809A amp Below 3 103 Performance Tests a O Residual Responses Band 0 3 Remove the BNC cable and adapter from the INPUT 500 Install the Type N to APC 3 5 adapter and 50 ohm termination on the INPUT 500 Press the PRESET key and set the controls as follows CENTER FREQ ss oc R S ty Ora e AC S HR LA DOE Det ott 15 2 MHz SPAN p 30 MHz Raub diu acids NOU QUE PAR eve 28 5 MHz REF LEVEL rece ots R Ora uote Vea a we acera a 50 dBm ATTEN adore rtu aset ete e Bocas US ears 0 dB i a a ccc ccc EM 10 kHz TRIG SINGLE DISPLAY LINE uc any tes sued acd wd Bae ee TUE M N 90 dBm 4 Press the TRIG key and SINGLE to trigger a sweep The noise level should be at least 6 dB below the display line If it is not it will be necessary to reduce the SPAN and RES BW to reduce the noise level If the SPAN is reduced reduce the CF STEP to no more than 959 of the SPAN 5 If a residual is suspected press SINGLE again A residual respons
29. 1 MHz VIDEO BW saci hoes oe Se RA ette 10 kHz 17 Repeat steps 9 through 11 18 Read the marker amplitude and record the amplitude in Table 3 6 as the Displayed Average Noise Level from 6 46 GHz to 13 0 GHz HP 8562A 2805A amp Below HP 8562B 2809A amp Below 3 17 Performance Tests lann Displayed Average Noise Band 3 19 Set the HP 8562A B controls as follows emis pac RA EUER Ee d 13 0 GHz STO PREO si eue Ims 19 7 GHz MARKER oi cece d h 6k esu ba tse ede OFF RESBW ite Sashes poh E oP 1 MHz MIDEO BW S oie Gace owes seis are DU EIU TIE 10 kHz 20 Repeat steps 9 through 11 21 Read the marker amplitude and record the amplitude in Table 3 6 as the Displayed Average Noise Level from 13 0 GHz to 19 7 GHz Displayed Average Noise Band 4 22 Set the HP 8562A B controls as follows SIARTFREQ R RR e Sw ead 19 7 GHz STOP FREQ oeer ane cent waa mid hee eae PARET e Ws 22 0 GHz Option 026 26 5 GHz Que Gane en uot ats Oo Buin oaks SEE T Z OFF RESBW wide ae Su Gah wee rece pd WP dt kone dock 1 MHz VIDEO BW oos uberes tere a Sede 10 kHz 23 Repeat steps 9 through 11 24 Read the marker amplitude and record the amplitude in Table 3 6 as the Displayed Average Noise Level from 19 7 GHz to 22 0 GHz Option 026 19 7 GHz to 26 5 GHz 25 The displayed average noise level readings should be lower
30. 22 GHz to 19 1 2 22 GHz Option 026 19 1 GHz 26 5 GHz Table 4 1 State of instrument after PRESET is executed In the STATE column make the following changes Change line 2 CENTER FREQ from 12 38 GHz HP 8562A to 12 38 GHz HP 8562A Option 026 14 63 GHz HP 8562A Change line 3 SPAN from 19 25 GHz HP 8562A to 19 25 GHz HP 8562A Option 026 23 75 GHz HP 8562A Change line 4 CF STEP from 1 93 GHz AUTO to 1 93 GHz AUTO Option 026 2 375 GHz AUTO Change line 20 SWEEP TIME from 400 ms AUTO to 400 ms AUTO Option 026 500 ms AUTO 3 Supplement HP Part Number 08562 00050 MM MMM IUUD PAGE 4 13 Last paragraph SIG ID CF Serials Change less than 22 GHz to less than 22 GHz Option 026 less than 26 5 GHz PAGE 5 2 Paragraph 7 5V GHz FAV All Serials Change 0 Hz to 22 GHz to 0 Hz to 22 GHz Option 026 0 Hz to 26 5 GHz PAGE 5 3 Paragraph 6 RES BW and RES BW AUTO MAN HP 8562A 2805A Change the second sentence to read HP 8562B 2809A The bandwidth which appears in the active function block ranges from 100 Hz to 1 MHz in a 1 3 10 sequence and 2 MHz 3 MHz at 6 dB PAGE 5 7 Paragraph 8 HP 8562A 2805A Above paragraph 8 PLOTTER MENU add the following text HP 8562B 2809A PRINT PLOT Accesses a menu of print and plot modes which are described below PRINT Prints the entire con
31. 3 38 HP 8562A 2805A amp Below 8562B 2809A amp Below Performance Tests e EQUIPMENT Frequency Synthesizer HP 3335A 10 dB Coaxial Fixed Attenuator HP 8491B Option 010 1dB VHF Step Attenuator HP 355C 10 dB VHF Step Attenuator HP 355D Adapters Type N m to BNC D HP 1250 1476 Type N f to APC 3 5 f Option 026 HP 1250 1745 Cables 122 cm 48 in 3 required HP 10503A PROCEDURE 1 Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 3 9 The HP 8562A B provides the frequency reference for the HP 3335A 2 Set the HP 3335A controls as follows FREQUENCY ces N xs ius acq dt eee a Y 50 MHz AMPLITUDE xx DEI Wo PS RE 10 dBm AMPLINCR eer d ipie B T etd 0 05 dB CENTER a ates sels qo aede ee on e DG GRE URS 50 MHz SPAN 2 33 3 4 diat Bae as queo ROS aS RATE aad et need 0 Hz REEEVIS 253 e uen ere SOR ao RUE acer S Sar iuge 10 dBm al ep ur aas Se Bieta p pce ina do deri 0 dB KESBW cd Sl ue Wat su x e um err leen AE gra 1kHz VIDEO BW iud TRR a niet le qox E ER dmg GAGA LAORE wobei 30 Hz 4 Set the HP 335C and HP 355D to 0 dB 5 On the HP 8562 press the MARKER ON key 6 Adjust the HP 355C an
32. 4 dB For the last step Incremental Error current MKR previous A MKR 2 dB 2 dB DIV Log Scale 12 Set the HP 8562A B controls as follows TRIG CONT dB DIV uel uidi mo citu ote e dis fea 2 dB 13 Set the HP 3335A controls as follows AMPLITUDE e uu usa eure UR atas Wa NM sont 10 dBm AMPE INGCR ei derat adus AL eae Be Doe te hte 0 01 dB 14 On the HP 8562A B press the MARKER ON key and MARKER NORMAL 15 Adjust the HP 355C and HP 355D until the HP 8562A B marker reads between 10 dBm and 1 1 dBm 16 On the HP 3335A press the AMPLITUDE key Use the HP 3335A INCR keys to adjust the amplitude until the HP 8562A B marker reads exactly 10 00 dBm 17 Set the HP 3335A AMPL INCR key to 4 dB and press the AMPLITUDE key 18 On the HP 8562A B press the TRIG key SINGLE SINGLE the MARKER ON key and MARKER DELTA 19 Set the HP 3335A amplitude to the next value listed in Table 3 19 using INCR key Set the AMPTD INCR to 2 dB before setting the HP 3335A AMPLITUDE to the last power level Press the TRIG key and SINGLE on the HP 8562A B Record the A MKR amplitude reading in Table 3 19 column 4 The MKR amplitude should be within the limits shown Repeat this step for each HP 3335A setting 20 For each A MKR reading in Table 3 19 subtract the previous A MKR reading Add 2 dB to this number and record the result as the Incremental Error in T
33. 80 dBm 18 Reconnect the power splitter to the HP 8562A B RF INPUT 500 19 Adjust the HP 8340A 1 POWER LEVEL key to bring the signal 1 dB one division below the HP 8562 reference level 20 On the HP 8562A B press the MARKER OFF key and the PEAK SEARCH key 21 Omit this step if spectrum analyzer is an HP 8562B On the HP 8562A press the INT key and PRESEL AUTO PK Wait for the PEAKING message to disappear before continuing to the next step 22 On the HP 8562 press the PEAK SEARCH key and MARKER DELTA 23 Set the HP 8340A 2 POWER LEVEL key to 8 dBm 24 On the HP 8562 press the PEAK SEARCH key and NEXT PEAK The active marker should be on the peak of the lower amplitude signal If it is not reposition the marker to this peak using the front panel function knob Read the A MKR amplitude and record this as the Gain Compression in Table 3 34 The gain compression should be less than 1 dB 25 Repeat steps 14 through 24 until all the entries in Table 3 34 have been completed 3 94 Performance Tests Table 3 34 Gain Compression HP 8562A HP 8340A 1 HP 8340A 2 Gain Measurement Center Freq Compression Uncertainty GHz dB 3 95 Performance Tests 3 42 1ST LO Output Amplitude SPECIFICATION Amplitude 3 0 6 7 GHz 16 dBm 20 dB 20 C to 30 RELATED ADJUSTMENT First LO Distribution Amplifier Adjustment DESCRIPTION The IST LO OUTPUT
34. Adapters E N to BNC HP 1250 1476 Cables BNC 122 481 3 HP 10503A PROCEDURE 1 Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 3 8 The HP 8562A B provides the frequency reference for the HP 3335A Log Gain Uncertainty 10 dB Steps 2 Set the HP 3335A controls as follows FREQUENCY 50 MHz AMPLITUDE ote Goce sensa do PAG WGA S OG 10 dBm AMPTD INGR Sy div SR e Ere era TELE buds n hee be eda E dr 10 dB OUTPUT iu A Puoi amp ictus testa E ag ese Deere 500 CENTER dA Und BG didt Ede nde e dco E S ae 50 MHz SPAN E nas uu oi Be E T poder Sen haie tiae ite a 0 Hz e E OREL 1 dB RESBW R RH gar dod h el 1 kHz VIDEO BW eE acte ue ao aes veta deem edic acto 1 Hz 4 Set the HP 355C to 0 dB attenuation 5 On the HP 8562A B press the MARKER ON key 6 Adjust the HP 355C to place the signal 2 to 3 dB two to three divisions below the HP 8562A B reference level 7 On the HP 8562A B press the TRIG key SINGLE SINGLE the MARKER ON key and MARKER DELTA 8 Press the AMPLITUDE key on the HP 3335A 9 Press the key on the HP 3335 10 Set the HP 8562A B REF LVL to 10 dBm 11 On the HP 8562A B press the TRIG key and SINGLE 12 Record the HP 8562A B MKR amplitude reading in Table 3 15 as
35. DESCRIPTION This test measures the input attenuator s switching accuracy and step to step accuracy over the full 70 dB range at 50 MHz The frequency synthesizer is phase locked to the spectrum analyzer s 10 MHz reference Switching accuracy is referenced to the 10 dB attenuator setting The attenuator in the synthesizer level generator is the measurement standard Step to step accuracy is calculated from switching accuracy data BNC CABLE ASSY 40WHz REF SPECTRUM IN OUT ANALYZER H FIXED ATTENUATOR 955 VHF ATTENUATOR L3 ADAPTER BNC CABLE ASSY Figure 3 6 Input Attenuator Test Setup 5 0 MHz 3 25 Perforinance Tests Inn EQUIPMENT Synthesized Sweeper HP 8340A Synthesizer Level Generator HP 3335A 20 dB Coaxial Fixed Attenuator HP 8491B Option 020 10 dB Coaxial Fixed Attenuator HP 8493C Option 010 dB VHF Step Attenuator HP 355C Adapters Type N HP 1250 1476 mto APC35 f te Unus YN v Ag HP 1250 1744 Type 3 5 f to 3 5 f gg mito Ere he ale sae HP 5061 5311 Cables BNC 122 48 3 HP 10503A SMA OLOM OFIN qu Ro X Foro aO DAN S ege dr ect HP 8120 1578 PROCEDURE
36. Max Coupling Deviation 1dB Directivity 14 dB minimum Flatness 0 75 dB maximum VSWR 145 Insertion Loss lt 13 dB Power Splitter Frequency Range 1kHz to 22 GHz Insertion Loss 6 dB nominal Output Tracking lt 0 25dB Equivalent Output SWR lt 1 22 RF Detector Frequency Range 0 1 to 1 2GHz MaximumSWR lt 1 3 typical Low Level Sensitivity gt 035 mV pW Product Support Kit No Substitute HP 08562 60021 Adapter Type N f to BNC m HP 1250 1477 Adapter Type N m to BNC f 3 required HP 1250 1476 Adapter Type N f to APC 3 5 m HP 1250 1750 Adapter Type N m to SMA f 2 required HP 1250 1250 Adapter Type N m to APC 3 5 m 2 required HP 1250 1743 Adapter Type N m to APC 3 5 f HJP 1250 1744 Adapter Type N f to BNC f HP 1250 1474 P Performance Tests A Adjustments M Test and Adjustment Module T Troubleshooting V Operation Verification HP 8562A 2805A amp Below 85628 2809A amp Below 3 9 Performance Tests Table 3 5 Recommended Test Equipment 4 of 4 p nt Critical Specifications for Recommended Equipment Substitution Model HP 1250 1772 Adapter Type N f to SMA f BNC f to BNC f HP 1250 0059 A BNC Tee f m f HP 1250 0781 P A f to SMA m HP 1250 1200 P A Type N f to 3 5 f 2 required HP 1250 1745 P V APC 3 5 f to APC 3 5 f 2 required HP 5061 5311 P A M V BN
37. Part Number 08562 90007 Second Printing July 1987 lann Table of Contents 8562A B Documentation Description 2 How to Use This Manual 2 2 LL VV I Lh 3 Where to Start Sipser Betty QS x m AND byundt 3 Manual Terms and Conventions 3 Printing Es e rosis SAGAS ete aw CSU eel Go Si oe 3 Safety Symbole Sm ash cm RR Ae ar dO d ME a a eh Re s 6 Electrostatic Discharge 7 Reducing Damage Caused by 5 7 Static Safe Accessories 8 1 introducing the HP 8562A B What You ll Find in This Chapter 1 1 Introducing the HP 8562A B Bao Gag ran he ime 1 1 Accessories Supplied 1 1 OptIOIS eee 1 1 Accessories Available 1 3 Analyzers Covered by This 1 4 Serial Numbers rade aea e SOWAS 1 4 Specifications and Characteristics 1 5 Calibration Cycle uen use eta bre Bo aca a arr adr bun im E 1 6 Specifications a ne eere E go SUA AYER T mend 1 7 Characteristics 2 ah 2 UE i bu Eam
38. 0 55 0 59 0 55 0 59 0 55 0 59 0 55 0 59 0 55 0 59 0 55 0 59 0 55 0 59 0 55 0 59 0 55 0 59 0 55 0 59 0 55 0 59 0 55 0 59 0 55 0 59 0 55 0 59 0 55 0 59 0 55 0 59 0 55 0 59 0 55 0 59 0 55 0 59 0 55 0 59 0 55 0 59 Performance Tests Performance Tests 3 82 Table 3 29a Frequency Response Band 4 Option 026 only Frequency HP 8902A Cal Factor Measurement GHz Reading dB Frequency GHz Uncertainty dB 20 0 0 55 0 59 0 55 0 59 0 55 0 59 0 55 0 59 0 55 0 59 0 55 0 59 0 55 0 59 0 55 0 59 0 55 0 59 0 55 0 59 0 55 0 59 0 55 0 59 0 55 0 59 0 55 0 59 0 55 0 59 0 55 0 59 0 55 0 59 0 55 0 59 0 55 0 59 0 55 0 59 0 55 0 59 0 55 0 59 0 55 0 59 0 55 0 59 0 55 0 59 0 55 0 59 0 55 0 59 0 55 0 59 0 55 0 59 0 55 0 59 0 55 0 59 0 55 0 59 0 55 0 59 0 55 0 59 0 55 0 59 HP 85624 2805A amp Below HP 8562B 2809A amp Below Performance Tests Table 3 30 Frequency Response Band 0 50 MHz HP 3335A Response Response Measurement Amplitude Relative Relative Uncertainty dBm to 50 MHz to 300 MHz dB 0 34 0 37 0 34 0 37 0 34 0 37 0 34 0 37 0 34 0 37 0 34 0 37 0 34 0 37 2 4 step 54 a step 56 a Band 1 step 53 b Band 2 step 54 b
39. 289 32 1 52 1 56 372143 1 52 1 56 89786 1 52 1 57 90214 1 52 1 57 8378 6 1 52 1 57 96214 1 52 1 57 289 32 1 52 1 57 992143 1 52 1 57 149786 1 53 1 57 150214 1 53 1 57 143786 1 53 1 57 156214 1 53 1 57 289 32 1 53 1 57 147214 1 53 1 57 209786 1 53 1 59 210214 1 53 1 59 203786 1 53 1 59 216214 1 53 1 59 289 32 1 53 1 59 2192143 1 53 1 59 Out of Band Response Multiple Response 3 57 Performance Tests 3 35 Frequency Readout Accuracy Frequency Count Marker Accuracy SPECIFICATION Frequency Readout Accuracy lt Center Frequency x 4 x 1075 5 of Span 15 of RES BW 250 Hz Frequency Count Marker Accuracy lt Marker Freq x 4 1075 50 Hz x 1 LSD RELATED ADJUSTMENT YTO Adjustment 10 MHz Frequency Reference Adjustment DESCRIPTION The accuracy of the HP 8562A B frequency readout and frequency count marker is tested with an input signal of known frequency e SYNTHESIZED SWEEPER SPECTRUM ANALYZER munis wiii CO ISI 9208 m mam mmm 000 ADAPTER ADAPTER SMA CABLE ASSY Figure 3 13 Frequency Readout and Frequency Count Accuracy Test Setup EQUIPMENT Synthesized Sweeper HP 8340A Adapters N m to APC 354 HP 1250 1744 Type 3 5 f 3 5
40. 3 113 Performance Tests Table 3 38 Performance Test Record 7 of 8 Test Description Frequency Span Accuracy Cont d 20 5 GHz CENTER FREQ 10 kHz SPAN 7 60 kHz 50 MHz SPAN 38 00 MHz 100 MHz SPAN 76 0 MHz 12 4 GHz CENTER FREQ 19 25 GHz SPAN 17 10 GHz Third Order Intermodulation Distortion 30 TOI Distortion at 2 8 GHz 31 TOI Distortion at 4 0 GHz Gain Compression D Gain Compression at 2 GHz 24 Gam Compression at 4 GHz Gain Compression at 7 GHz IST LO OUTPUT Amplitude 7 Maximum 1ST LO OUTPUT Power 8 Minimum IST LO OUTPUT Power 18 5 dBm 14 5 dBm Sweep Time Accuracy 8 50 SWEEP TIME 57 5 us 100 us SWEEP TIME 115 us 200 us SWEEP TIME 230 us 500 us SWEEP TIME 575 us 1 ms SWEEP TIME 1 15 ms 2 ms SWEEP TIME 2 30 ms 5 ms SWEEP TIME 5 75 ms 10 ms SWEEP TIME 11 5 ms 20 ms SWEEP TIME 23 0 ms 30 ms SWEEP TIME 30 3 ms 50 ms SWEEP TIME 50 5 ms 100 ms SWEEP TIME 101 0 ms 200 ms SWEEP TIME 202 0 ms 500 ms SWEEP TIME 505 0 ms 1 s SWEEP TIME 1010 0 ms 2s SWEEP TIME 2 020 s 5s SWEEP TIME 5 05 ms 10 s SWEEP TIME 5 20 s SWEEP TIME 2025s 50 5 SWEEP TIME 50 5 60 s SWEEP TIME 60 6 s 3 114 Performance Tests Table 3 38 Performance Test Record 8 of 8 Test Description Residual Responses 7 200 kHz to 2 9 GHz 9
41. 60 42 65 70 73 3 7 5 0 5 5 68 5 2 8 0 8 3 4 2 60 73 57 70 amp 0 88 47 5 5 60 78 60 73 amp 3 88 60 68 73 18 Values in parentheses apply to HP 8562B HP 8562 2805A amp Below HP 8562B 2809A amp Below 1 15 Introducing the HP 8562A B Rev 25FEB88 Table 1 2 HP 8562A B Characteristics 2 of 3 NOTE These are not specifications Characteristics provide useful but non warranted ormation about instrument performance Sweep Time Accuracy span 22 5 kHz x Nt DEMODULATION Spectrum Demodulation Modulation Type AM and FM Audio Output Internal speaker and phone jack with volume control Marker Pause Time 100 ms to 60s INPUTS AND OUTPUTS INPUT 500 Connector Type Precision Type N female front panel Opt 026 APC 3 5 male Impedance 50 ohms VSWR At tuned frequency lt 15 1 for 2 9 GHz and gt 10 dB input attenuation lt 23 1 for 22 9 GHz and gt 10 dB input attenuation 30 1for 0 dB input attenuation LO Emission Level Average HP 8562A HP 8562B 10 dB input attenuation lt 70 dBm lt 10 dBm IF INPUT Connector Type SMA female front panel Impedance 50 ohms Frequency 310 7 MHz Noise Figure 7 dB 1 dB Gain Compression Level 23 dBm Full Screen Level 30 dBm Gain Compression an Full Screen Levels apply with 30
42. Band 3 step 55 b Band 4 step 56 b HP 8562A 2805A amp Below HP 85628 2809A amp Below 3 83 Performance Tests 3 39 Frequency Span Accuracy SPECIFICATION lt 5 of actual frequency separation RELATED ADJUSTMENT YTO Adjustment DESCRIPTION Two synthesized sweepers provide the precise signals required to test the spectrum analyzer s frequency span accuracy Signal separation measured with the delta marker function is checked for accuracy Span accuracy at several different frequencies is tested Both sweepers are phase locked to the analyzer s 10 MHz reference FREQUENCY SPECTRUM SYNTHESIZED j STANDARD EXT ANALYZER FREQUENCY SWEEPER 1 STANDARD EXT 8 3 5 CABLE ASSY POWER SPLITTER Figure 3 19 Frequency Span Accuracy Test Setup EQUIPMENT Synthesized Sweeper 2 required HP 8340A Power Splitter oiseuse ior QA ue HP 11667B 3 84 HP 8562A 2805A amp Below HP 8562B 2809A amp Below Performance Tests Adapters N m to APC 3 5 m not necessary for Option 026 HP 1250 1743 3 5 f to APC 3 5 f 2 required HP 5061 5311 BNC tee Di uuu s uno dx uie AE HP 1250 0781 Cables 122 cm 48 in 2 required HP 10503A 3 5 91 36 8120 4921 PROCEDURE 1
43. Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 3 19 Both HP 8340A s should be set for EXT FREQUENCY STANDARD Connect the power splitter directly to the analyzer s INPUT 500 Do not use a cable 2 Set the HP 8340A 1 controls as follows CW spi e ood ar S a OP dE UOS ee ex ego d aci oo Sas x 1 499996 GHz POWER LEVEL BIR Ee mob R Wo aon 5 dBm FREQUENCY STANDARD SWITCH rear panel EXT dte im sn etre Oey 1 500004 GHz POWERTEVEL 4 44 uu 10 dBm FREQUENCY STANDARD SWITCH rear panel EXT 4 On the HP 8562A B press the PRESET key the RECALL key MORE and FACTORY PRSEL PK Set the HP 8562A B controls as follows NOTE Use the procedure in steps 5 through 7 when testing all frequency spans of HP 8562A analyzers and spans up to 100 MHz of HP 8562B analyzers Use the procedure in steps 8 through 19 when testing frequency spans of 5 GHz and above of HP 8562B analyzers 5 On the HP 8562A B press the TRIG key SINGLE SINGLE the MARKER OFF key the PEAK SEARCH key MARKER DELTA and NEXT PEAK The active and anchor markers should be on the peaks of the signals near the second and tenth vertical graticule lines 6 Record the HP 8562A B frequency reading as the Actual reading in Table 3 32 The reading should be within the limits shown 7 Repeat steps 5 and 6 above for the combinations of HP 8340A CW frequencies and H
44. Current Frequency 230 Vac Operation Voltage Current Frequency Maximum Power Dissipation HP 8562A 20 kg 44 Ibs HP 85628 19 kg 41 8 15 Weight Dimensions Without handle or cover 184 mm high x 337 mm wide x 460 5 mm deep With handle and cover 200 mm high x 373 mm wide x 500 mm deep Legend inches millimeters 14 1 1345 373 337 114 HP 8562A 2805A amp Below HP 8562B 2809A amp Below Rev 25 88 Introducing the HP 8562A B M MrM P Table 1 2 HP 8562 Characteristics 1 of 3 NOTE These are not specifications Characteristics provide useful but non warranted information about instrument performance 1 x 10 year 2x 10 6 1 x 10 6 Temperature drift 10 C to 55 Settability Nominal Sensitivity 100 Hz Res BW 1Hz video BW 0 dB input attenuation Frequency Range Nominal Sensitivity 1 MHz to 2 9 GHz 128 dBm 2 9 GHz to 6 46 GHz 1265 dBm 6 46 GHz to 13 0 GHz 119 dBm 13 0 GHz to 19 7 GHz 114 dBm 19 7 GHz to 22 0 GHz 108 dBm Opt 026 19 7 GHz to 26 5 GHz AMPLITUDE ACCURACY Band to Band Frequency Response Band to Band Frequency Response dB Frequency response uncertainty for E TTS Equivalent to the sum of the two In Band Frequency Response values 4 2 5 2 57 60 plus Band Switching Uncertainty 3 7 4 2 47
45. HP 8340A 1 and HP 8340A 2 to the frequencies indicated in Table 3 34 for Band 14 Enter the HP 8485A calibration factor at the HP 8562A B center f requency value into the HP 8902A 15 Disconnect the power splitter from the HP 8562A B and reconnect it to the HP 8485A Power Sensor 16 Adjust the HP 11975A OUTPUT POWER LEVEL for a 7 dBm reading on the HP 8902A display 17 Set the HP 8340A 2 POWER LEVEL key to 80 dBm 18 Reconnect the power splitter to the HP 8562A B RF INPUT 500 19 Adjust the HP 8340A 1 POWER LEVEL key to bring the signal 1 dB one division below the HP 8562A reference level 20 On the HP 8562A B press the MARKER OFF key and the PEAK SEARCH key 21 Omit this step if spectrum analyzer is an HP 8562B On the HP 8562 press the INT key and PRESEL AUTO Wait for the PEAKING message to disappear before continuing to the next step 22 On the HP 8562A B press the PEAK SEARCH key and MARKER DELTA 23 Set the HP 8340A 2 POWER LEVEL key to 8 dBm 24 On the HP 8562A B press the PEAK SEARCH key and NEXT PEAK The active marker should be on the peak of the lower amplitude signal lf it is not reposition the marker to this peak using the front panel function knob Read the MKR amplitude and record this as the Gain Compression in Table 3 34 The gain compression should be less than 1 dB 25 Repeat steps 14 through 24 until all the entries in Table 3 34 have been completed 3 94 Rev 25FEB88
46. Residual FM Noise Sidebands ll 30 kHz Offset 30 kHz Offset Multiple and Out of Band Responses 25 Maximum Response Amplitude 18 GHz 26 Maximum Response Amplitude 22 GHz Opt 026 26 5 GHz 3 110 HP 8562A 2805 amp Below HP 8562B 2809A amp Below Rev 25FEB8S Performance Tests Table 3 38 Performance Test Record 4 of 8 Test Description Frequency Readout Accuracy and Frequency Count Marker Accuracy 5 1 5 GHz CENTER FREQ 1 MHz SPAN 1 499942 GHz 1 500058 GHz 10 MHz SPAN 1 49948 GHz 1 50052 GHz 20 MHz SPAN 1 49895 GHz 1 50105 GHz 50 MHz SPAN 1 49745 GHz 1 50255 GHz 100 MHz SPAN 1 4948 GHz 1 5052 GHz 1 GHz SPAN 1450 GHz 1 550 GHz 40 GHz CENTER FREQ 1 MHz SPAN 3 999932 GHz 4 000068 GHz MHz SPAN 3 99947 GHz 4 00053 GHz 20 MHz SPAN 3 99894 GHz 4 00106 GHz 50 MHz SPAN 3 99744 GHz 4 00256 GHz 100 MHz SPAN 3 9948 GHz 4 0052 GHz 1 GHz SPAN 3 950 GHz 4 050 GHz 90 GHz CENTER FREQ 1 MHz SPAN 8 999912 GHz 9 000088 GHz I0 MHz SPAN 8 99945 GHz 900055 GHz 20 MHz SPAN 8 99892 GHz 9 00108 GHz 50 MHz SPAN 899742 GHz 9 00258 GHz 100 MHz SPAN 8 9948 GHz 90052 GHz 1 GHz SPAN 8 950 GHz 9050 GHz 160 GHz CENTER FREQ 1 MHz SPAN 15 99984 GHz 16000116 GHz 10 MHz SPAN 15 99942 GHz 1600058 GH
47. a source of ac power If you want to install your HP 8562A B in an HP System II cabinet or a standard 19 inch 486 2 mm equipment rack complete instructions are provided in the Options 908 and 909 Rack Mounting Kits CAUTION DO NOT connect ac power until you have verified that the line voltage is correct the proper fuse is installed and the line voltage selector switch is properly positioned as described in the following paragraphs Damage to the equipment could result 2 1 Preparation for Use Outer Carton Pads 2 Bottom Tray 9211 5636 08590 80013 08590 80014 Figure 2 1 8562 B Shipping Container and Contents Preparation for Use 2 9 Power Requirements 2 10 The power requirements for the HP 8562A B are listed in Table 2 1 Table 2 1 Power Requirements Power Requirements 115 Vac Operation Line Voltage 90 140V rms Current 3 2A rms max Frequency 47 440 Hz 230 Vac Operation Line Voltage 180 280V rms Current 1 8A rms max Frequency 47 66 Hz 2 11 Setting the Line Voltage Selector Switch BEFORE CONNECTING the HP 8552A B to the power source you must set the rear panel voltage selector switch correctly to adapt the HP 8562A B to the power source An improper selector switch setting can damage the analyzer when it is turned on 2 12 Set the instrument s rear panel voltage selector switch to the line voltage range 115V or 230V corresponding to the available ac vo
48. about serial numbers see Analyzers Covered by This Manual in Chapter 1 Manual Part Number 08562 90007 Microfiche Part Number 08562 90008 Printed in U S A January 1987 Copyright 1988 Hewlett Packard Company 1212 Valley House Drive Rohnert Park CA 94928 4999 OOO HP 8562A B Documentation Description Manuals shipped your analyzer Installation Manual HP Part Number 08562 90007 Tells you how to install the spectrum analyzer ls you what to do in case of a failure Operating gramming Manual HP Part Number 08562 40001 Tells you how to make measurements with your spectrum analyzer Tells you how to program your spectrum analyzer 9 Describes analyzer features Pocket Operating Guide Part Number 2 90003 An abbreviated version of the Operating and Programming Manual Quick Reference Guide HP Part Number 08562 90006 Provides you with a listing of all remote programming commands Options Support Manual Part of Option 915 HP Part Number 08562 90009 9 Describes troubleshooting and repair of the analyzer Option 915 Service Documentation consists of one copy each of the Support Manual the Installation Manual the Operating and Programming Manual the Pocket Operating Guide and the Quick Reference Guide Rev 25FEB88 Introducing the HP 8562A B M the HP 8562A B Table 1 1 85624 B Specifications 1 of 8
49. eg op REL BOR a Me ot ean Be ice ee diga OFF RES BW uu osse ye E GU pie Reloaded ae Be XS e one HERE SEVA SR oe e Ttg MHz MIDEO BW 1 SLE RIBERA aite RTE 10 kHz 17 Repeat steps 9 through 11 18 Read the marker amplitude and record the amplitude in Table 3 6 as the Displayed Average Noise Level from 6 46 to 13 0 GHz Displayed Average Noise Band 3 19 Set the HP 8562 controls as follows START EREOQ 26 55e ee ead ee eee 130 GHz STOP FREU ooa rae ped a rei Odeon K L a 19 7 GHz MARKER care a eho au oo Rer va OE oce de eu da quic easi OFF RES BW arp ua Wem I Bed Gi actin SO 1 MHz V DEO E dd aca durar ou Mud Wen hace cee ed d 10 kHz 20 Repeat steps 9 through 11 21 Read the marker amplitude and record the amplitude in Table 3 6 as the Displayed Average Noise Level from 130 GHz to 19 7 GHz 3 17 Performance Tests ______ Displayed Average Noise Band 4 22 Set the HP 8562A B controls as follows START FREQ 197 GHz STOP FREQ uos E x EA ge a 340 GHz MARKER I T ae bee P leis OFF 1 MHz VIDEO 10 kHz 23 Repeat steps 9 through 11 24 Read the marker amplitude and record the amplitude in Tab
50. em 24 ii o E o E PU m HP 8120 1578 RF Cable 43 a 6 esr Baers acere AI HP 11975 20002 PROCEDURE 2 9 GHz 1 Zero the HP 8902A and calibrate the HP 8485A power sensor as described in the HP 8902A Operation e Manual Enter the power sensor s 2 GHz calibration factor into the HP 8902A 2 Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 3 21 with the output of the power splitter connected to the HP 8485A Power Sensor Press the INSTR PRESET key on both HP 8340A s Set the controls for the HP 8340A 1 as follows CW Ey T 20 GHz POWER LEVEL ehh eomm homo ho oh n t n n n n n 24 dBm FREQUENCY STANDARD SWITCH rear panel EXT Set the controls for the HP 8340A 2 as follows OW qtue Sia ioe ay ee Arete cr dose Sls H 2 003 GHz POWER LEVEL 2 96 PE ks a eel UR E 8 dBm FREQUENCY STANDARD SWITCH rear panel s esca eX EXT On the HP 8562A B press the PRESET key On HP 8562A analyzers press the RECALL key MORE and FACTORY PRESEL PK Set the HP 8562A B controls as follows CENTER FREQ RISE Ont Tc e RC a 8 20 GHz REE LVL cno Ex AU UE x RA PIER 30 dBm SPAN 10 MHz RESBW ho mh 300 kHz SCALE 4 2
51. 10 dBm and the AMPTD INCR key to 10 dB 25 Set the HP 8562A B controls as follows MARKER Secre os TRR ATK TR a MARKER NORMAL EV BHI 0 dBm AMPLITUDE SCALE 4 ono RUE UE o Ie MUR pup ci LINEAR UNITS eae ob Suk ee ee ee x m ERES EDAD V M chine dBm TRIG e Wa UNA aac hy ever EE Rg Eos de CONT 26 Adjust the HP 355C to place the signal two to three divisions below the HP 8562A B reference level The marker should read between 2 dBm and 3 dBm 27 On the HP 8562A B press the TRIG key SINGLE SINGLE the MARKER ON key and MARKER DELTA 28 Press the AMPLITUDE key on the HP 3335A 29 Press the key on the HP 3335 3 39 Performance Tests M 30 Set the HP 8562A B REF LVL to 10 dBm 31 On the HP 8562 press the TRIG key and SINGLE 32 Record the HP 8562A B MKR amplitude reading in Table 3 17 as the Actual A MKR reading The A MKR reading should be within the limits shown 33 Repeat steps 29 through 32 for the remaining HP 8562A B REF LVL settings listed in Table 3 17 34 In Table 3 15 locate the Actual A MKR Reading with the greatest deviation from its corresponding REF LVL setting Subtract the REF LVL setting from the MKR Reading and record the result below Maximum Log IF Gain Uncertainty 10 dB Steps dB 35 In Table 3 16 locate the Actual MKR Reading
52. 18 Press the T key on the HP 8562A B 19 Repeat steps 17 and 18 for the remaining frequencies listed in Table 3 37 Table 3 37 IF Input Amplitude Accuracy GHz dB 18 20 22 24 26 27 HP 8562 2805A amp Below HP 8562B 2809A amp Below 3 107 Performance Tests Rev 25FEB88 Table 3 38 Performance Test Record 1 of 8 Hewlett Packard Company Model 10 MHz Reference Output Accuracy 5 10MHz Reference Frequency 300 001200 MHz Calibrator Amplitude and Freq Accuracy 300 001200 MHz 4 Calibrator Frequency 9 7 dBm 5 Calibrator Amplitude Displayed Average Noise Level 90 dBm 100 dBm 120 dBm 121 dBm 110 dBm 105 dBm 100 dBm 100 dBm 25 10kHz 100 kHz 1 MHz to 2 9 GHz 2 9 GHz to 6 46 GHz 6 46 GHz to 13 0 GHz 13 0 GHz to 19 7 GHz 19 7 GHz to 22 0 GHz Option 026 19 7 GHz to 26 5 GHz Resolution Bandwidth Switching and IF Alignment Uncertainty 5 2MHz 1 MHz 100 kHz 30 kHz ME Performance of the 2 MHz RES BW setting is specified only for HP 8562A spectrum analyzers with serial prefix 2805A and above and for HP 8562B spectrum analyzers with serial prefix 2809A and above 3 108 HP 8562A 2805A amp Below HP 8562B 2809A amp Below Rev 25FEB amp 8 Performance Tests Table 3 38 Performance Test Record 2 of 8 Test Description Resolution Bandwidth Accuracy and Selectivity 13 2 MHz 1MHz 300 kHz 100 kHz 30 kHz
53. 2805A amp Below HP 8562B 2809A amp Below Measurement Uncertainty dB 1 51 1 53 1 51 1 53 3 52 Performance Tests 3 34 Image Multiple and Out of Band Responses SPECIFICATION Image Multiple and Out of Band Responses 18 GHz lt 70dBc 22 GHz 60 dBc Option 026 265 GHz lt 60 dBc RELATED ADJUSTMENT YTF Adjustment HP 8562A DESCRIPTION This performance test applies only to HP 8562A analyzers Image multiple and out of band responses are tested in each of the five frequency bands BNC CABLE ASSY SYNTHESIZED ceequency SPECTRUM 10 MHz REF STANDARD EXT ANALYZER IN OUT a OooQeqQ 00 a ADAPTER L POWER SPLITTER APC 3 5 CABLE ASSY MEASURING RECEIVER Figure 3 12 Image Multiple and Out of Band Responses Test Setup EQUIPMENT Synthesized Sweeper i i da FRAME WU ONCE Ue RUE dus HP 8340A Measuring Receiver ciu uu v xe dg E OE SER YU Y E HP 8902A Power Senso cea ox RRR EIE Y ceo HP 8485A Power Splitter 23 T boe wA N PR HP 11667B HP 8562A 2805A amp Below HP 8562B 2809A amp Below 3 53 Performance Tests Adapters Type m to APC 3 5 m not necessary for Option 026 HP 1250 1743 3 5 f to APC 3 5 f 2 required for Option 026 HP 5061 5311 Cables BNC 122 cm 48 in
54. 3 13 Frequency Readout and Frequency Count Accuracy Test Setup EQUIPMENT Synthesized Sweeper 8340 Adapters Type m to APC 3 5 f not necessary for Option 026 HP 1250 1744 3 5 f to APC 3 5 f 2 required for Option 026 HP 5061 5311 3 58 HP 85624 2805A amp Below HP 8562B 2809A amp Below Performance Tests ACN A a Cable APC 5 090100 36 ME oe EROS Eon Sow REO erred HP 8120 4921 PROCEDURE 1 Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 3 13 Frequency Readout Accuracy 2 Press the INSTR PRESET key on the HP 8340A Set the HP 8340A controls as follows 4 Omit this step if spectrum analyzer is an HP 8562B On HP 8562A analyzers press the RECALL key MORE and FACTORY PRSEL 5 On the HP 8562A B press the PEAK SEARCH key Record the MKR frequency in Table 3 23 as the Actual Marker Reading The reading should be within the limits shown 6 Repeat step 5 for all the frequency and span combinations listed in Table 3 23 Peak the HP 8562A preselector after tuning the analyzer s center frequency and HP 8340A the CW key to frequencies of 4 GHz and above Frequency Count Marker Accuracy 7 Set the HP 8562A B SPAN to 1 MHz Press the FREQ COUNT key and set COUNTER RES to 10 Hz 8 Key in the HP 8340A CW frequencies and the HP 8562A B center frequencies as indicated in Table 3 24 For each pair of settings press the PEAK SEARCH key and rec
55. 3 76 Performance Tests 56 Frequency Response Band 4 a Enter most positive number from Table 3 29 2 dB The absolute value of this number should be less than 5 1 dB b Enter most negative number from Table 3 29 column 2 dB The absolute value of this number should be less than 5 1 dB Subtract from a e sani heh hh oh n n s dB The result should be less than 8 6 dB Band Switching Uncertainty 57 In the top row of Table 3 31 enter the values recorded in the indicated steps For example if step 54 a has a value of 122 dB enter 122 dB in the top row of the Band 2 column 58 In the left column of Table 3 31 enter the values recorded in the indicated steps For example if step 52 b has a value of 0 95 dB enter 0 95 dB in the left column of the Band 1 row 59 Compute the other entries of Table 3 31 by taking the absolute value of the difference between the values in the left column and the top row 60 Each computed entry should be less than the limit shown directly below the entry for HP 8562A analyzers Limits shown in parentheses apply to 8562B analyzers 3 77 Performance Tests Table 3 25 Frequency Response Band 0 250 MHz Frequency HP 8902A CAL Factor Measurement Reading dB Frequency GHz Uncertainty 50 05 29
56. 31 0 29 0 31 0 29 0 31 0 29 0 31 0 29 0 31 0 29 0 31 0 29 0 31 0 29 0 31 0 29 0 31 0 29 0 31 0 29 0 31 0 29 0 31 0 29 0 31 0 29 0 31 0 29 0 31 0 29 0 31 0 29 0 31 0 29 0 31 0 29 0 31 0 29 0 31 0 29 0 31 3 77 Performance Tests 3 78 Freq G uency Hz 2 95 3 05 3 15 325 Table 3 26 Frequency Response Band 1 HP 8902A Reading dB Cal Factor Frequency GHz 3 0 30 3 0 30 3 0 30 4 0 4 0 4 0 4 0 4 0 40 40 40 40 40 5 0 5 0 5 0 50 5 0 5 0 5 0 50 50 50 6 0 6 0 6 0 6 0 6 0 6 0 6 0 6 0 6 0 6 0 Measurement Uncertainty dB 0 43 0 47 0 43 0 47 0 43 0 47 0 43 0 47 0 43 0 47 0 43 0 47 0 43 0 47 0 43 0 47 0 43 0 47 0 43 0 47 0 43 0 47 0 43 0 47 0 43 0 47 0 43 0 47 0 43 0 47 0 43 0 47 0 43 0 47 0 43 0 47 0 43 0 47 0 43 0 47 0 43 0 47 0 43 0 47 0 43 0 47 0 43 0 47 0 43 0 47 0 43 0 47 0 43 0 47 0 43 0 47 0 43 0 47 0 43 0 47 0 43 0 47 0 43 0 47 0 43 0 47 0 43 0 47 0 43 0 47 0 43 0 47 HP 8562A 2805A amp Below 85628 2809A amp Below Table 3 27 Frequency Response Band 2 Performance Tests EIL HP 8902A Cal Factor Measurement GHz Reading dB Frequency GHz Uncertainty dB HP 8562A 2805A amp Below HP 8562B 2809A
57. 43 0 47 dB 0 43 0 47 dB 3 79 Performance Tests Table 3 27 Frequency Response Band 2 Freq 6 uency HP 8902A CAL Factor Measurement Hz Reading dB Frequency GHz Uncertainty 6 5 60 0 43 0 48 dB 66 70 68 70 70 70 7 2 70 74 70 76 80 78 80 80 80 8 2 80 84 80 8 6 90 8 8 90 9 0 90 9 2 90 94 90 9 6 98 0 43 0 48 dB 043 048 dB 043 048 dB 0 43 0 48 dB 0 43 0 48 dB T 043 048 dB 0 43 0 48 dB 043 0 48 dB 043 048 dB T 043 048 dB 043 048 dB 0 43 0 48 dB 043 048 dB 043 048 dB 043 048 dB 0 43 0 48 dB 043 0 48 dB 043 048 dB 0 43 0 48 dB 0 43 0 48 dB 0 43 0 48 dB 0 43 0 48 dB 043 048 dB 043 048 dB 043 048 dB 043 048 dB 043 048 dB 0 43 0 48 dB 0 43 0 48 dB 0 43 0 48 dB 043 048 dB 043 048 dB 0 43 0 48 dB 3 80 Performance Tests Table 3 28 Frequency Response Band 3 Frequency HP 8902A CAL Factor Measurement 13 1 130 0 Ref 13 3 13 0 043 048 dB 13 5 13 0 043 048 dB 13 7 043 048 dB 13 9 0 43 0 48 dB 4 043 048 dB 0 43 048 dB 0 43 048 dB 0 43 048 dB 043 048 dB 0 43 048 dB
58. 4m x 1 2m 8 ft x 4 ft CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCING THE HP 8562A B 1 1 What You ll Find in This Chapter 1 2 This chapter introduces vou to the HP 8562A B Spectrum Analyzer and its options and accessories that tailor the unit to your specific needs To acquaint you with the analyzer s full capabilities the HP 8562A B specifications and characteristics are also provided 1 3 Introducing the HP 8562A B 1 4 The HP 8562A B uw RF High Performance Portable Spectrum Analyzer is a small lightweight test instrument that is capable of measuring signals from 1199 dBm to 30 dBm over a frequency range of kHz to 22 GHz The HP 8562A provides preselection from 2 75 to 22 GHz while the HP 8562B is unpreselected The frequency range of the analyzer can be extended unpreselected to 110 GHz using HP 11970 Series mixers and to 325 GHz using other commercially available mixers 1 5 The HP 8562A B is a complete self contained instrument that needs only an external ac power source for operation An ac power cable suitable for use in the country to which the analyzer is originally shipped is included with the unit 1 6 Accessories Supplied 1 7 See Figure 1 1 for a complete listing of the accessories supplied with your HP 8562A B Spectrum Analyzer 1 8 Options 1 9 Several options are available to tailor the HP 8562A B to your needs Options ca
59. 53 c Peak to Peak Response HP 8562B 5 1 dB 2 4 dB 5 1 dB 5 0 dB 4 0 dB 5 1 dB 7 0 dB 5 0 dB Band 3 54 a Maximum Positive Response 54 b Maximum Negative Response 54 c Peak to Peak Response HP 8562B Band 4 55 a Maximum Positive Response 55 b Maximum Negative Response 55 c Peak to Peak Response 5 1 dB 8 0 dB 6 0 dB 5 1 dB 8 6 dB Performance of the 2 MHz RES BW setting is specified only for HP 8562A spectrum analyzers with serial prefix 2805A and above and for HP 8562B spectrum analyzers with serial prefix 2809A and above 3 112 HP 8562 2805A amp Below HP 8562B 2809A amp Below
60. 5343A Power Sensor go WER tena oS lads uen P Der Beh Sl HP 8482A Adapters Type 1250 1477 Cables BNC 122 48 HP 10503A PROCEDURE 1 Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 3 2 The HP 5343A 10 Hz 500 MHz input should be connected to the CAL OUTPUT of the HP 8562 Calibrator Frequency Accuracy 2 Set the HP 5343A controls as follows SAMPLE 255 2x Chet RU R TIN a T Ta N ee Ch te Met So ele Midrange 500 1 MO SWITCH L5 L 500 10 Hz 500 MHz 500 2 26 5 GHz SWITCH 10 Hz 500 MHz NOTE The HP 5343A should have either an Option 001 timebase or be connected to a house standard with an aging rate better than 5 x 10 day 3 Wait for the frequency counter to settle This may take two or three gate times 4 Read the frequency counter display The CAL OUTPUT frequency should be within the following limits 4 ppm with standard timebase 299 998800 MHz lt 300 001200 MHz Calibrator Amplitude Accuracy 5 Zero the HP 8902 and calibrate the HP 8482A power sensor at 300 MHz as described in the HP 8902A Operation Manual Enter the power sensor s 300 MHz calibration factor into the HP 8902A 6 Connect the power sensor through an adapter directly to the CAL OUTPUT connector Read the power meter display The power level should be within the followin
61. 55 b 3 83 Performance Tests eee 3 39 SPECIFICATION lt 5 of actual frequency separation RELATED ADJUSTMENT YTO Adjustment DESCRIPTION Two synthesized sweepers provide the precise signals required to test the spectrum analyzer s frequency span accuracy Signal separation measured with the delta marker function is checked for accuracy Span accuracy at several different frequencies is tested Both sweepers are phase locked to the analyzer s 10 MHz reference SYNTHESIZED SWEEPER 1 FREQUENCY SPECTRUM FREQUENCY ANAL Yee REF SYNTHESIZED A IN OUT SWEEPER 2 ie d STANDARD EXT dhidi CC I OOM muse CO ODOR one wmm ES u min SISIR uu COOMA DOOS mmm5 m wu OO 0590 RF RF OUTPUT OUTPUT ADAPTER ADAPTER SMA CABLE ASSY CABLE ASSY POWER SPLITTER Figure 3 19 Frequency Span Accuracy Test Setup EQUIPMENT Synthesized Sweeper 2 required HP 8340A menter eror eor Coe HP 11667B e 3 84 Performance Tests nann Adapters TypeN 35 m HP 1250 1743 3 5 f to APC 3 5 f 2 HP 5061 5311 Type BNC tee 7 1250 0781 Cables 122 481 2
62. 9 Cumulative Accuracy at 50 MHz 20 dB ATTEN 30 dB ATTEN 40 dB ATTEN 50 dB ATTEN 20 dB ATTEN 20 dB ATTEN ll Step to Step Accuracy at 50 MHz 20 dB ATTEN 30 dB ATTEN 40 dB ATTEN 50 dB ATTEN 60 dB ATTEN 70 dB ATTEN Performance Tests 3 109 Performance Tests Table 3 38 Performance Test Record 3 of 8 Test Description IF Gain Uncertainty 34 Log IF Gain Uncertainty 10 dB steps 35 Log IF Gain Uncertainty 1 dB steps 36 Linear IF Gain Uncertainty Scale Fidelity 28 Linear Scale Fidelity 2 dB from REF LVL 2 33 dB 1 68 dB 4 dB from REF LVL 4 42 dB ee 3 60 dB 6 dB from REF LVL 6 54 dB 5 50 dB 8 dB from REF LVL 8 68 dB CREER 7 37 dB 10 dB from REF LVL 10 87 dB C ac EI 9 21 dB I2 dB from REF LVL 13 10 dB TX 11 02 dB 14 dB from REF LVL 15 42 dB a 1278 dB 16 dB from REF LVL 17 82 dB CUSCO MEN 1449 dB 18 dB from REF LVL 20 36 dB t D 16 14 dB 29 Maximum Cumulative 10 dB Log Scale Fidelity 1 5 dB inl e 1 5 dB 30 Maximum Incremental 10 dB Log Scale Fidelity 04 dB e 04 dB 31 Maximum Cumulative 2 dB Log Scale Fidelity 1 5 dB 1 5 dB 32 Maximum Incremental 2 dB Log Scale Fidelity 0 4 dB rn 04 dB Residual FM ll Residual FM Noise Sidebands 30 kHz Offset RT 100 dBc Hz 30 kHz Offset CIE 100 dBc Hz Image Multiple and Out of Band Responses 25 Maximum
63. 9 in Coax Cable pe BNC ni dcos x eo ese Een ae E S S HP 10502A DV da scan e du e eg MIN HP 2100 0709 4mm Hex Allen Wrench 22 HP 8710 1755 5 0222 HP 5180 9055 Figure 1 1 HP 8562A B with Accessories Supplied Introducing the HP 8562A B M 1 13 Additional Manual Set Option 910 Option 910 provides an additional set of the manuals shipped with the analyzer This includes an additional copy of the Installation Manual the Operating and Programming Manual the Pocket Operating Guide and the Quick Reference Guide To order additional manuals after initial shipment order by the manual part number which appears on the title page and on the back cover 1 14 Service Documentation Option 915 Option 915 provides a copy of the HP 8562A B Support Manual and an additional set of the manuals shipped with the analyzer The Support Manual documents the troubleshooting and repair of the analyzer To obtain a copy of the HP 8562A B Support Manual after initial shipment order by the manual part number HP Part Number 08562 90009 1 15 Additional Pocket Operating Guide Option 916 Option 916 provides an additional copy of the HP 8562A B Pocket Operating Guide To obtain a copy of the Pocket Operating Guide after initial shi
64. ER CM E E 0 Hz SWEEP unu be R TE ERI sos E di Pe lol at reu a oak ak 50 us SCALE eie orden eign ah Sw Bote dee seis MS gana ee DAT eh less LINEAR Set all buttons on the HP 5816A out including the blue SHIFT button Set the LEVEL SENS control for Channel A to midrange and the LEVEL SENS control for Channel B f ully counterclockwise Set the GATE TIME Control to MIN Push the FREQ A button in b Push the AC DC buttons for Channels A and B in c Push the Channel A TRIGGER LEVEL SENSITIVITY button in Set the HP 5116A controls as follows ERO Cru 200 kHz 5090 eis esae R Die a hee atc 500 mV DES cse ic dh Pd TRIANGLE Press the INSTR PRESET key on the HP 8340A Set the controls as follows NW DTP 300 MHz POWER LEVEL Laur RUSO Gwe R ERE ME R mac nU Y OR XN N 5 dBm MODULATION a R tere oe bre ce a RR aca doin AM On the HP 8562 press the TRIG key and EXTERNAL 3 100 Performance Tests M E I 7 Adjust the HP 8116A frequency for 10 cycles evenly spaced relative to the vertical graticule lines on the analyzer For example if the peak of the first cycle is 0 2 divisions to the right of the first graticule line the peak o
65. HP 85629A Test and Adjustment Module 4 10 A powerful feature of the HP 85629A Test and Adjustment Module TAM is the Automatic Fau t Isolation routine If a problem with the HP 8562A B is suspected Automatic Fault Isolation can determine in most cases whether or not a fault exists in the analyzer There are some problems such as excessive residual FM that Automatic Fault Isolation will not be able to detect As a minimum the display and keyboard must be operational to execute Automatic Fault Isolation 4 11 Running the Automatic Fault Isolation Routine To start the Automatic Fault Isolation routine press the MODULE key and Diagnose Rotate the front panel knob until the arrow points to Automatic Fault Isolation Press Execute The CAL OUTPUT must be connected to the INPUT 500 A BNC cable and Type N to BNC adapter is shipped with each analyzer in the front cover Press Continue and the Automatic Fault Isolation routine will begin 4 12 The Automatic Fault Isolation routine will perform checks of five sections of the analyzer The routine s progress is displayed on the CRT The routine will stop as soon as it detects a Failure If no failures are detected the Automatic Fault Isolation routine will take about 90 seconds to complete 4 13 If a failure is detected either continue troubleshooting using the Support Manual or return the analyzer to the nearest HP Service Center as described in paragraph 4 22 If an HP IB printer is availabl
66. HP 8562A to 19 25 GHz HP 8562 Option 026 23 75 GHz 8562A Change line 4 CF STEP from 1 93 GHz AUTO to 1 93 GHz AUTO Option 026 2 375 GHz AUTO Change line 20 SWEEP TIME from 400 ms AUTO to 400 ms AUTO Option 026 500 ms AUTO After page 14 108 add the new pages 14 108a and 14 108b provided in this Manual Updating Supplement 5 Supplement HP Part Number 08562 90050 Rev 25FEB88 PRINTING REMOTELY e CHAPTER 7A PRINTING REMOTELY In addition to print functions available from the front panel the HP 8562A B allows remote printing This chapter describes how you can print remotely PRINTER REQUIREMENTS The HP 8562A B supports the following printers the HP 3630A PaintJet printer HP 2225A B D ThinkJet printer and many other printers with IEEE 488 interface and raster graphics Set the printer address to one see Figure 7A 1 If you want to use a different remote address be sure to modify the example accordingly Remember to print from the spectrum analyzer front panel you must reset the address to one Fig 7 1 Printer address set to one PRINTING To print connect the printer via HP IB to the computer and execute example 1 Example 1 10 OUTPUT 718 PRINT 20 SEND 7 UNL LISTEN 1 TALK 18 DATA 30 END 8562A 2805A amp Ahove 8562B 2809A amp Above 1 PRINTING REMOTELY Rev 25FEB88 Line 10 of the example sends the spectrum analyzer PRINT
67. HP 8562A B CENTER FREQ to 100 MHz 14 Adjust the HP 8340A POWER LEVEL for an HP 8562A B amplitude reading of 10 dBm 0 05 dB 3 72 85624 2805 amp Below 85628 2809A amp Below Performance Tests 15 Record the negative of the power ratio displayed on the HP 8902A in Table 3 25 as the HP 8902A Reading 16 On the HP 8340A press the CW key and the key and press the FREQUENCY key and the key on the HP 8562A B to step through the remaining frequencies listed in Table 3 25 At each new frequency repeat steps 13 through 15 entering the power sensor s calibration factors into the HP 8902A as indicated in Table 3 25 Frequency Response Band 1 17 On the HP 8562A B press the FREQUENCY key the 2 key the key the 9 key the 5 key and the GHz key 18 Set the HP 8340A CW to 2 95 GHz 19 If the spectrum analyzer is an HP 85624 press the INT key and PRESEL AUTO PK Wait for the PEAKING message to disappear 20 Adjust the HP 8340A POWER LEVEL for an HP 8562A B MKR amplitude reading of 10 dBm 0 05 dB 21 Record the negative of the power ratio displayed on the HP 8902A in Table 3 26 22 On the HP 8340A press CW and the key and on the HP 8562A B press the FREQUENCY key and the key to step through the remaining frequencies listed in Table 3 26 At each new frequency repeat steps 19 through 21 entering the power sensor s calibration factors into the HP 8902A as indicated in Table 3 26
68. HP Part Number 08562 00050 _ REPLACEMENT OR ADDITIONAL PAGES A replacement page has the same page number as the page being replaced Additional pages have page numbers with a lower case letter For example if one additional page is added between pages 6 4 and 6 5 it will be numbered 6 4a The revision date appearing on each page is the date that the new page was originally added to the supplement Replacement or additional pages may contain several different types of information new information that was not supplied in the original document change information that documents changes to the product that have occurred since the original printing of the manual error information errata that corrects errors that were present in the manual New and change information is usually tied to a serial prefix or firmware version chan ge however information that applies to ail serials or all firmware versions may also be included in the supplement The applicable serial prefix or firmware version is printed on each page If the information applies to all serial numbers of the instrument the page will contain the notation All Serials Similarly if a replacement page contains error correction information it will contain the notation Errata INSERTING THE REPLACEMENT AND ADDITIONAL PAGES After you have selected applicable pages discard each old page for which you have a new version Insert t
69. MHz REF LEVEL ice hee Gk ee OE Ea REN EM 10 dBm 0 dB CE 5 uu uci dL A 8d ee opt de suus 30 kHz 4 On the HP 8562 press the PEAK SEARCH key SIG ON and the SPAN key Press the key six times Wait for the completion of two sweeps and then press the MARKER ON key SIG TRK OFF the BW key the kHz key the SPAN key and ZERO SPAN Press the BW key VIDEO BW the 1 key the key and the Hz key 5 Adjust the HP 8663A amplitude as necessary to place the peak of the signal at the HP 8562A B reference level 6 On the HP 8562A B press the TRIG key SINGLE and SINGLE Wait for the completion of the sweep and press the MARKER ON key MKR NOISE ON and MARKER DELTA 7 On the HP 8562A B press the FREQUENCY key CF STEP the 3 key the 0 key the kHz key CENTER FREQ and the f key 8 Press the TRIG key and SINGLE on the HP 8562A B Wait for the completion of the sweep and then record the A MKR amplitude in Table 3 21 column 2 as the Single Sideband Noise for 30 kHz offset 9 On the HP 8562A B press the FREQUENCY key the key and the key 10 Press the TRIG key and SINGLE on the HP 8562A B Wait for the completion of the sweep and then record the A amplitude in Table 3 21 column 2 as the Single Sideband Noise for 30 kHz offset 11 The values recorded in steps 8 and 10 should be less than 100 dBc Hz Table 3 21 Noise Sidebands A MKR Reading
70. ROM A2U309 Checksum error of Program ROM A2U310 Checksum error of Program ROM A2U3I 1 Checksum error of System RAM A2U303 Checksum error of System RAM A2U302 Checksum error of System RAM A2U301 Checksum error of System RAM A2U300 Checksum error of System RAM A2U305 Checksum error of System RAM A2U304 Microprocessor not fully operational Non volatile RAM not working check battery Hardware Firmware interaction check other errors Hardware Firmware interaction check other errors Hardware Firmware interaction check other errors j Hardware Firmware interaction check other errors e Appendix m ERR 754 SYSTEM Hardware Firmware interaction check other errors ERR 755 SYSTEM Hardware Firmware interaction check other errors Error codes 800 through 899 MODULE are reserved for Option Modules such as the HP 85629A Test and Adjustment Module Refer to the Option Module s manual for a listing of error messages 7 LA atkaro HP 8562A B Spectrum Analyzer Option 026 Manual Supplement Supplement Part Number 08562 90035 Supplement Print Date March 1988 for HP 8562A B Spectrum Analyzer Installation Manual Manual HP Part Number 08562 90007 Manual Print Date January 1987 This Manual Supplement adapts the information in your HP 8562A B Spectrum Analyzer Installation Manual to cover Option 026 26 5 GHz Frequency Extension as well as standard and Option 001 instruments For every page supplied
71. Uncertainty Uncertainty when using 100 Hz and 300 Hz resolution bandwidths 300 Hz resolution bandwidth 100 Hz resolution bandwidth Pulse Digitization Uncertainty Pulse response mode PRF 720 sweep time Log Linear 1 dB peak to peak 4 of reference level peak to peak SCALE FIDELITY 04 dB 4 dB from reference level to a maximum of 1 5 dB over 0 to 90 dB range Log Linear 3 of reference level Introducing the HP 8562A B a a aaa Table 1 1 HP 8562 Specifications 6 of 8 Sweep Time Range Span 0 50 us to 30 ms analog display Span 0 30 ms to 60 s digital display Span 10 kHz 50 ms to 100 s digital display Accuracy Span 0 Sweep time 30 ms Sweep time 30 ms 1 15 Sweep Trigger Free Run Single Line Video External INPUTS AND OUTPUTS IF INPUT Connector Input level for full screen deflection external mixing mode 0 dBm reference level 30 dB conversion loss SMA female front panel 30 dBm 1 5 dB HP IB Connector Interface Functions IEEE 488 bus connector SH1 T6 L4 LEO SRI PPI DC1 DTO Cl C28 El Supports HP 7225A HP 7440A HP 7470A HP 7475A HP 7550A HP 9872A B C T Direct Plotter Output CAL OUTPUT Connector Frequency Amplitude BNC female front panel 300 MHz 300 MHz x frequency referen
72. amp Below 0 43 0 48 0 43 0 48 0 43 0 48 0 43 0 48 0 43 0 48 0 43 0 48 0 43 0 48 0 43 0 48 0 43 0 48 0 43 0 48 0 43 0 48 0 43 0 48 0 43 0 48 0 43 0 48 0 43 0 48 0 43 0 48 0 43 0 48 0 43 0 48 0 43 0 48 0 43 0 48 0 43 0 48 0 43 0 48 0 43 0 48 0 43 0 48 0 43 0 48 0 43 0 48 0 43 0 48 0 43 0 48 0 43 0 48 0 43 0 48 0 43 0 48 0 43 0 48 0 43 0 48 0 43 0 48 3 79 Performance Tests 3 80 Table 2 28 Frequency Response Band 3 Frequency GHz 131 133 13 5 13 7 13 9 HP 8902A Cal Factor Reading dB Frequency GHz 13 0 HP 85624 2805A amp Below 8562B 2809A amp Below Measurement Uncertainty dB 0 Ref 0 43 0 48 0 43 0 48 0 43 0 48 0 43 0 48 0 43 0 48 0 43 0 48 0 43 0 48 0 43 0 48 0 43 0 48 0 43 0 48 0 43 0 48 0 43 0 48 0 43 0 48 0 43 0 48 0 43 0 48 0 43 0 48 0 43 0 48 0 43 0 48 0 43 0 48 0 43 0 48 0 43 0 48 0 43 0 48 0 43 0 48 0 43 0 48 0 43 0 48 0 43 0 48 0 43 0 48 0 43 0 48 0 43 0 48 0 43 0 48 0 43 0 48 0 43 0 48 0 43 0 48 Table 3 29 Frequency Response Band 4 Frequency HP 8902A Cal Factor Measurement GHz Reading dB Frequency GHz Uncertainty dB HP 8562A 2805A amp Below 8562B 2809A amp Below 0 55 0 59 0 55 0 59 0 55 0 59
73. analyzer is an HP 8562A press the INT key and PRESEL AUTO PK Wait for the PEAKING message to disappear 20 Adjust the HP 8340 POWER LEVEL for an HP 8562 amplitude reading of 10 dBm 0 05 dB 21 Record the negative of the power ratio displayed on the HP 8902A in Table 3 26 22 On the HP 8340A press CW and the 1 key and on the HP 8562A B press the FREQUENCY key and the T key to step through the remaining frequencies listed in Table 3 26 At each new frequency repeat steps 19 through 21 entering the power sensor s calibration factors into the HP 8902A as indicated in Table 3 26 3 73 Performance Tests 2 Frequency Response Band 2 23 On the HP 8562A B press the FREQUENCY key the 6 hey the key the 5 key the GHz key CF STEP the 2 key the 0 key the 0 key and the MHz key 24 Set the HP 8340 CW to 6 5 GHz and the FREQ STEP to 200 MHz 25 If the spectrum analyzer is an HP 8562A press the INT key and PRESEL AUTO PK Wait for the PEAKING message to disappear 26 Adjust the HP 8340A POWER LEVEL for an HP 8562A B amplitude reading of 10 dBm 0 05 dB 27 Record the negative of the power ratio displayed on the HP 8902A in Table 3 27 as the HP 8902A Reading 28 Set the HP 8340 CW and the HP 8562A B CENTER FREQ to 6 6 GHz Repeat steps 25 through 27 29 On the HP 8340A press CW and the T key and on the HP 8562A B press the FREQUENCY key and the 1 key to step through the
74. and Adjustment Module T Troubleshooting Operation Verification 3 10 Performance Tests 3 24 10 MHz Reference Output Accuracy SPECIFICATION Frequency lt 4 x 10 year RELATED ADJUSTMENT 10 MHz Frequency Reference Adjustment DESCRIPTION The 10 MHz reference signal is measured for frequency accuracy by measuring the frequency of the 300 MHz CAL OUTPUT signal The CAL OUTPUT signal is referenced to the 10 MHz reference Measuring the CAL OUTPUT signal yields higher resolution than measuring the 10 MHz reference directly e MICROWAVE SPECTRUM ANALYZER FREQUENCY COUNTER PI B 000 000 p 000 00 Figure 3 1 Frequency Reference Accuracy Test Setup EQUIPMENT Microwave Frequency HP 5343A Cables BNC 122 em 48 Inm v nni umm ALIE ERR Ru Ee kee HP 10503A PROCEDURE 1 Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 3 1 3 11 Performance Tests lann 2 Set the HP 5343A controls as follows SAMPLE RATE uec uen dp PIRE qe R CI qol eA HC dete ee Midrange 300 IL MO SWITCH ec Se wk RISE recie usw 900 10 Hz 500 MHz 500 2 26 5 GHz SWITCH 10 Hz 500 MHz NOTE The HP 5343A should have either an Option 001 timebase or be connected to a house standard with an aging rate better than 5 x 10 day 3 On the HP 8562A B press the PRESET key NOTE The HP 8562A B must
75. and below change the VIDEO BW to 1 Hz Table 3 8 Resolution Bandwidth Accuracy RES BW HP 3335A Frequency 3 dB Bandwidth 1 5 MHz Measurement Uncertainty 13 6 14 kHz 6 8 7 0 kHz 2 04 2 1 kHz 680 700 Hz 204 210 Hz 68 70 Hz 20 4 21 Hz 6 8 7 0 Hz 2 04 2 1 Hz 0 68 0 7 Hz The 2 MHz RES BW setting is specified and tested only for HP 8562A spectrum analyzers with serial prefix 2805A and above and for HP 8562B spectrum analyzers with serial prefix 2809A and above 3 24 HP 8562A 2805A amp Below 85628 2809A amp Below Rev 25FEB88 Performance Tests Table 3 9 Resolution Bandwidth Selectivity HP HP 3335A Frequency HP 3335A Frequency Measurement Shape Factor Factor 60dBBW 3dBBW Uncertainty g Upper 60 dB Lower 60 dB E 126 132 kHz 63 66 kHz 19 20 kHz 6 3 6 6 kHz 1 9 2 0 kHz 630 660 Hz 190 200 Hz 63 66 Hz 19 20 Hz 6 3 6 6 Hz The 2 MHz RES BW setting is specified and tested only for HP 8562A spectrum analyzers with serial prefix 2805A and above and for HP 8562B spectrum analyzers with serial prefix 2809A and above HP 85624 2805A amp Below HP 8562B 2809A amp Below 3 24a Rev 25FEB88 Performance Tests Table 3 24 Frequency Count Marker Accuracy Marker Frequency
76. and set the controls as follows CENTER FREQ R tote e eae GU du 50 MHz SPAN TE Pura Fe qu Eq UC Nb ao osa ied a s 0 Hz and e dr sd Det Rae 70 dBm QBI A Z iot 9d QE RU Seba doy iow et e OT 1dB RES BW eos edid Gu buda ie edit tes haan Rua meee 3 kHz 6 conde doy Sob RR Ub ue Dose e Cio tere ed 1Hz 3 Adjust the HP 355C step attenuator to place the peak of the signal two to three divisions below the HP 8562A B reference level 6 On the 8562A B press the TRIG key SINGLE and SINGLE and wait for a new sweep to finish Press the MARKER key and MARKER DELTA 7 Set the 3335A amplitude to 40 dBm as indicated in row 2 of Table 3 10 3 26 HP 8562A 2805A amp Below 8562B 2809A amp Below Performance Tests D CT EEE ESEE E 8 Set the HP 8562A B REF LVL to 60 dBm and input attenuation to 20 dB as indicated in row 2 of Table 3 10 9 On the HP 8562A B press the TRIG key and SINGLE and wait for a sweep to finish Record the A MER amplitude in Table 3 10 as the Actual A Reading The A MKR amplitude reading should be within the limits shown 10 Repeat step 9 using the HP 3335A Amplitude and HP 8562A B Ref Lvl and Atten settings listed in Table 3 10 11 Calculate the Step to Step Accuracy as described in the following steps and record the results in Table 3 10 Step to
77. cable between the HP 5316A and the HP 8116A Connect a BNC cable from the BLANKING OUTPUT on the HP 8562A B to the Channel A input of the HP 5316A 11 On the HP 8562A B press the TRIG key FREE RUN the SWEEP key the 3 key the 0 key and the ms key 12 On the HP 5316A set the controls as follows a Set the Channel A LEVEL SENS control fully counterclockwise b Press the TI button e c Push the SEP COM A button in d Set the Channel A TRIGGER LEVEL SENSITIVITY button out e Push the Channel A SLOPE button in negative edge trigger 13 On the HP 5316A slowly rotate the Channel A LEVEL SENS control clockwise until the yellow LED next to it begins to flash Repeat for the Channel B LEVEL SENS control 14 Repeat the following steps for each sweep time listed in Table 3 36 15 Set the HP 8562A B to the sweep time listed in the first column of Table 3 36 16 Wait for the HP 5316A display to settle usually about three sweeps Record the HP 5316A reading as the Measured Sweep Time in Table 3 36 The Measured Sweep Time should fall within the limits shown in Table 3 36 NOTE It might be necessary to readjust the LEVEL SENS controls slightly for a stable display HP 8562A 2805A amp Below 85628 2809A amp Below 3 101 Performance Tests Table 3 36 Sweep Time Accuracy Sweep Time Minimum Measured Maximum Measurement Setting Reading Sweep Time Reading Uncertainty 50 us 42 5 us 57 5 us 115 us 230
78. dB T 5 1 dB 5 0 dB 4 0 dB 5 1 dB 70 dB 7T 50 dB 5 1 dB 8 0 dB 60 dB 5 1 dB 86 dB Performance Tests Table 3 38 Performance Test Record 6 of 8 4 2 dB 3 7 Test Description Frequency Response Cont d Band Switching Uncertainty 59 Band 0 to Band 1 Band 0 to Band 2 5 2 dB 4 2 Band 0 to Band 3 57 dB 47 Band 0 to Band 4 60 dB Band 1 to Band 2 6 5 dB 5 0 Band 1 to Band 3 70 dB 60 Band 1 to Band 4 7 3 dB 68 Band 2 to Band 3 8 0 dB 6 0 Band 2 to Band 4 8 3 dB 7 3 Band 3 to Band 4 88 dB 7 8 Limits in parentheses apply to HP 8562B Frequency Span Accuracy 6 L5 GHz CENTER FREQ 10 kHz SPAN 7 60 kHz 20 kHz SPAN 15 20 kHz 50 kHz SPAN 38 00 kHz 100 kHz SPAN 76 0 kHz 101 kHz SPAN 76 0 kHz 200 kHz SPAN 152 0 kHz 500 kHz SPAN 3800 kHz 1 MHz SPAN 760 kHz 1 01 MHz SPAN 760 kHz 2 MHz SPAN 1 520 MHz 5 MHz SPAN 3 800 MHz 10 MHz SPAN 7 60 MHz 20 MHz SPAN 15 20 MHz 50 MHz SPAN 38 00 MHz 100 MHz SPAN 76 0 MHz 200 MHz SPAN 152 0 MHz 500 MHz SPAN 380 0 MHz 1 GHz SPAN 760 MHz 2 GHz SPAN 1 520 GHz 90 GHz CENTER FREQ 10 kHz SPAN 7 60 kHz 20 MHz SPAN 15 20 MHz 50 MHz SPAN 3800 MHz 5 GHz SPAN 3 800 GHz 160 GHz CENTER FREQ 10 kHz SPAN 7 60 kHz 50 MHz SPAN 38 00 MHz 100 MHz SPAN 76 0 MHz 5 GHz SPAN 3 800 GHz
79. harmonic is always higher than the tuned frequency by the Ist IF frequency 3 9107 GHz for the 1 kHz to 2 9 GHz band and 3107 MHz for all other bands Introducing the HP 8562A B Table 1 1 HP 85624 B Specifications 3 of 8 AMPLITUDE Continued Displayed Average Noise Level With no signal at input 100 Hz resolution bandwidth 1 Hz video bandwidth and 0 dB input attenuation Frequency Range HP 8562A HP 8562B 10 kHz 90 dBm 90 dBm 100 kHz 100 dBm 100 dBm 1 MHz to 2 9 GHz 121 dBm D21 dBm 2 9 GHz to 646 GHz amp 121 dBm 121 dBm 646 GHz to 13 0 GHz 110 dBm 110 dBm 130 GHz to 197 GHz 105 dBm 105 dBm 19 7 GHz to 22 0 GHz 100 dBm 100 dBm Spurious Responses HP 8562A HP 8562B 60 dBc 60 dBc 10 MHz to 646 GHz 10 MHz to 2 9 GHz All input related spurious responses except as noted below with 40 dBm mixer level Second Harmonic Distortion Frequency Range HP 8562A HP 8562B 10 MHz to 2 9 GHz 72 dBc 72 dBc 40 dBm Mixer Level 40 dBm Mixer Level 275 GHz to 22 0 GHz 100 dBc 60 dBc 10 dBm Mixer Level 40 dBm Mixer Level Third Order Intermodulation Distortion With 30 dBm total power at input mixer Frequency Range 10 MHz to 2 9 GHz 275 GHz to 22 GHz HP 8562A HP 8562B 70 dBc 70 dBc 75 dBc Image Mul
80. in Figure 3 16 with the filters in place Set the HP 8340A controls as follows A c DLP DECIR ME 295 GHz POWER LEVEL oe RUP Te iS edem 5 dBm HP 8562B 30 dBm On the HP 8562A B press the FREQUENCY key the key and the PEAK SEARCH key Omit this step if spectrum analyzer is an HP 8562A On the HP 8562B press the AMPLITUDE key the 3 key the 0 key and the dBm key Omit this step if spectrum analyzer is an HP 85628 On the HP 8562A press the INT key and PRESEL AUTO Wait for the PEAKING message to disappear before continuing to the next step Adjust the HP 8340A POWER LEVEL an HP 8562A B marker amplitude reading of 0 dBm HP 8562B 30 dBm On the HP 8562A B press the TRIG key SINGLE SINGLE the PEAK SEARCH key MARKER DELTA the FREQUENCY key and the 1 key Omit this step if spectrum analyzer is an HP 8562B On the HP 8562A press the AMPLITUDE key the 3 key the 0 key and the dBm key Press the TRIG key and SINGLE on the HP 8562A B Omit this step if spectrum analyzer is HP 85628 On the HP 8562A press the PEAK SEARCH key the INT key and PRESEL AUTO PK Wait for the PEAKING message to disappear before continuing to the next step 3 68 Performance Tests a D 30 Wait for the completion of a new sweep then press the PEAK SEARCH key Record the A MKR amplitude read ng below
81. kHz 2 90 GHz 1 2 dB 1 2dB 2 75 6 46 GHz 2 5 dB 2 0 dB 6 46 13 0 GHz 3 5 dB 2 5 dB 13 0 19 7 GHz x4 0 dB 3 0 dB 19 7 22 0 GHz 4 3 dB 4 3 dB Option 026 19 7 26 5 GHz 4 3 dB z4 3 dB Frequency Response relative to the calibrator 300 MHz lt 5 1 dB Band Switching Uncertainty 0 5 dB RELATED ADJUSTMENT YTF Adjustment HP 8562A Frequency Response Adjustment DESCRIPTION The output of the synthesized sweeper is fed through a power splitter to a power sensor and the HP 8562 The synthesized sweeper s power level is adjusted at 300 MHz to place the displayed signal at the HP 8562A B s center horizontal graticule line The measuring receiver used as a power meter is placed in RATIO mode At each new synthesized sweeper frequency and HP 8562A B center frequency the sweeper s power level is adjusted to place the signal at the center horizontal graticule line The measuring receiver displays the inverse of the frequency response relative to the calibrator EQUIPMENT Measuring Receiver HP 8902A Synthesized Sweeper HP 8340A Frequency Synthesizer HP 3335A Power Sensor 01 oe Robe A ce X VOR XU iu ace HP 8485A Power Splitter Du TR AK Maa Wa e eR nen E HP 11667B Coaxial 50 Ohm Termination Pack lets HP 9090 Adapters Type m to APC 3 5 m 2 required Option 026 1 req
82. ra 0 0V MODE aa D I e ran m NORM arg te M ae EP ate oe OFF 4 On the HP 8562A B press PRESET TRACE MORE DETECTOR MODES and DETECTOR POS PEAK Set the controls as follows CENTER FREQ ins RAS R VR e a ae et bes 2500 MHz SPAN AA RET E Ma deu e are eder hn Le 0 Hz 10 dBm R Queste Dig mm p oda 1 MHz VIDEO BW iue oid he a a ue dt 3MHz SNEEEIME nies ded deba do Breede Ga aoe hin a 50 ms GB IN odere ange pesca s mM 5 dB 5 On the HP 8116A use the RANGE switch to set FREQ to 144 kHz 6 On the HP 8562A B press TRIG SINGLE SINGLE and PEAK SEARCH In Table 3 24a record the Marker Amplitude reading as the MAX level for 144 kHz PRF HP 85624 2805A amp Below HP 85628 2809A amp Below 3 63 Performance Tests Rev 25FEB88 7 Press Marker ON Move the marker using the knob RPG until the marker is at the lowest point on the trace In Table 3 24a record the Marker Amplitude reading as the MIN level for 144 kHz 8 On the HP 8116A use the RANGE switch to set FREQ to 14 4 kHz 9 On the HP 8562A B press TRIG SINGLE SINGLE and PEAK SEARCH In Table 3 24a record the Marker Amplitude reading as the MAX level for 14 4 kHz PRF 10 Press Marker ON Move the marker using the knob until the marker is at the lowest point on the trace In Table 3 24a record the Marker Amplitude reading as the MIN
83. rating of 10 indicates that the analyzer and TAM are fully compatible If the rating is less than 10 the TAM can still be used but the results of one or more of the tests will be invalid Refer to Table 3 4 to determine which tests are valid for a particular TAM firmware revision Make sure the analyzer s serial prefix matches the serial prefix listed on the table New tables will be provided for analyzers with serial prefixes not listed on this manual s title page Table 3 3 Functional Test Compatibility Matrix HP 8562A B Compatibility Rating Serial Prefix es HP 85629A Firmware Revision A identifies serial prefixes for HP 8562A analyzers B identifies serial prefixes for HP 8562B analyzers Compatibility s rated on a scale of 0 to 10 0 incompatible 10 fully compatible 3 22 Running the Functional Tests 3 23 Connect the TAM to the rear panel of the HP 8562A B The HP 8562A B should be allowed to warm up for at least five minutes before running any functional test Perform the f ollowing steps to run the tests l Perform a REF LVL CAL reference level calibration as described in Chapter 2 paragraph 2 23 before continuing 2 Press the MODULE key to select the TAM s main menu If any error message appears refer to the Error Message section of the HP 85629A Test and Adjustment Module Supplement Error messages will be displayed either in the lower right hand corner of the CRT on the bottom line of the main menu o
84. remaining frequencies listed in Table 3 27 At each new frequency repeat steps 25 through 27 entering the power sensor s calibration factors into the HP 8902A as indicated in Table 3 27 Frequency Response Band 3 30 On the HP 8562A B press the FREQUENCY key the key the hey the key the key and the GHz key 31 Set the HP 8340A CW to 13 1 GHz 32 If the spectrum analyzer is HP 8562A press the INT key and PRESEL AUTO PK Wait for the PEAKING message to disappear 33 Adjust the HP 8340A POWER LEVEL for an HP 8562A B MKR amplitude reading of 10 dBm 0 05 dB 34 Record the negative of the power ratio displayed on the HP 8902A in Table 3 28 as the HP 8902A Reading 35 Press CW and the T key on the HP 8340A and the FREQUENCY key and the T key on the HP 8562 to step through the remaining frequencies listed in Table 3 28 At each new frequency repeat steps 32 through 34 entering the power sensor s calbration factors into the HP 8902 as indicated in Table 3 28 Frequency Response Band 4 36 On the HP 8562A B press the FREQUENCY key the key the 9 key the key the 7 key the key the GHz key CF STEP the 1 key the 0 key the 0 key and the MHz key 37 Set the HP 8340A CW to 19 71 GHz and the FREQ STEP to 100 MHz 3 74 Performance Tests DE ig ES PN e 38 the spectrum analyzer is an HP 8562A press the INT key and PRESEL AUTO PK Wait for the PEAKING message to disappear
85. the AMPLITUDE Reading column 2 from the HP 3335A AMPLITUDE 50 MHz recorded in step 46 Record the result as the Response Relative to 50 MHz column 3 of Table 3 30 51 Add to each of the Response Relative to 50 MHz entries in Table 3 30 the HP 8902A Reading for 50 MEZ listed in Table 3 25 Record the results as the Response Relative to 300 MHz in Table 3 30 Test Results 52 Frequency Response Band 0 a Enter most positive number from Table 3 30 column 4 dB b Enter most positive number from Table 3 25 column 2 Tent dB c Enter more positive of numbers from and b dB d Enter most negative number from Table 3 30 column 4 dB e Enter most negative number from Table 3 25 column 2 dB f Enter more negative of numbers from d and dB 8 Subtract f from c The result should be less than 2 4 dB dB h The absolute values in c and f should be less than 5 1 dB 53 Frequency Response Band 1 a Enter most positive number from Table 3 26 column 2 dB The absolute value of this number should be less than 5 1 dB HP 8562A 2805A amp Below HP 85
86. udi A RTE N EUN UENIUNT OFF j D ey E Ae Se Be Mae ts LIE OFF FREQUENCY STANDARD SWITCH rear panel EXT Set the HP 8902A controls as follows FUNCTION oh SR ete arbo eed Paese Cie Wk E Te qas de RF POWER EOG LDIN Dent EUN NUT Bile MAE WIE Be As LOG On the HP 8562 press the PRESET key On HP 8562 analyzers press the RECALL key MORE and FACTORY PRSEL PK Set the HP 8562A B controls as follows CENTER FREQ SCR Reno e TE ow SL Da 28 GHz REP GV boars I 20 dBm SPAN C audeo ed ns Po ra XP Le ce Ue ae 10 kHz CE STEP WERE See eal ace 50 kHz RES BW woes 9 Me rue uve qu ace WD eo m eeu E N 1 kHz VIDEO BW oana 4 x XS imos geli d dor MO uos a ele rr vastas 100 Hz Zero the HP 8902A and calibrate the HP 8485A power sensor at 50 MHz as described in the HP 8902A Operation Manual Enter the power sensor s 3 GHz calibration factor into the HP 8902 Connect the HP 8485A Power Sensor to the output of the directional coupler 3 89 Performance Tests 7 On the 8340 1 press the RF key Adjust the the POWER LEVEL key for a 23 dBm reading on the HP 8902 display 8 Disconnect the power sensor from the directional coupler Connect the directional co
87. us 575 us 1 15 ms 2 30 ms 5 75 ms 11 5 ms 23 0 ms 30 3 ms 50 5 ms 101 0 ms 202 0 ms 505 0 ms 1010 0 ms 2 020s 5 055 10 15 20 25 50 55 60 6s 3 102 HP 85624 2805A amp Below HP 8562B 2809A amp Below Performance Tests EMEN d ada aga da dtr 3 44 Residual Responses SPECIFICATION 200 kHz to 6 46 GHz 90 dBm with no signal at input and 0 dB input attenuation RELATED ADJUSTMENT There is no related adjustment for this performance test DESCRIPTION This test checks for residual responses in Bands 0 and 1 1 Any response located above the display line is measured in a narrow frequency span and resolution bandwidth The spectrum analyzer INPUT 500 is terminated in 50 ohms EQUIPMENT Coaxial50 Ohm Termination cer HP 909D Adapters TypeN m toAPC3 f HP 1250 1744 Type N m to BNC f ok 1250 1476 Type f to APC 3 5 f Option 026 HP 1250 1745 Cables BNG 122 om 48 in RAR SSS oe or HP 10503A PROCEDURE 1 On the HP 8562 press the PRESET key and set the controls as follows CENTER FREQ 2243 K 300 MHz SPAN 34e 50 o CAO ECKE a R icol e A 10 KHz RESBW i515 redde n RC WU RS I ELS Ge TE qp ge dolci ss 300 Hz REE LEVEL RE e Ach Re eR R Rb LAE Ta APR 10 dBm ATTEN qiia R RR RRR Bi RE E Dele doe RAS
88. with the greatest deviation from its corresponding REF LVL setting Subtract the REF LVL setting from the MKR Reading and record the result below Maximum Log IF Gain Uncertainty 1 dB Steps dB 36 In Table 3 17 locate the Actual A MKR Reading with the greatest deviation from its corresponding REF LVL setting Subtract the REF LVL setting from the AMKR Reading and record the result below Maximum Linear Gain Uncertainty dB Table 3 15 Log IF Gam Uncertainty 10 dB Steps AMKR Reading HP 3335A Measurement Amplitude Uncertainty 0 10 Ref 0 10 20 0 Ref 10035 0035 0 035 0035 038 039 038 039 093 095 093 095 093 095 3 40 Performance Tests Table 3 16 Log IF Gain Uncertainty 1 dB Steps Reading HP 3335A ef Lv Amplitude ncertain 10 Ref 0 Ref 0 9 8 7 6 5 4 Table 3 17 Linear IF Gain Uncertainty A MKR Reading HP 8562A B HP 3335A Ref Lvl Amplitude ncertainty 10 Ref 0 Ref 0 10 20 3 41 Performance Tests 3 31 Scale Fidelity SPECIFICATION Log Scale Fidelity lt 0 4 dB 4 dB to a maximum of 1 5 dB over 0 to 90 dB range Linear Scale Fidelity lt 3 of Reference Level RELATED ADJUSTMENT IF Amplitude Adjustment DESCRIPTION The 10 dB 2 dB and linear scales ar
89. 0 255 0 270 0 255 0 270 0 255 0 270 0 255 0 270 0 255 0 270 0 255 0 270 0 255 0 270 0 255 0 270 0255 0 270 0 255 0 270 0 255 0 270 INCR keys cannot be used to set this step key in the AMPLITUDE from the previous 78 dBm nominal step minus 2 dB This value should not exceed 0 2 dB 346 Performance Tests Table 3 19 2 dB Div Log Scale Fidelity HP 3335A dB from Incremental Measurement Amplitude Ref Level Error Uncertainty dBm nominal nominal dB dB 0 Ref 0 Ref Table 3 20 Linear Scale Fidelity A MKR Reading HP 3335A dB from Measurement Amplitude Ref Lvl Uncertainty dBm nominal nominal ie dB 0 Ref 0 0 168 033 033 360 034 034 5 50 037 037 7 37 4 041 041 921 046 047 2102 054 054 1278 064 065 1449 078 079 16 14 8 12 Performance Tests 3 32 Residual FM SPECIFICATION Residual FM 50 Hz x N in 100 ms in zero span RELATED ADJUSTMENT There is no related adjustment procedure for this performance test DESCRIPTION The Residual FM Test measures the inherent short term instability of the spectrum analyzer s LO system With the analyzer placed in zero span a stable signal is applied to the input and slope detected on the linea
90. 00 feet Vibration Drip proof at 16 liters hour square foot 5 to 15 Hz 0 059 inch peak to peak excursion 15 to 25 Hz 0 039 inch peak to peak excursion 25 to 55 Hz 0 020 inch peak to peak excursion Pulse Shock Half Sine 30 g for 11 ms duration Transit Drop 8 inch drop on 6 faces and 8 corners Electromagnetic Conducted and radiated interference is in compliance with CISPR Compatibility publication 11 1985 and Messempfaenger Postverfuegung 526 527 79 Kennzeichnung Mit F Nummer Funkschutzzeichen Meets the requirements of MIL STD 461B Part 4 with the exceptions shown below Conducted Emissions CEO Narrowband 1 kHz to 15 kHz only CE03 Narrowband Full limits Broadband 20 dB relaxation from 15 kHz to 100 kHz Conducted Susceptibility 501 Full limits limited to 36 Hz for HP 8562B CSQ2 Full limits 506 Full limits Radiated Emissions REOI 15 dB relaxation to 30 kHz and exceptioned from 30 kHz to 50 kHz 02 Full limits to 1 GHz Radiated Suscepubility 8501 Full limits RS02 Exceptioned 503 Limited to 1 V m from kHz to GHz with 20 dB relaxation at IF frequencies 30 dB relaxation at IF frequencies for Option 001 instruments HP 8562 2805 amp Below 8562B 2809A amp Below 1 13 Introducing the HP 8562A B Rev 25FEB88 kannn Table 1 1 HP 8562A B Specifications 8 of 8 Power Requirements 15 Vac Operation Voltage
91. 00 kHz 5 On the HP 8562A B pres the AMPLITUDE key MORE IF ADJUST IF ADJ ON and the MARKER ON key 6 Adjust the HP 8340 POWER LEVEL for a amplitude reading of 10 dBm 0 05 dB 7 Press the RATIO key on the HP 8902A 3 72 Performance Tests Frequency Response Band 0 gt 50 MHz 8 Set the HP 8340A CW to 50 MHz 9 Set the HP 8562A B CENTER FREQ to 50 MHz 10 Adjust the HP 8340A POWER LEVEL for an HP 8562A B MKR amplitude reading of 10 dBm 0 05 dB 11 Record the power ratio displayed on the HP 8902A here Record the negative of the power ratio in Table 3 25 HP 8902A reading at 50 MHz dB 12 Set the HP 8340 CW to 100 MHz 13 Set the HP 8562A B CENTER FREQ to 100 MHz 14 Adjust the HP 8340 POWER LEVEL for an HP 8562A B MKR amplitude reading of 10 dBm 0 05 dB 15 Record the negative of the power ratio displayed on the HP 8902A in Table 3 25 as the HP 8902A Reading 16 On the HP 8340A press the CW key and the 1 key and press the FREQUENCY key and the key on the HP 8562A B to step through the remaining frequencies listed in Table 3 25 At each new frequency repeat steps 13 through 15 entering the power sensor s calibration factors into the HP 8902A as indicated in Table 3 25 Frequency Response Band 1 17 On the HP 8562A B press the FREQUENCY key the 2 key the key the 9 key the 5 key and the GHz key 18 Set the HP 8340A CW to 2 95 GHz 19 the spectrum
92. 08562 90009 Describes troubleshooting and repair of the analyzer upper MRM Option 915 Service Documentation consists of one copy each of the Support Manual the Installation Manual the Operating and Programming Manual the Pocket Operating Guide and the Quick Reference Guide e t3 CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCING THE HP 8562A B 1 1 What You ll Find in This Chapter 1 2 This chapter introduces you to the HP 8562A B Spectrum Analyzer and its options and accessories that tailor the unit to your specific needs To acquaint you with the analyzer s full capabilities the HP 8562A B specifications and characteristics are also provided 1 3 Introducing the 8562A B 1 4 The HP 8562A B High Performance Portable Spectrum Analyzer is a small lightweight test instrument that is capable of measuring signals from 119 9 dBm to 30 dBm over frequency range of 1 kHz to 22 GHz Option 026 1 kHz to 26 5 GHz The HP 8562A provides preselection from 2 75 to 22 GHz Option 026 2 75 to 26 5 GHz while the HP 8562B is unpreselected The frequency range of the analyzer can be extended unpreselected to 110 GHz using HP 11970 Series mixers and to 325 GHz using other commercially available mixers 1 5 The HP 8562A B is a complete self contained instrument that needs only an external ac power source for operation An ac power cable suitable for use in the country to whic
93. 0A 2 Measurement Lr WC Frequency Setting 1499996 1 499992 1 499980 1 499960 1 499960 1499920 1499800 1499600 1499600 1 499200 1 498000 1 496 1 492 1480 1460 1420 1 300 1 100 0 700 8 999996 8 992 8 98 70 15 999996 33 Hz 66 Hz 165 Hz 330 Hz 333 3 Hz 660 Hz 1 65 kHz 3 3 kHz 3 333 kHz 6 6 kHz 16 5 kHz 33 kHz 66 kHz 165 kHz 330 kHz 660 kHz 1 65 MHz 3 3 MHz 6 6 MHz 33 Hz 66 kHz 165 kHz 16 5 MHz 33 Hz 1 5 GHz 10 kHz 7 60 kHz 15 GHz 20 kHz 15 2 kHz 15 GHz 50 kHz 380 kHz 15 GHz 100 kHz 760 kHz 1 5 GHz 101 kHz 760 kHz 15 GHz 200 kHz 152 kHz 1 5 GHz 500 kHz 380 kHz 1 5 GHz 10 MHz 760 kHz 1 5 GHz 1 01 MHz 760 kHz 15 GHz 20 MHz 1 52 MHz 15 GHz 50 MHz 3 80 MHz 1 5 GHz 100 MHz 7 60 MHz 15 GHz 200 MHz 15 2 MHz L5 GHz 500 MHz 38 MHz 15 GHz 100 MHz 76 MHz 1 5 GHz 200 MHz 152 MHz 1 5 GHz 500 MHz 380 MHz 15 GHz 10 GHz 760 MHz 1 5 GHz 20 GHz 1 52 GHz 90 GHz 10 kHz 76 kHz 90 GHz 20 MHz 15 2 MHz 90 GHz 50 MHz 380 MHz 90 GHz 5 GHz 3 8 GHz 160 GHz 10 kHz 7 6 kHz 1 68 MHz 4 20 MHz 840 MHz 168 MHz 42 0 MHz 84 0 MHz 1680 MHz 420 MHz 840 MHz 1 68 GHz 84 kHz 16 8 MHz 42 0 MHz 4 2 GHz 8 4 kHz
94. 1 52 1 57 2021 4 1 52 1 57 1378 6 1 52 1 57 2621 4 1 52 1 57 9821 61 1 52 1 57 7910 71 1 52 1 57 1810 71 1 52 1 57 28931 1 52 1 57 3978 6 1 52 1 56 4021 4 1 52 1 56 3378 6 1 52 1 56 4621 4 1 52 1 56 289 31 1 52 1 56 3721 44 1 52 1 56 1 52 1 57 1 52 1 57 1 52 1 57 1 52 1 57 t 1 52 1 57 1 52 1 57 14978 6 1 53 1 57 15021 4 1 53 1 57 14378 6 1 53 1 57 15621 4 1 53 1 57 289 31 1 53 1 57 14721 44 1 53 1 57 1 53 1 59 1 53 1 59 1 53 1 59 1 53 1 59 1 53 1 59 1 53 1 59 20978 6 21021 4 20378 6 21621 4 289 31 2192141 555558 t Out of Band Response t Multiple Response HP 8562A 2805A amp Below 8562B 2809A amp Below 3 57 Performance Tests 3 35 Frequency Readout Accuracy Frequency Count Marker Accuracy SPECIFICATION Frequency Readout Accuracy lt Frequency x 4 x 105 5 of Span 15 of RES BW 250 Hz Frequency Count Marker Accuracy lt Marker Freq x 4 x 105 50 Hz 1 LSD RELATED ADJUSTMENT YTO Adjustment 10 MHz Frequency Reference Adjustment DESCRIPTION The accuracy of the HP 8562A B frequency readout and frequency count marker is tested with an input signal of known frequency SYNTHES ZED SPECTRUM SWEEPER ANALYZER 0 coco ADAPTER L ADAPTER T3 APC3 5 CABLE ASSY Figure
95. 12 5 kHz 14 On the HP 8562A B press the TRIG key SINGLE and the PEAK SEARCH key Read the MKR amplitude The A MKR value should be between 0 40 dB and 0 38 dB 3 64 Performance Tests nnn 3 37 Second Harmonic Distortion SPECIFICATION For frequencies 29 GHz 72 dBc for a 40 dBm mixer level HP8562A For frequencies gt 2 9 GHz 100 dBc for a 10 dBm mixer level HP8562B For frequencies 29 GHz 60 dBc for a 40 dBm mixer level RELATED ADJUSTMENT There is no related adjustment procedure for this performance test DESCRIPTION A synthesized sweeper and low pass filter provide the signal for measuring second harmonic distortion The low pass filter eliminates any harmonic distortion originating at the signal source The HP 8562A B s e frequency response is calibrated out for the gt 2 9 GHz test The synthesized sweeper is phase locked to the spectrum analyzer s 10 MHz reference BNC CABLE ASSY 10 MHz REF IN OUT FREQUENCY STANDARD EXT ENTER SYNTHES ZED SWEEPER eta D o o Goo cou m ADAPTER ADAPTER G BNC CABLE ASSY Figure 3 15 Second Harmonic Distortion Test Setup Band 0 e Mixer Level Input Level Input Attenuation Performance Tests BNC CABLE ASSY SYNTHESIZED SPECTR
96. 1MHz 300 kHz 100 kHz 30 kHz 10 kHz 3kHz 1kHz 300 Hz 100 Hz Input Attenuator Accuracy 9 Cumulative Accuracy at 5 0 MHz 20 dB ATTEN 11 8 dB 30 dB ATTEN 21 8 dB 40 dB ATTEN 31 8 dB 50 dB ATTEN 41 8 dB 60 dB ATTEN 51 8 dB 70 dB ATTEN 61 8 dB 11 Step to step Acccuracy at 5 0 MHz 20 dB ATTEN 0 6 dB 30 dB ATTEN 0 6 dB 40 dB ATTEN 0 6 dB 50 dB ATTEN 0 6 dB 60 dB ATTEN 0 6 dB 70 dB ATTEN 0 6 dB Performance of the 2 MHz RES BW setting is specified only for HP 8562A spectrum analyzers with serial prefix 2805 and above and for HP 8562B spectrum analyzers with serial prefix 2809A and above HP 8562 2805A amp Below HP 8562B 2809A amp Below 3 109 Performance Tests Rev 25 88 IF Gain Uncertainty 34 Log IF Gain Uncertainty 10 dB steps 35 Log IF Gain Uncertainty 1 dB steps 36 Linear IF Gain Uncertainty Scale Fidelity 28 Linear Scale Fidelity 2 dB from REF LVL 4 dB from REF LVL 6 dB from REF LVL 8 dB from REF LVL 10 dB from REF LVL I2 dB from REF LVL dB from REF LVL l6 dB from REF LVL 18 dB from REF LVL 29 Maximum Cumulauve 10 dB Log Scale Fidelity 30 Maximum Incremental 10 dB Log Scale Fidelity 31 Maximum Cumulative 2 dB Log Scale Fidelity 32 Maximum Incremental 2 dB Log Scale Fidelity Residual FM ll
97. 2 press the PEAK SEARCH key the MKR key and MARKER gt REF LVL Wait for the completion of a new sweep and press the following keys MARKER DELTA the FREQUENCY key and the T key 25 On the HP 8340A 2 press the RF key on 26 On the HP 8562A B press the PEAK SEARCH key 27 Adjust the the POWER LEVEL key of the HP 8540A 2 for a MKR reading of 0 0 dB 0 17 dB 28 On the HP 8562A B press the FREQUENCY key and the 1 key Wait for the completion of a new sweep and press the PEAK SEARCH key Record the HP 8562A B A MKR reading in Table 3 33 as the Upper Product Suppression The suppression should be greater than 75 dB 29 Press the following keys on the HP 8562A B the FREQUENCY key the key the key and the key Wait for the completion of a new sweep and press the PEAK SEARCH key Record the HP 8562A B A MKR reading in Table 3 33 as the Lower Product Suppression The suppression should be greater than 75 dB 30 Record the maximum of the Lower Product Suppression and Upper Product Suppression for the 2 8 GHz entries in Table 3 33 Third Order Intermodulation Distorion at 2 8 GHz dBc 31 Record the maximum of the Lower Product Suppression and Upper Product Suppression for the 4 0 GHz entries in Table 3 33 Third Order Intermodulation Distorion at 40 GHz dBc Table 3 33 Third Order Intermodulation Distortion Lower Product Upper Product Measurement Uncertainty HP 8340A 1 Cw Frequenc
98. 2 9 GHz to 646 GHz IF INPUT Amplitude Accuracy 15 IF INPUT Amplitude 3 115 CHAPTER 4 HELP 4 1 What You ll Find in This Chapter 4 2 Your HP 8562A B Spectrum Analyzer is built to provide dependable service It is unlikely that you will experience a problem with the HP 8562A B However if you do or if you desire additional information or wish to order parts options or accessories HP s worldwide sales and service organization is ready to provide the support you need 4 3 In general a problem can be caused by a hardware failure a software error or a user error Perform the quick checks listed in paragraph 4 7 Check the Basics These checks may eliminate the problem altogether or may give a clearer idea of its cause If you have an HP 8562A B Test and Adjustment Module you can use its automatic fault isolation routine See paragraph 4 9 4 4 If the problem is a hardware problem vou have the following options Repair it yourself see paragraph 4 16 Service Options Return the analyzer to HP for repair If the analyzer is still under warranty or is covered by an HP maintenance contract it will be repaired under the terms of the warranty or maintenance contract the warranty is printed in the front of this manual If the analyzer is no longer under warranty or covered by an HP maintenance contract HP will notify you of the cost of the repair after examining the unit 4 5 See paragraph 4 20 How to Call HP an
99. 225A B D ThinkJet HP 3630A PaintJet or any other printer with HP IB interface and raster graphics capability Set the printer address to one Once PRINT is executed no subsequent commands are executed until PRINT is done For more information refer to Chapter 7A PRINT At the execution of the PRINT command the display is printed on the HP 2225A B D ThinkJet HP 3630A PaintJet in black and white only and many other printers with IEEE 488 interface and raster graphics capability PRINT 0 Same as PRINT PRINT 1 At the execution of the PRINT 1 command the display is printed on the HP 3630A PaintJet printer Colors of the printed trace are fixed bv the spectrum analyzer NOTE If the HP 3630A printer is not connected at the execution of the e PRINT 1 command erroneous information will be printed 8562A 2805A amp Abovc HP 8562 2809A amp Above 14 108a LANGUAGE REFERENCE Rev 25FEB88 EXAMPLE 14 108b 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 ON INTR 7 GOTO Done ENABLE INTR 7 2 OUTPUT 718 RQS 16 OUTPUT 718 PRINT SEND 7 UNL LISTEN 1 TALK 18 DATA Idle GOTO Idle Done S_poll SPOLL 718 OUTPUT 718 RQS 0 PRINT COMMAND IS COMPLETE END HP 85624 2805A amp Above HP 8562B 2809A amp Above LA Manual Updating Supplement Supplement Part Number 08562 90060 Supplement Print Date February 1988 This supplement updates the following document HP 8562A B Spectrum Ana
100. 2A B REF LVL to 60 dBm and input attenuation to 20 dB as indicated in row 2 of Table 3 10 9 On the HP 8562A B press the TRIG key and SINGLE and wait for a sweep to finish Record the A MKR amplitude in Table 3 10 as the Actual A MKR Reading The A MKR amplitude reading should be within the limits shown 10 Repeat step 9 for each row of instrument settings indicated in Table 3 10 11 Calculate the Step to Step Accuracy as described in the following steps and record the results in Table 3 10 Step to Step Accuracy should be within the limits shown in Table 3 10 Step to Step Accuracy Calculation NOTE Step to Step Accuracy is the measure of how accurate a 10 dB step Is Step to Step Accuracy is calculated based upon the Actual A MKR readings in Table 3 10 12 For the 20 dB ATTEN setting subtract 10 dB from the Actual MKR Reading to obtain the Step to Step Accuracy 20 dB ATTEN Step to Step Accuracy Actual A MKR Reading 10 dB 13 For the 30 40 50 60 and 70 dB ATTEN settings subtract the previous Actual A MKR Reading from the current Actual Reading Subtract 10 dB from the result above to obtain the Step to Step Accuracy Accuracy Current Actual A Previous Actual A MKR 10 dB 327 SLOT 9 0 8 0 9 0 8LTOF 90 810 9 0 8LTO 90 870 90 PW 0 FDO PA 0 0 gp ap ap w w u Ajureue2un sads leny lenpy an e j EG wawainseaw taoinaay dejg odejg b
101. 30 ms and greater the time interval of the BLANKING OUTPUT s low state is measured This time interval corresponds to the sweep time The measured sweep time is compared to the specification BNC CABLE ASSEMBLY FREGUENCY STANDARD EXT BNC CABLE ASSEMBLY FIRIGGER SYNTHESIZER PULSE FUNCTION GENERATOR SWEEPER UNIVERSAL COUNTER Da DODN hihi 05 EE am ads ODOMA ODOB TRIG OUTPUT SPECTRUM ANALYZER ADAPTER ADAPTER BNC CABLE ASSEMBLY ADAPTER amp BNC CABLE ASSEMBLY ADAPTER BNC CABLE ASSEMBLY Figure 3 23 Sweep Time Accuracy Test Setup 3 99 Performance Tests EQUIPMENT Synthesized Sweeper 8340A Universal Counter HP 5316A Pulse Function Generator oT LP HP 8116A Adapters Type APC 359 D fo N bed Wear a iE HP 1250 1745 to BNC f 2 required HP 1250 1476 Type BNC tee m PIP HP 1250 0781 Cables 122 48 in 5 required oaa HP 10503A PROCEDURE 1 Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 3 23 with the BNC cable from the HP 5316A connected to the HP 8562A B EXT TRIG INPUT On the HP 8562 press the PRESET key and set the controls as follows CENTER FREQ L du ete vc a eS tdi TP et 300 MHz SPAN octo qe du tesi eed dea qa Rake You Maen ado
102. 31 dB 100 05 200 300 400 500 600 4 700 800 900 1000 1100 1200 1300 1400 29 31 dB 29 31 dB 0 Ref 29 31 dB 29 31 dB 29 31 dB 29 31 dB 29 31 dB 29 31 dB 29 31 dB 29 31 dB 29 31 dB 29 31 dB 29 31 dB 29 31 dB 29 31 dB 29 31 dB 29 31 dB 29 31 dB 29 31 dB 29 31 dB 29 31 dB 29 31 dB 29 31 dB 29 31 dB 29 31 dB 29 31 dB 29 31 dB 29 31 3 78 Performance Tests Table 3 26 Frequency Response Band 1 Frequency HP 8902A CAL Factor Measurement 30 043 047 dB 3 0 30 30 30 30 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 50 50 50 50 50 50 5 0 5 0 5 0 50 60 60 60 6 0 6 0 6 0 6 0 6 0 6 0 60 043 047 dB 043 047 dB 0 43 0 47 dB 0 43 0 47 dB 0 43 047 dB T 043 0 47 dB 043 0 47 dB 043 0 47 dB 0 43 0 47 dB 043 047 dB 0 43 0 47 dB 0 43 0 47 dB 0 43 0 47 dB 0 43 0 47 dB 043 047 dB 0 43 047 dB 043 047 dB 043 047 dB 043 047 dB 043 047 dB 043 047 dB 043 047 dB 043 047 dB 0 43 0 47 dB 043 047 dB 043 047 dB 0 43 0 47 dB 0 43 0 47 dB 0 43 0 47 dB 043 047 dB 0 43 0 47 dB 043 047 dB 043 047 dB 0
103. 36 20 99940 21 00060 20 99887 21 00113 20 99737 21 00263 20 9948 21 0052 20 950 21 050 Performance Tests Table 3 24 Frequency Count Marker Accuracy Marker Frequency Measurement HP 8340A HP 8562A Frequency Frequency Uncertainty 1 49999394 3 99998394 8 99996389 15 99993584 20 99991579 1 50000606 4 00001606 9 00003611 16 00006416 21 00008421 Performance Tests _ 9 3 36 Pulse Digitization Uncertainty SPECIFICATION Pulse Digitization Uncertainty Pulse Repetition Frequency 720 sweep time Peak to Peak Log lt 1 dB Linear 496 of Reference Level RELATED ADJUSTMENT There is no related adjustment procedure for this performance test DESCRIPTION This test measures the ability of the analyzer s analog to digital circuitry to respond to pulsed RF signals The synthesized sweeper is phase locked to the spectrum analyzer s 10 MHz reference Since the 1 dB DIV and 5 dB DIV scale factors are derived digitally from the 2 dB DIV and 10 dB DIV scale factors respectively it is only necessary to test the 1 dB DIV 5 dB DIV and Linear scale factors BNC CABLE ASSY SYNTHESIZED FREQUENCY SPECTRUM 10 MHz REF SWEEPER STANDARD EXT ANALYZER IN OUT PULSE FUNCTION ENERATOR mid m whe oh OO 4 E ADAPTER BNC CABLE ASSY SMA CABLE ASSY Figure 3 14 Pulse Digitization Uncertainty Test Setup EQU
104. 470A HP 7475A CAL OUTPUT HP 7550A HP 9872A B C T Connector BNC female front panel Frequency 300 MHz 300 MHz x frequency reference accuracy Amplitude 10 dBm 0 3 dB 1ST LO OUTPUT Connector SMA female front panel Amplitude 165 dBm 2 0 dB 20 C to 30 C 10 MHz REF IN OUT Connector Frequency BNC female rear panel 10 MHz 10 MHz x frequency reference accuracy Environmental Military Specification Calibration Interval Warmup Minimum span is 10 kHz for spectrum analyzers with serial prefix 2724A and below Nis the harmonic mixing mode The desired ist LO harmonic is always higher than the tuned frequency by the 1st IF frequency 3 9107 GHz for the 1 kHz to 2 9 GHz band and 310 7 MHz for ail other bands t 2 hours for conditions of internal condensation 30 minutes to meet frequency response specifications without preselector peaking Per MIL T 28800C Type III Class 3 Style C as follows 1 year 5 minutes from ambient conditionst 1 12 8562 2805 amp Below 85638 2809 amp Below Rev 25FEB88 Introducing the HP 8562A B Table 1 1 HP 85624 B Specifications 7 of 8 GENERAL Continued Environmental Continued Temperature Operating to 55 C Non operating 62 C to 85 C Humidity 95 at 40 for 5 days Altitude Operating 15000 feet Non operating 500
105. 50 print the display contents Line 60 keeps the controller on line 60 until the printing is finished and the PRINT command satisfies the command complete condition When the printing is finished a service request interrupt is generated sending the controller to the Done subroutine Done performs a serial poll on the spectrum analzyer This clears the analyzer of the service request Line 80 returns the spectrum analyzer service requests to their initial condition Line 90 prints on the computer screen thatthe printing is finished 7A 2 HP 8562A 2805A amp Above 8562B 2809A amp Above Rev 25FEB88 PRINTING REMOTELY PRINTING OPTIONS PRINT At the execution of the PRINT command the display is printed on the 2225 ThinkJet printer HP 3630A PaintJet printer in black and white only and many other printers with IEEE 488 interface and raster graphics capability PRINTO Same as PRINT PRINT1 Atthe execution of the PRINT 1 command the display is printed on the HP 3630A PaintJet printer Colors of the printed trace are fixed by the spectrum analyzer NOTE If the HP 3630A PaintJet printer is not connected at the execution of the PRINT 1 command erroneous information will be printed HP 8562A 2805A amp Above 85628 2809A amp Above 7 3 Rev 2SFEB88 LANGUAGE REFERENCE PRINT PRINT DISPLAY SYNTAX 5 OF e DESCRIPTION The PRINT command copies the specified display contents onto HP 2
106. 55 GHz 9 00108 GHz 9 00258 GHz 9 0052 GHz 9 050 GHz 16000116 GHz 1600058 GHz 1600111 GHz 16 00261 GHz 16 0052 GHz 16 050 GHz 21 000136 GHz 21 00060 GHz 21 001B GHz 21 00263 GHz 21 0052 GHz 21 050 GHz 1 5 GHz CENTER FREQ 1 49999394 GHz 1 50000606 GHz 40 GHz CENTER FREQ 3 99998394 GHz 4 00001606 GHz 90 GHz CENTER FREQ 8 99996389 GHz 9 00003611 GHz 160 GHz CENTER FREQ 15 99993584 GHz 16 00006416 GHz 21 0 GHz CENTER FREQ 20 99991579 GHz 21 00008421 GHz 3 111 Performance Tests Table 3 38 Performance Test Record 5 of 8 Test Description Pulse Digitization Uncertainty 7 5 dB Div 8 1 dB Div 14 Linear Second Harmonic Distortion 6 2 9 GHz 31 2 9 GHz Frequency Response Band 0 51 Maximum Positive Response Si f Maximum Negative Reponse 51 Peak to Peak Response Band 1 52 a Maximum Positive Response 52 b Maximum Negative Response S2 c Peak to Peak Response HP 8562B Band 2 53 Maximum Positive Response 53 b Maximum Negative Response 53 c Peak to Peak Response HP 8562B Band 3 54 a Maximum Positive Response 54 b Maximum Negative Response 54 c Peak to Peak Response HP 8562B Band 4 55 a Maximum Positive Response 55 b Maximum Negative Response 55 c Peak to Peak Response 3 112 0 38 dB 72 dBc 100 dBc HP 8562B 60 dBc 5 1 dB 2 4
107. 5A Minimum Output Power Leveled 20 to 80 GHz 16 dBm Output SWR Leveled 17 Digital Voltmeter Range 15 to 120 Vdc HP3456A Accuracy lt 1 mV on 10V Range Input Impedance 1 Megohm DVM Test Leads 336 inches long alligator clips probe tips HP 34118A 10 dB Step Attenuation Range 30 dB HP 355D Attenuator Frequency Range dc to 80 MHz Connectors BNC female 1 dB Step Attenuation Range 12 dB HP 355C Attenuator Frequency Range dc to 80 MHz Connectors BNC female 20 dB Fixed Frequency Range dc to 18 GHz HP 8491B Attenuator Attenuation Accy 1 dB Opt 020 Maximum SWR 1 2 dc to 8 GHz L5 124 to 18 GHz 10 dB Fixed Frequency Range dc to 18 GHz HP 8491B Attenuator Attenuation x06 dB Opt 010 Maximum SWR 1 2 dc to 8 GHz L5 124 to 18 GHz 10 dB Fixed Frequency Range dc to 22 GHz HP 8493C Attenuator Attenuation Accy 0 3 dB Opt 010 Maximum SWR 1 25 124 to 22 GHz Signature Multimeter Clock Frequency 310 MHz HP 5005A B Performance Tests Adjustments M Test and Adjustment Module T Troubleshooting V Operation Verification Part of Microwave Workstation Performance Tests e Table 3 5 Recommended Test Equipment 3 of 4 Critical Specifications for Recommended Equipment Substitution Model Reference Attenuator Supplied with HP 8484A HP 11708A Termination Frequency Range dc to 22 GHz HP 909D Impedance 50 ohms Maximum SWR 122 Connector APC 3 5 Lo
108. 628 2809A amp Below 3 75 Performance Tests TTS I PE TP SPD b Enter most negative number from Table 3 26 column 2 dB e The absolute value of this number should be less than 5 1 dB Subtract b from 8 dB The result should be less than 5 0 dB HP 8562B 4 0 dB 54 Frequency Response Band 2 a Enter most positive number from Table 3 27 column 2 dB The absolute value of this number should be less than 5 1 dB b Enter most negative number from Table 3 27 column 2 dB The absolute value of this number should be less than 5 1 dB Subtract D from a dB The result should be less than 7 0 dB HP 8562B 5 0dB 55 Frequency Response Band 3 a Enter most positive number from Table 2 28 column 2 dB The absolute value of this number should be less than 5 1 dB b Enter most negative number from Table 2 28 column 2 dB The absolute value of this number should be less than 5 1 dB Subtract b from oe cem uL ata le dB The result should be less than 8 0 dB 8562B 6 0 dB e 56 Frequency Response Band 4 a Enter most positive number from Table 3 29 column 2
109. 805A amp Below HP 8562B 2809A amp Below Performance Tests e EQUIPMENT Synthesized Sweeper 2 required HP 8340A Measuring Receiver HP 8902A Amplifier KM OS acr HP 11975A Power Sensor XS ORS HP 8485A Power Splittet nece Hn AR e A E ae up HP 11667B Adapters APC 3 5 f to APC 3 5 f 2 required HP 5061 5311 Type 3 5 m to m not necessary for Option 026 HP 1250 1743 BNC tee m 0 i o d pus 1250 0781 Cables 122 cm 48 2 required HP 10503A APC 3 5 91cm 36 in e uou ROUEN RR eer RR HP 8120 4921 lige MALE HP 11975 20002 PROCEDURE 2 9 GHz 1 Zero the HP 8902A and calibrate the HP 8485A power sensor as described in the HP 8902A Operation Manual Enter the power sensor s 2 GHz calibration factor into the HP 8902A e 2 Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 3 21 with the output of the power splitter connected to the HP 8485A Power Sensor 3 Press the INSTR PRESET key on both HP 8340A s Set the controls for the HP 8340A 1 as follows CW uoces eS Roe ae Beale a BO ee 2 0 GHz POWER LEVEL eoi a Ren 24 dBm FREQUENCY STANDARD SWITCH rear panel EXT CW E oe bU hig e Nato EE
110. 90 203 80 Canada 8120 1754 Straight NEMAS 15P 91 36 Japan 100 or 200V 8120 1378 Straight NEMAS 15P 203 80 Jade Gray Mexico 8120 1521 90 203 80 Jade Gray Phillpines 8120 1676 Straight NEMAS 15P 91 36 Jade Gray Taiwan 8120 2104 Straight SEV1011 201 79 1959 24507 Type 12 8120 0698 Straght NEMA6 I5P EN 8120 1860 Straight CEEE22 VI Part number shown for plug is industry identifier for plug only Number shown for cable is HP Part Number for complete cable including plug E Earth Ground L Line Neutral Preparation Use 2 20 Turning the HP 8562A B On for the First Time e 2 21 When you turn the analyzer on for the first time you should perform the following trace alignment and reference level calibration procedures The HP IB address may also be set if needed Perform the following three steps before continuing with the procedures 1 Press the LINE key 2 The analyzer will take about half a minute to perform a series of self diagnostic and calibration routines Upon completion of the routines the screen displays the analyzer s model number HP 8562A B and the firmware date for example 299 86 indicates September 29 1986 Record the firmware date and keep it for reference If you should ever need to call HP for service or with any questions regarding your analyzer it will be helpful to have the firm
111. A MKR Amplitude Reading dBc 31 Algebraically add the Frequency Response Error recorded in step 19 to the A MKR Amplitude Reading in step 30 Record the result below as the Second Harmonic Distortion gt 2 7 GHz The distortion should be less than 100 dBc 85628 less than 60 dBc Second Harmonic Distortion 29 GHz dBc 3 69 Performance Tests clau V 3 38 Frequency Response SPECIFICATION In band Frequency Response 10 dB Input Attenuation HP 8562A HP 8562B kHz 290 GHz 12 dB 1 2 dB 2 75 6 46 GHz t2 5 dB 20 dB 6 46 13 0 GHz t3 dB 2 5 dB 130 197 GHz t40 dB 3 0 dB 197 220 GHz 43 dB 43 dB Frequency Response relative to the calibrator 300 MHzy lt 5 1 dB Band Switching Uncertainty lt 0 5 dB RELATED ADJUSTMENT YTF Adjustment HP 8562A Frequency Response Adjustment DESCRIPTION The output of the synthesized sweeper is fed through a power splitter to a power sensor and the HP 8562A B The synthesized sweeper s power level is ad justed at 300 MHz to place the displayed signal at the HP 8562A B s center horizontal graticule line The measuring receiver used as a power meter is placed in RATIO mode At each new synthesized sweeper f requency and 8562A B center frequency the sweeper s power level is adjusted to place the signal at the center horizontal graticule line The measuring receiver displays the inverse of th frequency response relative to the c
112. APC 3 5 adapter and 50 ohm termination on the RF INPUT Press the PRESET key and set the controls as follows CENTER FREQ Ue a as ASE te auster 152 MHz SPAN 2 uo deu epus ete ed Dos qois qur e ent e Sog wien dei 30 MHz mos eden ep bu RARIOR XN ever 28 5 MHz REF LEVEL koe pui won Neon Roe e SUD IE H R NI uicit Uh Sae S its 50 dBm uo rt RUIN AERE T VUE Te ie 0 dB RES fae hs Soe deg eR gelo RR EU PRG RR Ede e 10 kHz TRIG nues dni tos atus Heu qo SEO RE ium s eee we Sx due SINGLE DISPLAY LINE i oi eee entr ux worse adc Se 90 dBm 4 Press the TRIG key and SINGLE to trigger a sweep The noise level should be at least 6 dB below the display line If it is not it will be necessary to reduce the SPAN and RES BW to reduce the noise level If the SPAN is reduced reduce the CF STEP to no more than 9596 of the SPAN 5 If a residual is suspected press SINGLE again A residual response will persist but a noise peak will not Record the frequency and amplitude of any responses above the display line 6 If a response is marginal verify the response amplitude as follows a Press the SAVE key SAVE STATE and STATE 0 b Place the marker on the peak of the response in question c Press the MKR gt key and MARKER CF d Press the
113. B display NOTE Several minor peaks might be observed when finding the peak signal amplitude for the 2 MHz RES BW setting Be sure that the peak found is the peak with the highest amplitude 20 On the HP 3335 press 1 21 On the HP 8562A B press Marker ON and MARKER DELTA HP 8562A 2805A amp Below HP 8562B 2809A amp Below 3 23 Performance Tests Rev 25FEB amp 8 22 On the HP 3335A press 1 23 Increase the HP 3335A frequency until the HP 8562 A MKR reads 0 dB 0 2 dB In Table 3 9 record the HP 3335A frequency as the Upper 60 dB Frequency for the current RES BW setting 24 Decrease the HP 3335A frequency until the peak signal amplitude is reached Decrease the frequency further until the HP 8562A B again reads 0 dB 0 2 dB In Table 3 9 record the HP 3335A frequency as the Lower 60 dB Frequency for the current RES BW setting 25 Subtract the Lower 60 dB Frequency from the Upper 60 dB Frequency Record the result as the 60 dB Bandwidth in Table 3 9 for the current RES BW setting 26 Divide the 60 dB Bandwidth by the 3 dB Bandwidth and record the result as the Actual Shape Factor in Table 3 9 for the current RES BW setting The Actual Shape Factor should be less than the limit shown in Table 3 9 27 Set the HP 3335A frequency to 40 MHz 28 Press Marker OFF on the HP 8562A B 29 Repeat steps 18 through 28 for the rest of the RES BW settings listed in Table 3 9 For RES BW settings of 1 kHz
114. C f to Dual Banana Plug HP 1251 2816 A RG 214 U with Type N m connectors HP 11500A Length 236in Semi rigid 50 ohm cable SMA m connectors length 6 in to 8 in 48 inch 50 ohm coaxial cable with BNC m connectors on both ends 5 required Frequency Range 1kHz to 26 5 GHz Maximum SWR lt 1 4 at 22 GHz Length 291 cm 36 in 2 required Connectors APC 3 5 m both ends Maximum Insertion Loss 2 dB HP IB required for using Performance Test Software and using HP 85629A Test and Adjustment Module Length 2m 6 6 ft 12 required Connectors BNC m to SMB f Length 261 cm 24 in Required for using Performance Test Software No substitute P V HP 11975 20002 P HP 10503A HP 8120 4921 Test Cable HP 85680 60093 Controller HP 9816A HP 9826A HP 9836A C HP 310 or HP 320 HP 8566A B HP 6114A Spectrum Analyzer Power Supply Frequency Range 1MHzto 7 GHz Output Voltage 224 Vdc Output Voltage Accuracy lt 0 2 N A Tuning Tool HP 8710 1010 P Performance Tests A Adjustments Test and Adjustment Module T Troubleshooting V Operation Verification 3 10 HP 8562A 2805A amp Below HP 8562B 2809A amp Below Performance Tests 3 26 Displayed Average Noise Level SPECIFICATION Frequency 10 kHz 100 kHz 1 MHz 2 9 GHz 2 9 6 46 GHz 6 46 13 0
115. Ca v qc be Mire E Te ASAE RG Beet E 0 dB CESTER 65 une eue Ka eee een PE Sos xr s RA boue a tes Sd 30 kHz 4 On the HP 8562A B press PEAK SEARCH SIG TRK ON and SPAN Set the SPAN WIDTH to 10 kHz Wait for the completion of two sweeps with the SPAN set to 10 kHz then press Marker ON and SIG TRK OFF Press BW and set RES BW to 1 kHz Press SPAN and ZERO SPAN Press BW and set VIDEO BW to 1 Hz 5 Adjust the HP 8663A amplitude as necessary to place the peak of the signal at the HP 8562A B reference level 6 On the HP 8562A B press the TRIG key SINGLE and SINGLE Wait for the completion of the sweep and press the MARKER ON key MKR NOISE ON and MARKER DELTA 7 On the HP 8562A B press the FREQUENCY key CF STEP the 3 key the 0 key the kHz key CENTER FREQ and the key 8 Press the TRIG key and SINGLE on the HP 8562A B Wait for the completion of the sweep and then record the A MKR amplitude in Table 3 21 column 2 as the Single Sideband Noise for 30 kHz offset 9 On the HP 8562A B press the FREQUENCY key the key and the key 10 Press the TRIG key and SINGLE on the HP 8562A B Wait for the completion of the sweep and record the A MKR amplitude in Table 3 21 column 2 as Single Sideband Noise for 30 kHz offset 11 The values recorded in steps 8 and 10 should be less than 100 dBc Hz Table 3 21 Noise Sidebands Actual M dBc Hz dBc Hz ax 100 100 HP 85624
116. Cable Type N 183 cm 72 in HP 11500A 3 48 HP 8562A 2805A amp Below HP 8562B 2809A amp Below Performance Tests 3 33 Noise Sidebands SPECIFICATION Noise Sidebands 100 20 Log N dBc Hz RELATED ADJUSTMENT There is no related adjustment procedure for this performance test DESCRIPTION The noise sidebands of a 2 5 GHz 10 dBm signal are measured at an offset of 30 kHz from the carrier with a 1 kHz resolution bandwidth SYNTHESIZED SPECTRUM ANALYZER SIGNAL GENERATOR 099 na 8 RF OUTPUT TYPE N CABLE ASSY Figure 3 11 Noise Sidebands Test Setup EQUIPMENT Synthesized Signal Generator HP 8663A Adapter f to APC 3 5 f Option 026 1250 1745 Cable Type N 183 cm 72 m HP 11500A PROCEDURE e 1 Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 3 11 HP 8562A 2805A amp Below HP 8562B 2809A amp Below 351 Performance Tests hau O OA ASCX3 sw5s0LOLHXLM XL M AA O amp keeee QM _ _ _ _ _ 2 Set the HP 8663A controls as follows CENTER FREQ bord v y E PE S 2 5 GHz SEAN nu a E QE qid qo HOA eda Scars diae 1 MHz REVEL 2353223820094 Seo Gh tea aes Baw 10 dBm cess eit afe add
117. D ADJUSTMENT There is no related adjustment procedure for this performance test DESCRIPTION This test measures the ability of the analyzer s analog to digital circuitry to respond to pulsed RF signals The synthesized sweeper is phase locked to the spectrum analyzer s 10 MHz reference The only log scale tested is 5 dB DIV since this is the worst case Linear scale is also tested BNC CABLE ASSY SPECTRUM ANALYZER SYNTHES ZED 10 MHz REF FREQUENCY IN OUT STANDARD EXT PULSE FUNCT ION GENERATOR EM C aeaaeae os mooco ooQ9eQ na EE 8 PULSE MODULAT ON INPUT ADAPTER BNC CABLE ASSY APC 3 5 CABLE ASSY Figure 3 14 Pulse Digitization Uncertainty Test Setup 7 Pulse digitization uncertainty is specified in the 2 MHz RES BW setting only for HP 8562A spectrum analyzers with Serial prefix of 2805A and above and for HP 8562B spectrum analyzers with serial prefix of 2809A and above 3 62 HP 8562A 2805A amp Below HP 8562B 2809A amp Below Performance Tests 3 37 Second Harmonic Distortion SPECIFICATION For frequencies 2 9 GHz lt 72 dBc for a 40 dBm mixer levels HP8562A For frequencies 22 9 GHz lt 100 dBc for a 10 dBm mixer level HP8562B For frequencies 22 9 GHz lt 60 dBc for a 40 dBm mixer level RELATED ADJUSTMENT There is no related adjustment procedure for this performance test DESCRIPTION A synthesized sweepe
118. E Distortion Band 0 1 Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 3 15 using the 50 MHz low pass filter and BNC cable 2 Press the INSTR PRESET key on the HP 8340A Set the HP 8340A controls as follows CW ue Bin Y SENE die ii e Tcl NOR n dari 30 MHz POWER LEVEL 42 2523 eae rS au riu eoe ai 30 dBm FREQUENCY STANDARD SWITCH rear panel EXT 3 On the HP 8562A B press the PRESET key and set the controls as follows CENTER FREQ Y Rag elk Su UE ROPA Ed Rute ACE Res MHZ d MU 10 kHz REF LEVEL ERU duin ue es eet a 30 dBm 4 On the HP 8562A B press the PEAK SEARCH key Adjust the HP 8340A power level for a HP 8562A B marker amplitude reading of 30 dBm 5 On the HP 8562A B press the TRIG key SINGLE the PEAK SEARCH key the MKR gt key and MARKER gt CF STEP Pres MARKER DELTA the FREQUENCY key and the T key 6 On the HP 8562A B press the TRIG key and SINGLE After the HP 8562A B completes a new sweep press the PEAK SEARCH key The A MKR should read less than 72 dB 72 dBc Second Harmonic Distortion Band 0 dBc Distortion Bands 1 4 7 Zero and calibrate the HP 8902A HP 8485A combination in log mode readout in dBm Enter the power sensor s 3 GHz calibration factor into the HP 8902A 8 Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 3 16 without the filters in place 9 Set
119. E o INPUTS AND OUTPUTS INPUT 500 Connector Type Impedance VSWR At tuned frequency LO Emission Level Average 10 dB input attenuation IF INPUT Connector Type Impedance Frequency Noise Figure 1 dB Gain Compression Level Full Screen Level Gain Compression and Full Screen Level apply with 30 dB conversion loss setting and 0 dBm reference level IST LO OUTPUT Connector Impedance Frequency Range CAL OUTPUT Connector Impedance 10 MHz REF IN OUT Connector Impedance Output Amplitude Input Amplitude Precision Type N female front panel 50 ohms 1 5 1 for 2 9 GHz and 10 dB input attenuation 2 31 for 2 9 GHz and 10 dB input attenuation 30 1 0 dB input attenuation HP 8562 HP 8562B 70 dBm 10 dBm SMA female front panel 50 ohms 31077 MHz 7 dB 23 dBm 30 dBm SMA female front panel 50 ohms 3 0000 GHz to 68107 GHz BNC female front panel 50 ohms BNC female rear panel 50 ohms 0 dBm 2 to 10 dBm Introducing the HP 8562A B _ _ _ Table 1 2 HP 8502A Characteristics 3 of 3 NOTE These are not specifications Characteristics provide useful but non warranted information about instrument performance INPUTS AND OUTPUTS Continued VIDEO OUTPUT Connector Impedance dc coupled Amplitude into 50 o
120. E POWER CABLE Refer to Table 2 2 50 TERMINATION HP Part Number 1810 0118 n ADAPTER HEX WRENCH HP Part Number 1250 0780 HP Part Number 8710 1755 Standard and Option 001 ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED BUT NOT SHOWN Impact Cover Assembly 5062 0729 Eus SA 230V pau HP 2110 0709 Sun HOOG HP 5180 9055 Adapter f to SMA m Option 026 only HP 1250 1200 Adapter APC 3 5 f to APC 3 5 f Option 026 only HP 5061 5311 Figure 1 1 8562 with Accessories Supplied 12 85624 2805A amp Below HP 8562B 2809A amp Below Performance Tests e Table 3 5 Recommended Test Equipment 3 of 4 Critical Specifications for Recommended Reference Attenuator Supplied with HP 8484A HP 11708A Termination Frequency Range dc to 22 GHz HP 909D Impedance 50 ohms Maximum SWR 122 Connector APC3 5 Low Pass Filter Cutoff Frequency 50 MHz HP 0955 0306 Rejection at 65 MHz gt 504 Low Pass Filter Cutoff Frequency 4 1 GHz HP 360D Rejection at 5 1GHz gt 50 dB 2 required Double Balanced Maximum Conversion Loss 9 dB HP 10514A Mixer Frequency Range 5 350 MHz Conversion Compression 0 3 dB for 0 dBm signal at RF port Harmonic Distortion lt 30 dBc Frequency Range 1 7 to 22 GHz HP 0955 0125 Coupling 16 0 dB nominal
121. EO BW 53 5 a urea R tits eei a 10 kHz 9 Trigger a single sweep and press the MARKER ON key and MKRNOISE ON Use the front panel knob to move the marker to the highest average noise level 10 Press the MKR key MARKER CF the SPAN key the 0 key the Hz key and the MARKER OFF key Set the RES BW to 100 Hz and the VIDEO BW to 1 Hz 11 Press the TRIG key SINGLE and the MARKER ON key 3 16 Performance Tests _ 12 Read the marker amplitude and record the amplitude in Table 3 6 as the Displayed Average Noise Level from 1 MHz to 29 GHz Displayed Average Noise Band 1 13 Set the HP 8562A B controls as follows START FREQ 23 49 lu ERE ium d one dos RETER EE dem e 29 GHz STOP EREQ v osea EUR Sepa um LS edite eg 6 46 GHz MARKER E RP CU ERI I OFF RES BW 45 ede BOA a Ea Ere why T PP E 1 MHz VIDEO BW scr Ske end Mate acce wes sur 7 14 Repeat steps 9 through 11 15 Read the marker amplitude and record the amplitude in Table 3 6 as the Displayed Average Noise Level from 29 GHz to 646 GHz Displayed Average Noise Band 2 16 Set the HP 8562A B controls as follows STARTFREQ jn Dus rie os ees CEA Me Loue dece e discus 6 46 GHz STOP FREQ ad eT aD ver ase ne E 1 MARKER
122. ET key and REALIGN LO amp IF Set the controls as follows SPAN nea Ee Be ERA aa ER R rr E Std RES BW RR RRR d Je VIDEO 1 4 Set the HP 335C and HP 355D to 0 dB 5 On the HP 8562A B press the MARKER ON key 6 Adjust the HP 355C and HP 355D until the HP 8562A B marker reads between 10 dBm and 11 dBm 10 dB DIV Log Scale 7 On the HP 3335A press the AMPLITUDE key and use the INCR keys to adjust the amplitude until the HP 8562A B marker reads exactly 10 00 dBm 8 On the HP 3335A set the AMPL INCR to 4 dB and press the AMPLITUDE key 9 On the HP 8562A B press the TRIG key SINGLE SINGLE the MARKER ON key and MARKER e DELTA 3 43 Performance Tests pacc V V 10 Set the HP 3335A amplitude to the next value listed in Table 3 18 using the INCR key Set the AMPTD INCR to 2 dB before setting the HP 3335A AMPLITUDE to the last power level Press the key and SINGLE on the HP 8562A B Record the amplitude reading in Table 3 18 column 4 The MKR amplitude should be within the limits shown Repeat this step for each HP 33354 setting 11 For each reading subtract the previous MKR reading Add 10 dB to this number and record the result as the Incremental Error in Table 3 18 The Incremental Error should not exceed 0 4 dB Incremental Error current A MKR previous A MKR
123. F LVL the MARKER ON key SIG TRK OFF and the MARKER OFF key On the HP 8562A B press the TRIG key SINGLE the PEAK SEARCH key and MARKER DELTA Rotate the HP 8562A B data entry knob counterclockwise until the A reads 1 dB 0 1 dB Press MARKER DELTA Rotate the data entry knob counterclockwise until the A reads 4 dB 0 1 dB Divide the A MKR frequency in Hertz by the MKR amplitude in dB to obtain the slope of the RES BW filter For example if the MKR frequency is 380 Hz and the A amplitute is 392 dB the slope would be equal to 97 Hz dB Record the result below Slope Hz dB Measuring the Residual FM 8 9 On the HP 8562 press the MARKER OFF key the PEAK SEARCH key and MARKER DELTA Rotate the data entry knob counterclockwise until the A MKR reads 3 dB 0 1 dB On the HP 8562A B press the MKR gt key MARKER NORMAL MARKER gt CF the SPAN key and ZERO SPAN Set the sweep time to 100 ms Press the TRIG key and SINGLE Performance Tests NOTE The displayed trace should be about three divisions below the reference level If it is not press CONT the FREQUENCY key and use the data entry knob to place the displayed trace about three divisions below the reference level Press the TRIG key and SINGLE then continue with step 10 10 On the HP 8562A B press the PEAK SEARCH key and MARKER DELTA Rotate the data entry knob to position the active marker at the
124. Frequency Response Band 2 23 On the HP 8562A B press the FREQUENCY key the 6 key the key the 5 key the GHz key CF STEP the 2 key the 0 key the 0 key and the MHz key 24 Set the HP 8340A CW to 6 5 GHz and the FREQ STEP to 200 MHz 25 If the spectrum analyzer is an HP 85624 press the INT key and PRESEL AUTO PK Wait for the PEAKING message to disappear 26 Adjust the HP 8340A POWER LEVEL HP 8562A B MKR amplitude reading of 10 dBm 0 05 dB 27 Record the negative of the power ratio displayed on the HP 8902A in Table 3 27 as the HP 8902A Reading 28 Set the HP 8340A CW and the HP 8562A B CENTER FREQ to 6 6 GHz Repeat steps 25 through 9 27 29 On the HP 8340A press CW and the key and on the HP 8562A B press the FREQUENCY key and the 1 key to step through the remaining frequencies listed in Table 3 27 At each new frequency repeat steps 25 through 27 entering the power sensor s calibration factors into the HP 8902A as indicated in Table 3 27 HP 8562A 2805A amp Below 8562B 2809A amp Below 3 73 9 Performance Tests Frequency Response Band 3 30 On the HP 8562A B press the FREQUENCY key the 1 key the 3 key the key the 1 key and the GHz key 31 Set the HP 8340A CW to 13 1 GHz 32 If the spectrum analyzer is an HP 85624 press the INT key and PRESEL AUTO PK Wait for the PEAKING message to disappear 33 Adjust the HP 8340A POWER LEVEL an HP 8562A B MKR amplit
125. GHz 13 0 19 7 GHz 19 7 22 GHz Option 026 19 7 26 5 GHz RELATED ADJUSTMENT Frequency Response Adjustment DESCRIPTION Average Noise Level 90 dBm 100 dBm 121 dBm 121 dBm 110 dBm 105 dBm 100 dBm 100 dBm This test measures the displayed average noise level in all five frequency bands The analyzer s input is terminated in 50 ohms In Band 0 the test first measures the average noise at 10 and 100 kHz in zero span For the rest of Band 0 and for all the remaining bands the test tunes the analyzer frequency across the band uses the marker to locate the frequency with the highest response and then reads the average noise in zero span SPECTRUM ANALYZER a ces ADAPTER ry 50 OHM TERMINATION Figure 3 3 Displayed Average Noise Test Setup HP 8562A 2805A amp Below HP 8562B 2809A amp Below 3 15 Performance Tests EQUIPMENT 500 Termination HP 909D Adapters Type N m to 3 5 f not necessary for Option 026 HP 1250 1744 Type N m to BNC f HP 1250 1476 3 5 f to APC 3 5 f required for Option 026 HP 5061 5311 Cables BNC 122 cm 48 in HP 10503A PROCEDURE Displayed Average Noise Band 0 1 Connect the CAL OUTPUT to the INPUT 500 Press the PRESET key on the HP 8562A B and set the controls as fo
126. HP 10503A PROCEDURE 1 Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 3 8 The HP 8562 provides the frequency reference for the HP 3335A Log Gain Uncertainty 10 dB Steps 2 Da an 8 9 Set the HP 3335A controls as follows FREQUENCY uiuis b oai R E UR E NOU Eee AL 50 MHz AMPLITUDE oe tly D Ree 10 dBm AMPED INGR i e R age dup are AS A EU EU Th 10 dB OUTPUT 352 toa edu Be aaah a ons ea Genie Sheets ate ie 500 CENTER FREQ 50 MHz E E Ma S A d 0 Hz EEE 1 dB RESBW Leda Sure usd dew E bode de aca nter f RES 1kHz VIDEO BW a e aac 1Hz Set the HP 355C to 0 dB attenuation On the HP 8562A B press the MARKER ON key Adjust the HP 355C to place the signal 2 to 3 dB two to three divisions below the HP 8562A B reference level On the HP 8562A B press the TRIG key SINGLE SINGLE the MARKER ON key and MARKER DELTA Press the AMPLITUDE key on the HP 3335A Press the key on the HP 3335A 10 Set the HP 8562A B REF LVL to 10 dBm 11 On the HP 8562A B press the TRIG key and SINGLE 12 Record the HP 8562A B amplitude reading in Table 3 15 as the Actual MKR reading The reading should be within the limits shown 13 Repeat steps 9 through 12 for the remaining HP 8562A B REF LVL settings listed in Table 3 15
127. HP 8562A B controls as follows START FREQ iiio xe 1 MBz cuo E SS qoc kn 2 9 GHz MARKER oxi PIS he de oes qu xar oed ud Ge dq OFF RESBW L KT M ERA UR AU RV dole ton A Medius 1 MHz VIDEO BW edite si 10 kHz 9 Trigger a single sweep and press the MARKER ON key and MKRNOISE ON Use the front panel knob to move the marker to the highest average noise level 10 Press the MKR key the SPAN key ZERO SPAN and the MARKER OFF key Set the RES BW to 100 Hz and the VIDEO BW to 1 Hz 11 Press the TRIG key SINGLE and the MARKER ON key 12 Read the marker amplitude and record the amplitude in Table 3 6 as the Displayed Average Noise Level from 1 MHz to 2 9 GHz Displayed Average Noise Band 1 13 Set the HP 8562A B controls as follows STARTEREDO bade ng dubbed 2 9 GHz STOPFREQ 6 46 GHz MARKER So tie tal p nami OFF e RES BW AA 1 MHz VIDEOBW occ ee bec etu nd erg rura 10 kHz 14 Repeat steps 9 through 11 15 Read the marker amplitude and record the amplitude in Table 3 6 as the Displayed Average Noise Level from 2 9 GHz to 6 46 GHz Displayed Average Noise Band 2 16 Set the HP 8562A B controls as follows START FREQ RRR See d E 6 46 GHz STOP FREQ 6 3 5 tach exa So wd ph RRR DA GE PORE diede a 13 0 GHz MARKER sitame nd ur Quum a ence doro OFF RESBW cunis suns ure E Au
128. ING message to disappear and press the MARKER OFF key 20 Repeat steps 5 through 8 for the HP 8340A frequencies listed in Table 3 22 for Band 3 Band 4 21 Set the HP 8562A center frequency to 21 GHz Set the HP 8340A CW to 21 GHz 22 Enter the power sensor s 21 GHz calibration factor into the HP 8902A 23 On the HP 8562A press the PEAK SEARCH key the INT key and PRESEL AUTO PK Wait for the PEAKING message to disappear and press the MARKER OFF key 24 Repeat steps 5 through 8 for the HP 8340A frequencies listed in Table 3 22 for Band 4 3 55 Performance Tests e M amp 25 Record the maximum Response Amplitude from Table 3 22 for Band 0 1 2 and 3 entries e Maximum Response Amplitude 18 GHz dBc 26 Record the maximum Response Amplitude from Table 3 22 for Band 4 Maximum Response Amplitude 22 GHz dBc 3 56 Performance Tests e Tahle 3 22 Image Multiple and Out of Band Responses Measurement Uncertainty dB HP 8562A B HP 8340A Response Center Freq Amplitude Specification 1 52 1 57 20214 1 52 1 57 13786 1 52 1 57 26214 1 52 1 57 98216 0 1 52 1 57 791072 1 52 1 57 18107 1 52 1 57 289 3 1 52 1 57 39786 1 52 1 56 40214 1 52 1 56 33786 1 52 1 56 46214 1 52 1 56
129. IPMENT Synthesized Sweeper 8340 Pulse Function Generator dir ore ee Dy HP 8116A Adapters Type N m to APC 3540 HP 1250 1744 3 5 to APC 35 f HP 5061 5311 3 62 Performance Tests iii 1 d Cables 122 48 in 2 required 2 HP 10503A SMA 6E em o s hes ch Se ge Se hee Bie Riera HP 8120 1578 PROCEDURE 1 Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 3 14 2 Press the INSTR PRESET key on the HP 8340A Set the HP 8340A controls as follows CW che rh Shoe dies cat e odo ee ee 2500 MHz POWER LEVELS eos cb xm ER ok ae eek SS Rond dae bok bat eee 15 dBm MODULATION PULSE RE Sen yeti eae nae DR Ve idk a ached ele ON LEVELING INT FREQUENCY STANDARD SWITCH rear panel EXT 3 Set the HP 8116A controls as follows PUNCTION z cs dor as ee XV E eta Sahn E Bee ae 6 8 dues PULSE hice T ee L AT 125 kHz pires a a 200 ns AMD e guae RE dou Ran di ete eic dme E 50V OFS xor ee we BB yey ae Boley Bb Cov Nd dTa ee R Z ce 00V MODE OH
130. Introducing the HP 8562A B Table 1 1 HP 8562 Specifications 2 of 8 FREQUENCY Continued Frequency Span Range Internal Mixing 0 Hz 10 kHz to 19 25 GHz over the 10 division CRT horizontal axis variable in approximately 196 increments or in a 1 2 5 sequence External Mixing Minimum span 2 5 kHz x N Accuracy 5 Resolution Bandwidths 3 dB Range 100 Hz to 1 MHz selectable in a 1 3 10 sequence Accuracy 1 MHz resolution bandwidth 425 300 kHz to 300 Hz resolution bandwidth 10 100 Hz resolution bandwidth 30 Selectivity 60 dB 3 dB bandwidth ratio Bandwidth Shape 15 1 Synchronously tuned 4 pole filters Video Bandwidth Post detection low pass filter averages displayed noise for a smooth trace Range 1 Hz to 1 MHz in a 1 3 10 sequence MEASUREMENT RANGE Maximum Safe Input Power Average Continuous Power Input Attenuation 10 dB Peak Pulse Power Input Attenuation 30 dB DC 30 dBm 1 Watt 50 dBm 100 Watts for pulse widths 10 us and 1 duty cycle 0 Volts Gain Compression With 3 dBm at Input Mixer 10 MHz to 22 GHz Input mixer power Input power Input Attenuation 1 0 dB N is the harmonic mixing mode The desired 1st LO
131. LR TK ten ER eS HP 1250 1476 Cables BNC 122 ci C T TR 2 uro HP 10503A 3 19 Performance Tests PROCEDURE Setting the Reference 1 Connect the HP 8562A B CAL OUTPUT to the INPUT 500 as shown in Figure 3 4 2 Press the PRESET key the AMPLITUDE key MORE IF ADJUST and FULL IF ADJ Wait for the IF ADJUST STATUS message to disappear and set the instrument controls as follows CENTER FREQ 5 a oov Hid wake E red een idR err 300 MHz SPAN qc E died Quite dew A ARA RU drag uror aee dd AAT MHz o ie os Lee ui Seed Sedet xcu Gu eH rst onde seio PUR 5 dBm 1 dB d ware Ce ua arg ue Sob 300 KHz TRIGGER x59 T E buit deck aod atur NUR ta une wea Heat e SINGLE 3 Press the AMPLITUDE key MORE IF ADJUST ADJ OFF the TRIG key SINGLE the PEAK SEARCH key and MARKER DELTA Measuring Switching Uncertainty 4 Set the frequency SPAN and RES BW to the values listed in the second entry line of Table 3 7 SPAN 5 MHz RES BW MHz 5 Press the AMPLITUDE key MORE IF ADJUST and ADJ CURR IF STATE Wait for the If ADJUST STATUS message to disappear and press the TRIG key SINGLE and the PEAK SEARCH key Record the A MKR amplitude in the Actual A MKR Reading column of Table 3 7 The A MKR reading should be within the limits shown 6 Repeat step 5 for each
132. MHz 1 65 MHz 840 MHz 3 3 MHz 1 68 GHz 6 6 MHz 8 4 kHz 33 Hz 16 8 MHz 66 kHz 42 0 MHz 165 kHz 4 2 GHz 16 5 MHz 8 4 kHz 33 Hz 42 MHz 165 kHz 84 0 MHz 330 kHz 42 GHz 16 5 MHz 8 4 kHz 33 Hz 42 MHz 165 kHz 84 0 MHz 330 kHz 18 9 GHz 63 525 MHz HP 8562A 2805A amp Below HP 85628 2809A amp Below 3 87 Performance Tests 3 40 Third Order Intermodulation Distortion SPECIFICATION For a total mixer input level of 30 dBm 10 MHz 2 9 GHz 70 dBc 2 75 22 GHz Option 026 2 75 26 5 GHz lt 75 RELATED ADJUSTMENT There is no related adjustment procedure for this performance test DESCRIPTION Two synthesized sweepers provide the signals required for measuring third order intermodulation Both synthesized sweepers are phase locked to the analyzer s 10 MHz reference BNC CABLE ASSY TEE BNC CABLE ASSY FREQUENCY SPECTRUM 10 MHz REF SYNTHESIZED rrequency SYNTHES ZED SWEE P1 STANDARD EXT ANALYZER Y IN OUT PER 2 STANDARD EXT SWEEPER j CERE 0000 0000 0000 exam GO 0000 a cos a ADAPTER MEASUR I NG DIRECTIONAL RECE VER COUPLER Figure 3 20 Third Order Intermodulation Test Setup Total mixer input level Total Input Level Input Attenuation 3 88 HP 8562A 2805A amp Below 8562B 2809A amp Below Performance Tests eee M sn H M M
133. N GREAT BRITAIN Hewlett Packard Ltd King Street Lane Winnersh Wokingham Berkshire RG11 5AR 0734 784774 IN OTHER EUROPEAN COUNTRIES Hewlett Packard Schweiz AG Allmend 2 CH 8967 Widen Zurich 0041 57 31 21 11 Help pD XC AQ DOA OOAAODGRDEMEDSDEEDDDSSOOODOLLDDELLDA LLECOLEVOELIRECEELEELLSEELSIGEECORUCMZBMSMEREBSGIOSIUSOBS ULL LEEELLEELLELLTEIIEUI 4 5 Help Table 4 1 HP Spectrum Analyzer Sales and Service Offices 2 of 2 IN JAPAN Yokogawa Hewlett Packard Ltd 29 21 Takaido Higashi 3 Chome Suginami ku Tokyo 168 03 331 6111 IN PEOPLE S REPUBLIC OF CHINA China Hewlett Packard Ltd Box 9610 Beying 4th Floor 2nd Watch Factory Main Bldg Shuang Yu Shu Bei San Huan Rd Beijing 28 0567 IN SINGAPORE Hewlett Packard Singapore Pte Ltd 08 00 Inchcape House 450 2 Alexandra Road Alexandra P O Box 58 Singapore 9115 4731788 IN TAIWAN Hewlett Packard Taiwan 8th Floor Hewlett Packard Building 337 Fu Hsing North Road Taipei 02 712 0404 IN ALL OTHER LOCATIONS Hewlett Packard Inter Americas 3200 Hillview Avenue Palo Alto California 94304 APPENDIX A ERROR MESSAGES The HP 8562A B displays error messages in the lower right hand corner of the CRT display A number or error code is associated with each error message Several different err
134. P 8340A Set the HP 8340A controls as follows en een ee 300 MHz PREOQ STEP oed aso apice Week ae uo EA a Ogres AS 100 MHz ROWER LEVEL Wi erai dica t er ou seta Re eS B e Dr ded 4 dBm FREQUENCY STANDARD SWITCH rear panel EXT 4 On the HP 8562A B press the PRESET key If the analyzer is an HP 8562A press the RECALL key MORE and FACTORY PRESEL PK Set the HP 8562A B controls as follows CENTER FREQ noel vts i Kae MES Ga 300 MHz CE STEP V ode Bic AO PNE atn ik nies aca a ne eee 100 MHz SPAN aaas laser our Duh prea acie Bek 0 Hz EVE Xe pin nte OE aM E E ai M EE 5 dBm IB DIV oh ct uses durata rp ir RN RAE S EE 1dB BW hes de ate Eee e A 300 kHz 5 On the HP 8562 press the AMPLITUDE key MORE IF ADJUST IF ADJ ON and the MARKER ON 6 Adjust the HP 8340A POWER LEVEL for a amplitude reading of 10 dBm 0 05 dB 7 Press the RATIO key on the HP 8902A Frequency Response Band 0 gt 50 MHz 8 Set the HP 8340A CW to 50 MHz 9 Set the HP 8562A B CENTER FREQ to 50 MHz 10 Adjust the HP 8340A POWER LEVEL for an HP 8562A B MKR amplitude reading of 10 dBm 0 05 dB ons the power ratio displayed on the HP 8902A here Record the negative of the power ratio in able 3 25 8902A reading at 50 MHz dB 12 Set the HP 8340A CW to 100 MHz 13 Set the
135. P 8562A B center frequency and spans as indicated in Table 3 32 When changing CENTER FREQ on the HP 85624 do the following HP 8562A 2805A amp Below HP 85628 2809A amp Below 3 85 Performance Tests a Set the 8340A 1 CW to the HP 85624 center frequency e b On the HP 85624 press the TRIG key CONT the PEAK SEARCH key the INT key and PRESEL AUTO PK Wait for the PEAKING message to disappear before continuing to the next step c On the HP 85624 press the TRIG key and SINGLE d Proceed with steps 5 and 6 above 8 On the HP 8562B press the TRIG key SINGLE SINGLE the MARKER OFF key and the PEAK SEARCH key 9 Press the INT key and SIG ID AT Wait for the signal identification routine to finish 10 If the frequency displayed in the active function block is within 50 MHz of the CW frequency of HP 8340 1 and it is not identified as being an image proceed to step 13 11 If the frequency displayed in the active function block is more than 50 MHz from the CW frequency of HP 8340A 1 and or is identified as being an image press the MARKER ON key Rotate the knob to place the marker on the peak of the next highest signal 12 Repeat steps 9 through 11 until the conditions in step 10 are met 13 Press the MARKER ON key and MARKER DELTA Rorate the knob to place the active marker on a signal near the tenth vertical graticule line one division from the rightmost graticule line 14 Pr
136. Pro 7440A Graphics Plotter adds a color printout capability to the HP 8562A B for permanent records of important measurements The eight pen HP ColorPro produces color plots with 0 025 mm 0 001 in resolution on either 8 5 11 inch paper or transparency film 1 31 Rack Slide Kit This kit HP Part Number 1494 0060 provides the hardware to adapt Rack Mount Kits Options 908 and 909 for mounting the analyzer on slides in an HP System II cabinet 1 32 Transit Case The transit case HP Part Number 9211 5604 provides extra protection for your HP 8562A B for frequent travel situations The HP transit case protects your instrument from hostile environments shock vibration moisture and impact while providing a secure enclosure for Shipping 1 33 Testmobile The HP 1008A Testmobile provides a sturdy mobile platform for your analyzer 1 34 Analyzers Covered by This Manual 1 35 This manual applies to analyzers with the serial number prefixes listed under SERIAL NUMBERS on the title page 1 36 Serial Numbers 1 37 Hewlett Packard makes frequent improvements to its products to enhance their performance usability or reliability HP service personnel have access to complete records of design changes to each type of equipment based on the equipment s serial number Whenever you contact HP about your analyzer have the complete serial number available to ensure obtaining the most complete and accurate information possible 1 38 A mylar se
137. RECT and CNV LOSS VS FREQ 5 Note the conversion loss displayed in the active function block Use the T key and the key to step through the conversion losses for the other frequencies If all conversion losses are 30 0 dB proceed to step 11 6 Press LOSS VS FREQ on the HP 8562A B 7 Record the 18 GHz conversion loss in Table 3 37 8 Enter a conversion loss of 30 dB 9 Press the T key on the HP 8562A B 10 Repeat steps 7 through 9 for the remaining frequencies listed in Table 3 37 11 Press the INSTR PRESET key on the HP 8340A and set the controls as follows OW m EI RARE OP dc oo diio Mocha ce Vier ep EY RO E E Noluit 310 7 MHz POWER LEVEL 2 9 ded a S Ee REOR NUR OUR 30 dBm 12 Zero and calibrate the HP 8902A HP 8484A combination in log mode Enter the power sensor s 50 MHz calibration factor into the HP 8902A o 13 Adjust the HP 8340A POWER LEVEL key until the marker amplitude reads 0 dBm 0 05 dB 3 106 Performance Tests AR A A A M M 6 14 Disconnect the SMA cable from the HP 8562A B IF INPUT and connect the cable through an adapter to the power sensor 15 Read the power displayed on the HP 8902A and note the value below The displayed power should read 30 dBm 1 5 dB IF INPUT Amplitude dBm NOTE The following steps should be performed only if it was necessar
138. ROCEDURE Band 0 1 Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 3 12 but do not connect the power sensor to the power splitter 2 Press the INSTR PRESET key on the HP 83404 and set the controls as follows aT xc 2 GHz POWER LEVEL 22 atv Macks m Y VE x dhe re dcr udis d d 10 dBm FREQUENCY STANDARD SWITCH rear panel EXT On the HP 8562A press the PRESET key the RECALL key MORE and FACTORY PRESEL PK Set the HP 8562A controls as follows CENTER FREQ una sw tet onan RUE RE dram E u s ta d ues 2 GHz SPAN ilg T Be DUE DM a 10 kHz EBISEEVEBL sir Se 0 i uec RES a 10 dBm ATTEN uut edel ebd eom TTT 0 dB RES BW FM cp o rupe MP 1 kHz 4 Zero and calibrate the HP 8902A and HP 8485A Enter the power sensor s 2 GHz calibration factor into the HP 8902A Connect the HP 8485A to the HP 11667B Power Splitter 5 Adjust the HP 8340A POWER LEVEL key for a 10 dBm 10 1 dB reading on the HP 8902A 6 On the HP 8562A press the PEAK SEARCH key the MKR gt key MKR gt REF LVL the TRIG key SINGLE the PEAK SEARCH key and MARKER DELTA 7 For each of the frequencies listed in Table 3 22 for Band 0 do the following a Set the HP 8340A to the listed CW key frequency b Enter the appropriate power sensor calibration factor into the HP 8902A c Set the HP 8340A POWER LEVEL key for a 10 dBm reading on the HP 8902A d Press the TRIG key
139. Response Amplitude 18 GHz 26 Maximum Response Amplitude Q2 GHz 3 110 Table 3 38 Performance Test Record 4 of 8 Test Description Frequency Readout Accuracy and Frequency Count Marker Accuracy 5 L5 GHz CENTER FREQ 1 MHz SPAN 10 MHz SPAN 20 MHz SPAN 50 MHz SPAN 100 MHz SPAN 1 GHz SPAN 40 GHz CENTER FREQ 1 MHz SPAN 10 MHz SPAN 20 MHz SPAN 50 MHz SPAN 100 MHz SPAN 1 GHz SPAN 90 GHz CENTER FREQ 1 MHz SPAN 10 MHz SPAN 20 MHz SPAN 50 MHz SPAN 100 MHz SPAN 1 GHz SPAN 160 GHz CENTER FREQ 1 MHz SPAN 10 MHz SPAN 20 MHz SPAN 50 MHz SPAN 100 MHz SPAN 1 GHz SPAN 22 0 GHz CENTER FREQ 1 MHz SPAN 10 MHz SPAN 20 MHz SPAN 50 MHz SPAN 100 MHz SPAN 1 GHz SPAN 8 Frequency Count Marker Accuracy 1499942 GHz 149948 GHz 149895 GHz 149745 GHz 14948 GHz 1450 GHz 3 99947 GHz 3 99894 GHz 3 99744 GHz 3 9948 GHz 3 950 GHz 8 999912 GHz 8 99945 GHz 8 99892 GHz 8 99742 GHz 8 9948 GHz 8 950 GHz 15 99984 GHz 15 99942 GHz 15 99889 GHz 15 99739 GHz 15 9948 GHz 15 950 GHz 20 99887 GHz 20 99737 GHz 20 9948 GHz 20 950 GHz 3 999932 GHz 20 999864 GHz 20 99940 GHz Performance Tests 1 500058 GHz 1 50052 GHz 1 50105 GHz 1 50255 GHz 1 5052 GHz 1 550 GHz 4 000068 GHz 400053 GHz 400106 GHz 400256 GHz 4 0052 GHz 4 050 GHz 9 000088 GHz 9 000
140. SPAN key the key four times the TRIG key and CONT e Press the BW key and RES BW AUTO f Continue to reduce the SPAN until a RES BW of 300 Hz is reached If the response is a synthesis related residual it might disappear as the SPAN is reduced If this is the case measure the amplitude with the narrowest span possible and a 300 Hz RES BW g Record the frequency and amplitude of any residual response above the display line h Press the RECALL key RECALL STATE and STATE 0 7 Check for residuals up to 29 GHz using the procedure of steps 4 through 6 above To change the center frequency press CENTER FREQ and the T key Residual Responses Band 1 8 Set the HP 8562A B CENTER FREQ to 2915 GHz 9 Check for residuals from 29 GHz to 646 GHz using the procedure of steps 4 through 6 above To change the center frequency press CENTER FREQ and the T key 3 104 Performance Tests 3 45 IF Input Amplitude Accuracy SPECIFICATION For a signal at the reference level EXTernal mixing mode REF LVL of 0 dBm CONVersion LOSS of 30 dB the power applied to the IF INPUT shall be 30 dBm 1 5 dB RELATED ADJUSTMENT External Mixer Amplitude Adjustment DESCRIPTION The user loaded conversion losses for K band are recorded and reset to 30 dB A 310 7 MHz signal is applied to the IF INPUT The power level of the source is adjusted for a signal at the reference level The power applied to the analyzer is measured with a power
141. STD 461B Part 4 with the exceptions shown below Conducted Emissions 1 Narrowband 1 kHz to 15 kHz only Narrowband Full limits CEO03 Broadband 20 dB relaxation from 15 kHz to 100 kHz Conducted Susceptibility 01 Full limits limited to 36 Hz for HP 8562B CS02 Full limits CS06 Full limits Radiated Emissions 15 dB relaxation to 30 kHz and exceptioned from 30 kHz to 50 kHz REO2 Full limits to GHz Radiated Susceptibility 01 Full limits RS02 Exceptioned RS03 Limited to 1 V m from 14 kHz to 1 GHz with 20 dB relaxation at IF frequencies 30 dB relaxation at IF frequencies for Option 001 instruments Introducing the HP 8562A B Table 1 1 HP 85024 B Specifications 8 of 8 GENERAL Continued Power Requirements 115 Vac Operation Voltage 90 to 140V rms Current 3 2A rms max Frequency 47 to 440 Hz 230 Vac Operation Voltage 180 to 250V rms Current 1 8A rms max Frequency 47 to 66 Hz Maximum Power Dissipation 180 Watts HP 8562A 20 kg 44 Ibs HP 8562B 19 kg 41 8 Ibs Weight Dimensions Without handle or cover 184 mm high x 337 mm wide x 460 5 mm deep With handle and cover 200 mm high x 373 mm wide x 500 mm deep Legend inches millimeters B 14 14 134 373 337 Introducing the HP 8562A B Tahle 1 2 HP 85624 B Characteristics 1 of 3 NOTE These are not specificat
142. Step Accuracy should be within the limits shown in Table 3 10 Step to Step Accuracy Calculation NOTE Step to Step Accuracy is the measure of how accurate a 10 dB step is The calculation of Step to Step Accuracy is based on the Actual MKR readings in Table 3 10 12 For the 20 dB ATTEN setting subtract 10 dB from the Actual A MKR Reading to obtain the Step to Step Accuracy 20 dB ATTEN Step to Step Accuracy Actual Reading 10 dB 13 For the 30 40 50 60 and 70 dB ATTEN settings subtract the previous Actual A MKR Reading from the current Actual A MKR Reading Subtract 10 dB from the result above to obtain the Step to Step Accuracy Accuracy Current Actual Previous Actual MKR 10 dB HP 8562A 2805A amp Below HP 8562B 2809A amp Below 3 27 Performance Tests Table 3 10 Input Attenuator Accuracy 5 0 MHz A MKR Reading Step to Step Accuracy Measurement Actual Max Actual Spec Uncertainty dB dB dB dB HP 3335A HP 8562A B HP 8562A B Amplitude dBm dB 0 Ref 0 178 0 178 0 178 0 178 0 178 0 178 NOTE This page replaces pages 3 28 through 3 36 in your manual 3 28 through 3 36 HP 85624 2805A amp Below 8562B 2809A amp Below Performance Tests 3 30 IF Gain Uncertainty SPECIFICATION lt 1 0 dB reference levels 0 dBm to 80 dBm with 10 dB inpu
143. Supression Frequency Supression GHz GHz dB GHz dB e 2 80000 2 80005 2 79995 2 8001 2 83 4 00000 4 00005 3 99995 4 00010 2 83 3 91 Performance Tests Rev 25FEB88 3 41 Gain Compression SPECIFICATION 10 MHz to 2 9 GHz 1 0 dB for total mixer power level of 5 dBmt 2 9 GHz to 22 GHz Option 026 2 9 GHz to 26 5 GHz 1 0 dB for total mixer power level of 3 dBm RELATED ADJUSTMENT There is no related adjustment procedure for this performance test DESCRIPTION This test measures gain compression in low band and high band Two signals separated by 3 MHz are used First the test places a 30 dBm signal at the input of the spectrum analyzer the analyzer s reference level is also set to 30 dBm Then a 7 dBm signal is placed on the analyzer overdriving its input The decrease in the first signal s amplitude gain compression caused by the second signal is the measured gain compression Figure 3 21 Gain Compression Test Setup Total mixer power level total input power level input attenuation T L0 dB for total mixer power level of 3 dBm for HP 8562A serial prefix 2805A and below and for 8562B serial prefix 2750A and below 3 92 Serial Prefix 2809A and Below Rev 25FEB88 Performance Tests EQUIPMENT Synthesized Sweeper 2 required HP 8340A Measuring Receiver HP 8902A AIBDHDSE
144. Test Cable Controller Spectrum Analyzer Power Supply Tuning Tool Table 3 5 Recommended Test Equipment 4 of 4 Critical Specifications for Recommended Equipment Substitution Model Type N f to SMA f BNC f to BNC f BNC Tee f m f BNC f to SMA m Type N f to APC 3 5 f 2 required 3 5 f to APC 3 5 f 2 required BNC f to Dual Banana Plug RG 214 U with Type m connectors Length 536 inches Semi rigid 50 ohm cable SMA m connectors length 6 to 8 1nches 48 inch 50 ohm Coaxial cable with BNC m connectors on both ends 5 required Frequency Range 1 kHz to 22 GHz Maximum SWR 14 at 22 GHz Length 561 cm 24 inches 2 required Connectors SMA m both ends Maximum Insertion Loss 2 dB HP IB Required for using Performance Test Software and using HP 85629A Test and Adjustment Module Length 2 m 6 6 feet 12 required Connectors BNC m to SMB f Length 61 cm 24 inches Required for using Performance Test Software No Substitute Frequency Range 1 MHz to 7 GHz Output Voltage 524 Vdc Output Voltage Accuracy lt 0 2 N A HP 1250 1772 HP 1250 0059 HP 1250 0781 HP 1250 1200 HP 1250 1745 HP 5061 5311 HP 1251 2816 HP 11500A HP 11975 20002 HP 10503A HP 8120 1578 HP 10833B HP 85680 60093 HP 9816A HP 9826A HP 9836A C HP 310 or HP 320 HP 8566A B HP 6114A HP 8710 1010 Performance Tests A Adjustments M Test
145. U HEWLETT PACKARD HP 8562A B High Performance Portable Spectrum Analyzer Installation Manual Serial Numbers This manual applies directly to analyzers with serial number prefixes through HP 8562A 2703A HP 8562B 2703A For additional important information about serial numbers see Analyzers Covered by This Manual in Chapter 1 Manual Part Number 08562 90007 Microfiche Part Number 08562 90008 Printed in U S A July 1987 Copyright 1987 by Hewlett Packard Company 1212 Valley House Drive Rohnert Park CA 94928 4999 HP 8562A B Documentation Description Manuals shipped with your analyzer installation Manual HP Part Number 08562 90007 Tells you how to install the spectrum analyzer Tells you what to do in case of a failure Operating and Programming Manual HP Part Number 08562 90001 Tells you how to make measurements with your spectrum analyzer Tells you how to program your spectrum analyzer Describes analyzer features Pocket Operating Guide HP Part Number 08562 90003 An abbreviated version of the Operating and Programming Manual Quick Reference Guide HP Part Number 08562 90006 Provides you with a listing of all remote programming commands Options Support Manual Part of Option 915 HP Part Number 08562 90009 Describes troubleshooting and repair of the analyzer Option 915 Service Documentation consists of one copy each of the Support Manual the Installation Manual the O
146. UM 10MHz REF SWEEPER EEE ANALYZER din der IN OUT bbs ERE LOW PASS FILTERS ume tert ees a POWER SPLITTER MEASURING RECEIVER POWER SENSOR udado 2000 BNNEER 2 0500 o 00 o nooonoo 8000 Figure 3 16 Second Harmonic Distortion Test Setup Bands 1 4 EQUIPMENT Synthesized Sweeper HP 8340A Measuring HP 8902A Power Sensor sorore o qol b Ro X ve Ww E Boc x af aio tse HP 8485A 50 MHz low pass filter 0955 0306 4 1 GHz low pass 2 3600 Adapters Type m to BNC f 2 required HP 1250 1476 N m to SMALE dox Soe R Ge Dae ER HP 1250 1250 Type N f to 35 HP 1250 1745 Type N m to 3 5 HP 1250 1743 3 5 to 3 5 f HP 5061 5311 Cables BNC 122 48 2 HP 10503A 5 61 24 8120 1578 3 66 Performance Tests A H PROCEDUR
147. a that corrects errors that were present in the manual New and change information is usually tied to a serial prefix or firmware version change however information that applies to serials or ail firmware versions may also be included in the supplement The applicable serial prefix or firmware version is printed on each page If the information applies to all serial numbers of the instrument the page will contain the notation Serials Similarly if a replacement page contains information it will contain the notation Errata INSERTING THE REPLACEMENT AND ADDITIONAL PAGES After you have selected applicable pages discard each old Page for which you have a new version Insert the new version of the page Each replacement page will have the exact page number as the old version Additional pages have page numbers with a lower case letter These pages are added to the manual without removing any old pages For example if there is one additional page numbered 6 4a it should be added between pages 6 4 and 6 5 Supplement HP Part Number 08562 90060 Rev 25FEB88 HEWLETT PACKARD HP 8562A B High Performance Portable Spectrum Analyzer Rev 25FEB88 Installation Manual Includes Options 001 and 026 Serial Numbers This manual applies directly to analzers with the following serial number prefixes HP 8562A 2642A to 2805A HP 8562B 2640A to 2809A For additional important information
148. a 30 minute warmup at a temperature range of 20 to 30 C the preselector does not have to be peaked at each signal of interest factory preselector peak values are sufficient to meet all specifications NOTE The REF LVL CAL adjustment uses the CAL OUTPUT signal to calibrate the reference level How often this adjustment should be performed depends on internal temperature changes Amplitude temperature drift is a nominal 1 dB 10 C The nominal temperature drift is 10 C most of which occurs during the first 30 minutes after power on Internal temperature equilibrium is reached after two hours of operation at a stable ambient temperature 1 43 Characteristics provide useful information in the form of typical nominal or approximate values for analyzer performance See Table 1 2 for a list of HP 8562A B characteristics 1 5 Introducing the HP 8562A B lann 1 44 Calibration Cycle e 1 45 To ensure that the HP 8562A B meets the specifications listed in Table 1 1 the Performance Verification listed in Chapter 3 should be performed every 12 months 1 6 Introducing the HP 8562A B Table 1 1 HP 85624 Specifications 1 of 8 FREQUENCY Frequency Range Internal Mixing 1 kHz to 22 GHz Harmonic Mixing Internal Mixing Bands Frequency Band Mode N 1 kHz to 2 9 GHz 1 2 75 GHz to 646 GHz 1 5 86 GHz to 130 GHz 2 12 4 GHz to 197 GHz 3 19 1 GHz to 22 0 GHz 4 E
149. able 3 19 The Incremental Error should not exceed 04 dB j Incremental Error current A MKR previous A MKR 4 dB 3 44 Performance Tests r YY For the last step Incremental Error current A MKR previous 2 dB Linear Scale 21 Set the HP 8562A B controls as follows TRIG ORG aar 9 959 Mon dendo CONT LINEAR JLOG aes dx mcn wee Dhak box lg Mis er EO hrec cog ta LINEAR UNITS T R L TL REEE LL ER ETE 22 Set the HP 3335 controls as follows AMPLITUDE Z E Co Form Ig e PCR ec e Pra Rosie RA o 10 dBm AMPE INCR 7 erum dri ce patentee eae SR E e Ste ria 0 01 dB 23 On the HP 8562A B press the MARKER ON key and MARKER NORMAL 24 Adjust the HP 355C and HP 355D until the HP 8562A B marker reads between 10 dBm and 11 dBm 25 On the HP 3335A press the AMPLITUDE key and use the INCR keys to adjust the HP 3335A amplitude until the HP 8562A B marker reads exactly 10 00 dBm 26 Set the HP 3335A the AMPL INCR key to 2 dB and press the AMPLITUDE key 27 On the HP 8562 press the TRIG key SINGLE SINGLE the MARKER ON key and MARKER DELTA 28 Set the HP 3335A amplitude to the next value listed in Table 3 20 using the the INCR ke
150. ale Unable to adjust amplitude in log scale Unable to adjust amplitude in log scale Unable to adjust amplitude in log scale Unable to adjust amplitude in log scale Appendix A oon Ie A 5 Appendix A sn r oln OxO AERMODGESEEEEEGCCREOEkLXGLCCIMERIE LLIOLO BBLLuLCeUIZ HIERN o eeceseono n 6 6e e ecoUOeR A 6 ERR 565 ERR 566 ERR 567 ERR 568 ERR 569 ERR 570 ERR 571 ERR 572 ERR 573 ERR 574 ERR 575 ERR 576 ERR 577 ERR 581 ERR 582 ERR 583 ERR 584 ERR 585 ERR 586 ERR 587 ERR 588 Gul Kh 590 R ERR 591 ERR 592 ERR 600 ERR 601 ERR 650 ERR 651 ERR 700 ERR 701 ERR 702 ERR 703 ERR 704 ERR 705 ERR 706 ERR 707 ERR 708 ERR 709 ERR 710 ERR 711 ERR 712 ERR 713 ERR 714 ERR 715 ERR 716 ERR 717 ERR 718 ERR 750 ERR 751 ERR 752 ERR 753 LOG AMPL LOG AMPL LOG AMPL LOG AMPL LOG AMPL LOG AMPL AMPL AMPL 1M LOG AMPL LOG AMPL LOG AMPL LOG AMPL LOG AMPL AMPL AMPL RBW 30K RBW 100K RBW 300K RBW 1M RBW 30K RBW 100K Rew 30 1M AMPL LOG SYSTEM SYSTEM OUTOF RG NO IRQ EEROM AMPL CAL ELAP TIR AMPL CAL PRESELCT ROM U306 ROM 0307 ROM U308 ROM U309 ROM U310_ ROM 0311 RAM U303 302 RAM 0301 U300 RAM U305 SYSTEM SYSTEM Unable to adjust amplitude in log scale e Unable to adjust amplitude in log scale Unable to adj
151. alibrator 3 70 Performance Tests BNC CABLE ASSY SYNTHESIZED SWEEPER FREGUENCY STANDARD EXT E 10 MHz REF IN OUT MEASURING RECEIVER NSO cooouo S 95000 0000 K d oo o GOOG zn on ene 8 0000 b m oooono oo SeS ADAPTER POWER SPLITTER ADAPTER SMA CABLE ASSY POWER SENSOR Figure 3 17 Frequency Response Test Setup 5 0 MHz to 22 GHz BNC CABLE ASSY FREQUENCY SYNTHES ZER SPECTRUM MEASURING ANALYZER in out SP RECEIVER OUTPUT 000099 00000 00088 4m oa ocoooo 50 N OUTPUT POWER 50n TERMINATION D SENSOR Q ADAPTER L SMA CABLE ASSY POWER SPLITTER ADAPTER Figure 3 18 Frequency Response Test Setup 50 MHz 3 71 Performance Tests EQUIPMENT Measuring Receiver lt HP 8902 Synthesized Sweeper HP 8340A Frequency Synthesizer 3335 Power Sensor sex E AA RE 8485 Power Splitters vet SW a A E 11667 Coaxial 50 Ohm Termination HP 909D Adapters to 3 5 2 required
152. all HP 4 21 Hewlett Packard has Sales and Support offices around the world to provide you with complete support for your HP 8562A B To obtain servicing information or to order replacement parts contact the nearest Hewlett Packard Sales and Service Office listed in Table 4 1 at the end of this section In any correspondence or telephone conversations refer to the analyzer by its model number and full serial number With this information the HP representative can quickly determine whether your unit is still within its warranty period 4 22 How to Return Your Analyzer for Service 4 23 Service Tag 4 24 If you are returning the analyzer to Hewlett Packard for servicing fill in and attach a blue service tag Several service tags are supplied at the rear of this manual 4 25 Please be as specific as possible about the nature of the problem If you have recorded any error messages that appeared on the screen or have completed a Performance Test Record or have any other specific data on the performance of the analyzer please send a copy of this information with the unit 4 26 Original Packaging 4 27 Before shipping pack the unit in the original factory packaging materials if they are available If the original materials were not retained identical packaging materials are available through any Hewlett Packard office Descriptions of the packaging materials are listed in the legend for Figure 2 1 4 28 Other Packaging CAUTION Analy
153. alyzers press the RECALL key MORE and FACTORY PRESEL PK Set the HP 8562A B controls as follows CENTER FREQ os da deb c AES 2 0 GHz REP Cv ond yh ated Gear uL 30 dBm AD 10 MHz RES BW Rep a reti aes 300 kHz SCALE cecus en eS estet aste ma ida nd i 1 dB Div 6 Adjust the HP 11975A OUTPUT POWER LEVEL for a 5 dBm reading on the HP 8902A display SS 7 dBm for HP 8562A serial prefix 2805A and below and HP 8562B serial prefix 2750A and below Serial Prefix 2809A amp Below 3 93 Performance Tests 7 Set the 8340 2 POWER LEVEL key to 80 dBm 8 Remove the power sensor from the power splitter Connect the power splitter to the HP 8562A B RF INPUT using an adapter Do not use a cable 9 Adjust the HP 8340A 1 POWER LEVEL key for a signal 1 dB below the HP 8562A B reference level 10 On the HP 8562A B press the PEAK SEARCH key MARKER DELTA 11 Set the HP 8340A 2 POWER LEVEL key to 8 dBm 12 On the HP 8562A B press the PEAK SEARCH key and NEXT PEAK The active marker should be on the lower amplitude signal and not on the signal that is off the top of the screen If it is not on the lower amplitude signal reposition the marker to this peak using the front panel function knob Read the MKR amplitude The amplitude should read less than 1 0 dB Gain Compression Band 0 1 0 dB dB 22 9 GHz 13 Set the HP 8562A B
154. and SINGLE on the HP 8562A Wait for the completion of the sweep before continuing e On the HP 8562A press the PEAK SEARCH key and record the A MKR amplitude in Table 3 22 as the Response Amplitude The Response Amplitude should be less than the specification listed in the table 3 54 Performance Tests 8 On the HP 8562 press the MARKER OFF key the TRIG key and CONT Band 1 9 Set the HP 85624 center frequency to 4 GHz Set the HP 8340A CW to 4 GHz 10 Enter the power sensor s 4 GHz calibration factor into the HP 8902A 11 On the HP 85624 press the PEAK SEARCH key the INT key and PRESEL AUTO PK Wait for the PEAKING message to disappear and press the MARKER OFF key 12 Repeat steps 5 through 8 for the HP 8340A frequencies listed in Table 3 22 for Band l Band 2 13 Set the HP 8562A center frequency to 9 GHz Set the HP 8340A CW to 9 GHz 14 Enter the power sensor s 9 GHz calibration factor into the HP 8902A 15 On the HP 8562A press the PEAK SEARCH key the INT key and PRESEL AUTO PK Wait for the PEAKING message to disappear and press the MARKER OFF key 16 Repeat steps 5 through 8 for the HP 8340A frequencies listed in Table 3 22 for Band 2 Band 3 17 Set the HP 8562A center frequency to 15 GHz Set the HP 8340 CW to 15 GHz 18 Enter the power sensor s 15 GHz calibration factor into the HP 8902 19 On the HP 85624 press the PEAK SEARCH key the INT key and PRESEL AUTO Wait for the PEAK
155. annot have amplitude units Unrecognizable units Command cannot have numeric units Enable parameter cannot be used UP DN are not valid arguments for command ON OFF are not valid arguments for command AUTO MAN are not valid arguments for command Trace registers are not valid for command A block format not valid here I block format not valid here Strings are not valid for this command This command cannot be queried Not a valid peak detector mode Not a valid peak search parameter Premature A block termination Arguments are only for TDF command AM FM are not valid arguments for this command FAV RAMP are not valid arguments for this command INT EXT are not valid arguments for this command ZERO is not a valid argument for this command CURR is not a valid argument for this command FULL is not a valid argument for this command LAST is not a valid argument for this command GRT DSP are not valid arguments for this command Argument can only be used with PLOT command PWRON is not a valid argument for this command Argument can only be used with FDIAG command Query expected for FDIAG command No preselector hardware to use command with HP 8562B Hardware Firmware interaction check other errors Hardware Firmware interaction check other errors ADC input is outside of ADC range Microprocessor not receiving interrupt from ADC YTO Ist LO phase locked loop PLL is unlocked YTO PLL is unlocked Offset Roller Os
156. ayed Average Noise Level Residual Responses All Serials 3 3 Performance Tests Rev 25FEB88 3 20 Spectrum Analyzer TAM Compatibility 3 21 Table 3 3 lists the compatibility rating of each analyzer serial prefix for each TAM firmware revision A rating of 10 indicates that the analyzer and TAM are fully compatible If the rating is less than 10 the TAM can still be used but the results of one or more of the tests will be invalid Refer to Table 3 4 to determine which tests are valid for a particular TAM firmware revision Make sure the analyzer s serial prefix matches the serial prefix listed in the table New tables will be provided for analyzers with serial prefixes not listed on this manual s title page Table 3 3 Functional Test Compatibility Matrix Compatibility Ratingt HP 8562A B HP 85629A Firmware Revision Serial Prefix es 2642A to 2750A A A identifies serial prefixes for HP 8562A analyzers B identifies serial prefixes for HP 8562B analyzers T Compatibility is rated on a scale of 0 to 10 0 incompatible 10 fully compatible 3 22 Running the Functional Tests 3 23 Connect the TAM to the rear pan l of the HP 8562A B The 8562A B should be allowed to warm up for at least five minutes before running any functional test Perform the following steps to run the tests 1 Perform a REF LVL CAL reference level calibration as described in Chapter 2 paragraph 2 23 before continuing 2 Pres
157. be allowed to warm up for at least ten minutes with the frequency reference set to INTERNAL If the HP 8562A B has warmed up but the frequency reference has been set to EXTERNAL wait at least five minutes after pressing PRESET before proceeding with step 4 4 Wait for the frequency counter to settle This may take two or three gate times 5 Read the frequency counter display The frequency should be within the following limits 4 ppm with standard timebase 299 998800 MHz lt 300 001200 MHz NOTE The frequency reading will be invalid if any error message is displayed especially a synthesizer related error message 3 12 Performance Tests 3 25 Calibrator Amplitude and Frequency Accuracy SPECIFICATION Amplitude 10 dBm 0 3 dB Frequency 300 MHz Z 1 2 kHz using standard timebase RELATED ADJUSTMENT Calibrator Amplitude Adjustment 10 MHz Frequency Reference Adjustment DESCRIPTION The amplitude and frequency accuracy of the CAL OUTPUT signal are checked for 10 dBm 0 3 dB and 300 MHz 1 2 kHz respectively MICROWAVE SPECTRUM ANALYZER FREQUENCY COUNTER 0 000 000 BNC CABLE ASSY MEASURING RECEIVER 00000 00000 og oonunuo Figure 3 2 Calibrator Accuracy Test Setup 3 13 Performance Tests EQUIPMENT Measuring HP 8902 Microwave Frequency Counter DI MC HP
158. both incorporate one with the other Rev 25 88 Supplement HP Part Number 08562 90060 c If the page aiready in your manual has a revision date that is later than the applicable page in the supplement keep the page currently in your manual the manual already may have been updated COVER PAGE The cover page of each Manual Updating Supplement gives the supplement part number and its print date The supplement print date corresponds to the revision date of the supplement e g Rev 12JUL87 found at the bottom of the cover page The revision date of the supplement is updated each time the supplement changes but the supplement part number stays the same For each manual part number there is only one Manual Updating Supplement part number REPLACEMENT OR ADDITIONAL PAGES replacement page has the same page number as the page being replaced Additional pages have page numbers with a lower case letter For example if one additional page is added between pages 6 4 and 6 5 it will be numbered 6 42 The revision date appearing on each page is the date that the new page was originally added to the supplement Replacement or additional pages may contain several different types of information new information that was not supplied in the original document change information that documents changes to the product that have occurred since the original printing of the manual error information errat
159. c Safe Accessories e Table lists static safe accessories that can be obtained from Hewlett Packard by using the HP part numbers shown Table 1 Static Safe Accessories Note The following items can be ordered through any Hewlett Packard Sales and Service Office 3M static control mat 0 6m x 1 2m 2 ft x 4 ft 4 6m 15 ft ground wire wrist strap and attachment cord 9300 0980 9300 0985 9300 0986 9300 1169 9300 0793 Wrist strap cord 1 5m 5 ft Wrist strap large Wrist strap small ESD heel strap reusable 6 to 12 months Shoe ground strap one time use only Note The following ESD accessories be ordered only from Hewlett Packard Company Computer Supplies Operation 1320 Kifer Road Sunnyvale 94086 Phone 408 738 8858 92175A Black hard surface static control mat 1 2m x 1 5m 4 ft x 5 ft 92175B Brown soft surface static control mat 24m x 1 2m 8 ft x 4 ft 92175 Small black hard surface static control mat 1 2m x 0 9m 4 ft x 3ft 92175T Tabletop static control mat 58 cm x 76 cm 23 in x 30 in 92176A Anti static carpet natural color 1 8m x 1 2m 6 ft x 4 ft Anti static carpet natural color 2 4m x 1 2m 8 ft x 4 ft 92176B 92176C Anti static carpet russet color 1 8m x 1 2m 6 ft x 4 ft 92176D Anti static carpet russet color 2
160. ce accuracy 10 dBm 0 3 dB IST LO OUTPUT Connector Amplitude SMA female front panel 16 5 dBm 2 0 dB 20 C to 30 C 10 MHz REF IN OUT Connector Frequency BNC female rear panel 10 MHz 10 MHz x frequency reference accuracy Environmental Military Specification Per MIL T 28800C Type III Class 3 Style C as follows Calibrauon Interval Warmup 5 minutes from ambient conditions 2 hours for conditions of internal condensation 30 minutes to meet frequency response specifications without preselector peaking 1 12 1 year Introducing the HP 8562A B Table 1 1 HP 85024 B Specifications 7 of 8 Environmental Continued Temperature Operating Non operating Humidity Altitude Operating Non operating Rain Resistance Vibration 5 to 15 Hz 15 to 25 Hz 25 to 55 Hz Pulse Shock Half Sine Transit Drop Electromagnetic Compatibility 10 C to 55 62 C to 85 95 at 40 for 5 days 15000 feet 50000 feet Drip proof at 16 liters hour square foot 0059 inch peak to peak excursion 0039 inch peak to peak excursion 0020 inch peak to peak excursion 30 g for 11 ms duration 8 inch drop on 6 faces and 8 corners Conducted and radiated interference is in compliance with CISPR publication 11 1985 and Messempfaenger Postverfuegung 526 527 79 Kennzeichnung Mit F Nummer Funkschutzzeichen Meets the requirements of MIL
161. cillator PLL is unlocked Transfer Roller Oscillator PLL is unlocked Main Roller Oscillator PLL is unlocked Frequency accuracy error Frequency accuracy error Frequency accuracy error Frequency accuracy error Frequency accuracy error Frequency accuracy error Frequency accuracy error Frequency accuracy error Frequency accuracy error Frequency accuracy error Frequency accuracy error Frequency accuracy error Frequency accuracy error Frequency accuracy error Frequency accuracy error Appendix A rm em ERR 322 FREQ Frequency accuracy error ERR 324 FREQ ACC Frequency accuracy error ERR 325 FREQ ACC X Frequency accuracy error ERR 326 FREQ ACC Frequency accuracy error ERR 327 OFF UNLK Offset Roller Oscillator PLL is unlocked ERR 328 FREQ ACC Frequency accuracy error ERR 329 FREQ ACC Frequency accuracy error ERR 331 FREQ ACC Frequency accuracy error ERR 333 600 600 MHz Reference Oscillator PLL is unlocked ERR 334 LO AMPL YTO 1st LO unlevelled NOTE Error codes 400 through 592 are generated when the automatic F adjustment routine detects a fault This routine adjusts amplitude parameters first then resolution bandwidths in this sequence 300 kHz 1 MHz 100 kHz 30 kHz 10 kHz 3 kHz 1 kHz 300 Hz and 100 Hz The routine will restart from the beginning if a fault is detected Parameters adjusted after the routine begins and before
162. command to the printer Line 20 sends the following statements over the HP IB interface UNL sets all the instruments on the HP IB to unlisten mode LISTEN 1 sets only the printer to listen mode TALK 18 specifies the spectrum analyzer as the talker It can then send its display contents to the printer Since the controller s HP IB interface must not interfere with the print the DATA statement puts the controller HP IB interface on standby and sets the attentionline low Example 1 illustrates the statements required to print remotely However there is no provision to indicate to the controller when printing is finished Example 2 uses a spectrum analyzer command complete service request to indicate when the printing is done service requests are discussed in Chapter 9 When the spectrum analyzer PRINT command is finished a command complete service request is triggered and signals that the printing is done Example 2 10 ON INTR 7 GOTO Done 20 ENABLE INTR 7 2 30 OUTPUT 718 RQS 16 40 OUTPUT 718 PRINT 50 SEND 7 UNL LISTEN 1 TALK 18 DATA 60 Idle GOTO Idle 70 Done 5 poll SPOLL 718 80 OUTPUT 718 RQS 0 90 PRINT COMMAND IS COMPLETE 100 END Line 10 commands the controller to go the subroutine Done when the interrupt occurs Line 20 enables the controller to receive the service request interrupts On line 30 the ROS command specifies that a command complete condition will generate a service request Lines 40 and
163. cted test continuously until Abort is pressed The results will be sent to the printer If a printer is not available the Repeat test mode will pause at the end of each execution of the test to display the results Testing will continue after pressing Return This sequence will continue until Abort is pressed All Serials 3 6a Rev 25FEB88 Performance Tests JO 9 M M MCN 3 27 Resolution Bandwidth Switching and IF Alignment Uncertainty SPECIFICATION Resolution Bandwidth Switching Uncertainty 100 Hz to 2 MHz RES BW lt 0 5 dB referenced to 300 kHz Res BW IF Alignment Uncertainty additional uncertainty when using narrow resolution bandwidths 300 Hz RES BW lt 0 5 dB 100 Hz RES BW lt 2 RELATED ADJUSTMENT There is no related adjustment procedure for this performance test DESCRIPTION This test utilizes the CAL OUTPUT signal for measuring the switching uncertainty and IF alignment uncertainty between resolution bandwidths At each resolution bandwidth setting the displayed amplitude variation of the signal is measured All measurements are referenced to the 300 kHz bandwidth SPECTRUM ANALYZER Figure 3 4 Resolution Bandwidth Switching and IF Alignment Uncertainty Test Setup EQUIPMENT Adapters TypeN m toBNC f HP 1250 1476 Option 026 f to APC 3 5 f HP 1250 1745 Cables
164. d HP 355D until the HP 8562A B marker reads between 10 dBm and 11 dBm 10 dB DIV Log Scale 7 On the HP 3335A press the AMPLITUDE key and use the INCR keys to adjust the amplitude until the HP 8562A B marker reads exactly 10 00 dBm 8 On the HP 3335A set the AMPL INCR to 4 dB and press the AMPLITUDE key 9 On the HP 8562A B press the TRIG key SINGLE SINGLE the MARKER ON key and e MARKER DELTA HP 8562A 2805A amp Below HP 85628 2809A amp Below 3 43 Performance Tests m d C 10 Set the HP 3335A amplitude to the next value listed in Table 3 18 using the INCR key Set the AMPTD INCR to 2 dB before setting the HP 3335A AMPLITUDE to the last power level Press the TRIG key and SINGLE on the HP 8562A B Record the A MKR amplitude reading in Table 3 18 column 4 The 4 MKR amplitude should be within the limits shown Repeat this step for each HP 3335A setting 11 For each reading subtract the previous reading Add 4 dB to this number and record the resuit as the Incremental Error in Table 3 18 The Incremental Error should not exceed x 0 4 dB Incremental Error current MKR previous MKR 4 dB For the last step Incremental Error current previous A 2 dB 2 dB DIV Log Scale 12 Set the HP 8562A B controls as follows TRIG sur d CONT HB DIV mp ode S
165. d paragraph 4 22 How to Return Your Analyzer for Service for more information 4 6 Before You Call HP 4 7 Check the Basics 4 8 A problem often can be solved by rechecking what was being done when the problem occurred A few minutes spent in performing some simple checks may save waiting for your instrument to be repaired Before calling HP or returning the analyzer for service please make the following checks s the analyzer plugged in to the proper ac power source Does the line socket have power Is the rear panel voltage selector switch set correctly Is the line fuse good Is the analyzer turned on If other equipment cables and connectors are being used with the HP 8562A B are they connected properly and operating correctly Help lus OO S Review the procedure for the test being performed when the problem appeared Are all the switch settings correct Is the test being performed and the results that are expected within the specifications and capabilities of the HP 8562A B See Chapter 1 Table 1 1 s the 8562A B displaying an error message If so refer to Appendix Perform the Trace Alignment and Reference Level Calibration procedures given in Chapter 2 paragraph 2 20 If the necessary test equipment is available perform the Operation Verification tests given in Chapter 3 Record all results in Table 3 38 the Performance Test Record 4 9
166. dBm 121 dBm 6 46 GHz to 13 0 GHz 110 dBm lt 110 dBm 13 0 GHz to 19 7 GHz 105 dBm lt 105 dBm 19 7 GHz to 22 0 GHz 100 dBm 100 dBm Opt 026 19 7 GHz to 26 5 GHz HP 8562A HP 85628 lt 60 dBc 60 dBc 10 MHz to 6 46 GHz 10 MHz to 2 9 GHz Spurious Responses All input related spurious reponses except as noted below with s 40 dBm mixer level Second Harmonic Distortion Frequency Range HP 8562A HP 8562B 10 MHz to 2 9 GHz 72 dBc 72 dBc 40 dBm mixer levels 40 dBm mixer level 2 75 GHz to 22 0 GHz 100 dBc 60 dBc Opt 026 2 75 GHz to 26 5 GHz 10 dBm mixer levels 40 dBm mixer levels Third Order Intermodulation Distortion with 30 dBm total power at input mixer Frequency Range HP 8562A HP 8562B 10 MHz to 2 9 GHz lt 70 dBc lt 70 dBc 2 75 GHz to 22 GHz lt 75 dBc lt 75 dBc Opt 026 2 75 GHz to 26 5 GHz Image Multiple and Out of Band Responses Frequency Range HP 8562A HP 8562B 10 MHz to 18 GHz 70 dBc unspecified 10 MHz to 22 GHz 60 dBc unspecified Opt 026 10 MHz to 26 5 GHz Residual Responses 200 kHz to 6 46 GHz with no signal at input 0 dB input attenuation DISPLAY RANGE Amplitude Scale 10 vertical CRT divisions with the reference level 0 dB at the top graticule line Mixer level input level input attenuati
167. dth and record the result as the Actual Shape Factor in e Table 3 9 The shape factor should be less than the limit shown 29 Set the HP 3335A FREQUENCY to 10 7 MHz 30 Press the MARKER OFF key on the HP 8562A B 31 Repeat steps 19 through 30 for the rest of the resolution bandwidth settings listed in Table 3 9 Table 3 8 Resolution Bandwidth Accuracy HP 3335A Frequency 3 dB Bandwidth Res BW Setting Upper 3 dB Lower 3 dB Frequency Frequency HP 3335 Frequency BW Lower 60 dB Upper 60 dB Uncertainty Frequency Frequency Measurement Uncertainty 6 8 kHz 7 0 kHz 204 kHz 2 1 kHz 680 Hz 700 Hz 204 Hz 210 Hz 68 Hz 70 Hz 204 Hz 21 Hz 68 Hz 7 Hz 2 04 Hz 2 1 Hz 0 68 Hz 0 7 Hz of 60 dB BW 63 kHz 66 kHz 18 9 kHz 19 8 kHz 6 3 kHz 6 6 kHz 1 89 kHz 1 98 kHz 630 Hz 660 Hz 189 Hz 198 Hz 63 Hz 66 Hz 18 9 Hz 19 8 Hz 6 3 Hz 6 6 Hz D Db DB Db Db Db b D 3 24 Performance Tests UE Lc n lll rn 3 29 Input Attenuator Accuracy SPECIFICATION Accuracy referenced to 10 dB input attenuation for 20 to 70 dB settings 1kHz to 2 9GHz lt 0 6 dB 10 dB step to a maximum of 2 1 8 dB 12 4 GHz to 19 4 GHz x 1 3 dB 10 dB step to a maximum of 2 5 dB 19 4 GHz to 22 GHz 1 8 dB 10 dB step to a maximum of 3 5 dB RELATED ADJUSTMENT There is no related adjustment procedure for this performance test
168. e and properly connected and configured a hard copy printout of the Automatic Fault Isolation results can be obtained by pressing Print Page Include a copy of this printout with the analyzer if it is being returned to an HP Service Center for repair 4 14 Read the Warranty 4 15 The warranty for your HP 8562A B is printed in the front of this manual Please read it and become familiar with its terms If your analyzer is covered by a separate maintenance agreement please be familiar with its terms 4 16 Service Options 4 17 HP offers several maintenance plans to service your analyzer after the warranty has expired Call your HP Sales and Service office for full details 4 18 If you want to service the analyzer yourself after the warranty expires you can purchase the HP 8562A B Support Manual HP Part Number 08562 90009 which provides all necessary test and maintenance 4 2 Help a X X X M E Mss information An HP 8562A B Product Support Kit HP Part Number 08562 60021 is also available The kit contains the following accessories PC Board Prop Power Line Switch Assembly Power Line Assembly SMB Cable Puller Option Module Extender Cable Two Test Cables BNC to SMB 4 19 You can order the Support Manual and Product Support Kit through your HP Sales and Service Office 4 20 How to C
169. e HP 8562A B and set the controls as follows aen 0 Hz CENTER PREO qoe teat Sio P sta 300 MHz FE ON sitae ad t Sou A bata qe dcs Taper oM 10 dBm CEDENS pate Sox Ah dp EE NURSE 0 dB RES BW A CR NUR ek cee Ye 100 Hz te glide ded AXI E SOM E AP drei d AUR 1 Hz 2 Press the MARKER ON key the AMPLITUDE key MORE and REF LVL CAL 3 Use the knob or step keys to adjust the REF LEVEL CAL until the MKR amplitude is 10 00 dBm 0 17 dB 4 Connect the 909D 500 termination to the HP 8562A B RF INPUT 500 as shown in Figure 3 3 5 On the HP 8562A B press the AMPLITUDE key the 5 key the 0 key and the dBm key 6 Press the TRIG key SINGLE SINGLE and the MARKER ON key Read the marker amplitude and record it in Table 3 6 as the Displayed Average Noise Level at 10 kHz 7 Change the HP 8562A B center frequency to 100 kHz and press the TRIG key and SINGLE Read the marker amplitude displayed at the upper right hand corner of the screen and record it in Table 3 6 as the Displayed Average Noise Level at 100 kHz 8 Set the HP 8562A B controls as follows SLART PREO 556 d bora uu ect eu ru oue D guess MHz STOP PREQ Qus dede VO oO 0 29 GHz MARKER sese dra Telus ad d Mug Garde E onere CR DET OR OFF RES BW 4 dosi d danh xe Rot va Son RRR fred Re B oo wae eae MHz VID
170. e analyzer overdriving its input The decrease in the first signal s amplitude gain compression caused by the second signal is the measured gain compression BNC BNC CABLE ASSEMBLY TEE BNC CABLE ASSEMBLY Ld SYNTHESIZED SWEEPER 1 zr ER FREQUENCY SPECTRUM SYNTHESIZED 10 MHz REF STANDARD EXT ANALYZER L SWEEPER 2 sranpano Y STANDARD EXT mid diihi CO II ODOR ane m maa 0098 RF OUTPUT ADAPTERS ADAPTER ADAPTER SENSOR POWER SPLITTER ar paR SMA e ASSY MICROWAVE AMPLIFIER 00000 noooo 0 88588 Figure 3 21 Gain Compression Test Setup Total mixer power level Total Input Power Level Input Attenuation 3 92 Performance Tests _ e EQUIPMENT Synthesized Sweeper 2 required 2er HP 8340A Measuring HP 8902A Amplifier sacs eon vus Atem las coe HP 11975A Power Sensore w BER M RO Pug OE WAS ds HP 8485A Power Splitter soom Gone E uu Ros up nk A rats HP 11667B Adapters 35 f to APC 35 f 2 Sa ste IBS SRC 5061 5311 35 m 1250 1743 Type m TIPR HP 1250 0781 Cables BNC 122 cm 48 2 5 10503A
171. e tested for f idelity A 10 dBm signal is displayed at the reference level for each scale As the input signal level is decreased the displayed signal level is compared to the reference level The test also measures the incremental step errors Figure 3 9 illustrates the test setup used for the test The frequency synthesizer is phase locked to the spectrum analyzer s 10 MHz reference BNC CABLE ASSY 355C 355D VHF ATTENUATORS Figure 3 9 Scale Fidelity Test Setup 3 42 Performance Tests e EQUIPMENT Frequency Synthesizer HP 3335A 10 dB Coaxial Fixed Attenuator HP 8491B Option 010 dB VHF Step Attenuator HP 355C 10 dB VHF Step Attenuator HP 355D Adapters m to BNCP SE ox eR E NTN HP 1250 1476 Cables BNC 122 cm 48 3 required HP 10503A PROCEDURE 1 Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 3 9 The HP 8562A B provides the f requency reference for the HP 3335A t3 Set the HP 3335A controls as follows FREQUENCY 2 5 5 acido ed in gs RA b or e go e ee gt s AMPLITUDE 5 K uro eite o Loos tor Ae B e AMPLINGR 5 o aux de aye Ne dod woe Mod RR mee De ese 5 e OUTPUT gt a le 3 On the HP 8562 press the PRES
172. e to adjust step gain amplifiers Unable to adjust step gain amplifiers Unable to adjust step gain amplifiers Unable to adjust step gain amplifiers Unable to adjust step gain amplifiers Unable to adjust linear amplitude scale Unable to adjust log amplitude scale Unable to adjust log amplitude scale Unable to adjust log amplitude scale Unable to adjust log amplitude scale Unable to adjust 30 kHz RES BW Unable to adjust 100 kHz RES BW Unable to adjust 300 kHz RES BW Unable to adjust MHz RES BW Unable to adjust 30 kHz RES BW Unable to adjust 100 kHz RES BW Unable to adjust 300 kHz RES BW Unable to adjust MHz RES BW Unable to adjust 10 kHz RES BW Unable to adjust 3 kHz RES BW Unable to adjust 1 kHz RES BW Unable to adjust 300 Hz RES BW Unable to adjust 100 Hz RES BW ERR ERR ERR ERR ERR ERR ERR ERR ERR ERR ERR ERR ERR ERR ERR ERR ERR ERR ERR ERR ERR ERR ERR ERR ERR ERR ERR ERR ERR ERR ERR ERR ERR ERR ERR ERR ERR ERR ERR ERR ERR ERR ERR ERR ERR ERR ERR ERR ERR ERR ERR ERR ERR 488 AMPL AMPL Unable to adjust 100 Hz RES BW Unable to adjust 100 Hz RES BW Unable to adjust 100 Hz RES BW Unable to adjust 100 Hz RES BW Unable to adjust 300 Hz RES BW Unable to adjust kHz RES BW Unable to adjust 3 kHz RES BW Unable to adjust 10 kHz RES BW Unable to adjust 100 Hz RES BW Unable to adjust 100 Hz RES BW Unable to adjust 100 Hz RES BW A16 Cal Osci
173. e will persist but a noise peak will not Record the frequency and amplitude of any responses above the display line 6 If a response is marginal verify the response amplitude as follows a b 5 h Press the SAVE key SAVE STATE and STATE 0 Press MARKER ON Place the marker on the peak of the response in question Press the MKR key and MARKER CF Press the SPAN key the key four times the TRIG key and CONT Press the BW key and RES BW AUTO Continue to reduce the SPAN until a RES BW of 300 Hz is reached If the response is a synthesis related residual it might disappear as the SPAN is reduced If this is the case measure the amplitude with the narrowest span possible and a 300 Hz RES BW Record the frequency and amplitude of any residual response above the display line Press the RECALL key RECALL STATE and STATE 0 7 Check for residuals up to 2 9 GHz using the procedure of steps 4 through 6 above To change the center frequency press CENTER FREQ and the 4 key Residual Responses Band 1 8 Set the HP 8562A B CENTER FREQ to 2 915 GHz 9 Check for residuals from 2 9 GHz to 6 46 GHz using the procedure of steps 4 through 6 above To change the center frequency press CENTER FREQ and the key 3 104 HP 8562 2805A amp Below 8562B 2809A amp Below HEWLETT PACKARD Manual Updating Supplement Supplement HP Part Number 08562 90059 Supplement P
174. ear panel Amplitude During Retrace Low TTL Level sink 150 mA max During Sweep High TTL Level source 0 5 mA max Maximum Input High TTL State 40V EXT TRIG INPUT Connector BNC female rear panel Impedance 10 kohms Trigger Level Rising edge of TTL Level PROBE POWER front panel Voltage 15 Vdc 12 6 Vdc Current 150 mA max each EARPHONE Connector Power Output 1 8 inch miniature monophonic jack rear panel 0 25 watts into 4 ohms 2ND IF OUT Opt 001 instruments only Connector SMA female rear panel Impedance 50 ohms Frequency 310 7 MHz Frequency Range 3dB BW Noise Figure Conversion Gain 1kHzto 2 9 GHz gt 30 MHz 24 dB 5 6 dB 2 75 GHz to 6 46 GHz gt 20 MHz 24 dB 3 6 dB 5 86 GHz to 6 46 GHz gt 30 MHz 33 6 dB 3 7 dB 12 4 GHz to 19 7 GHz gt 30 MHz 39 8 dB 9 9 dB 19 1 GHz to 22 0 GHz gt 35 MHz 44 4 dB 14 8 dB Opt 026 19 1 GHz to 26 5 GHz HP 8562A 2805A amp Below HP 8562B 2809A amp Below 1 17 Performance Tests MM M cee 3 13 If the Analyzer Doesn t Meet Specifications 3 14 If the analyzer doesn t meet one or more of the specifications complete any remaining tests and record all test resuits on a copy of the test record Then refer to Chapter 4 Help for instructions on how to solve the problem If an error message is displayed press the PRESET key and REALIGN LO amp IF If the error message persist
175. ebase Accy Aging 5 X 10 9 day Modes TI A B Frequency Count Time Interval Measurement Range 45 us to 20s Timebase Accy Aging X 1077 mo Bandwidth 3 dB dc to 100 MHz Minimum Vertical Deflection Factor 2 mV div Compatible with Power Sensors dB Relative Mode Resolution 001 dB Reference Accuracy lt 1 2 Frequency Range 250 MHz to 350 MHz Power Range 100 nW to 10 uW Maximum SWR 1 15 250 to 350 MHz P Performance Tests A Adjustments M Test and Adjustment Module T Troubleshooting V Operation Verification Part of Microwave Workstation 8340 3335 8663 HP 8116A HP 5343A Opt 001 HP 5316A HP 1980A B HP 8902A Performance Tests Table 3 5 Recommended Test Equipment 2 of 4 e Critical Specifications for Recommended Equipment Substitution Model Power Sensor Frequency Range 100 kHz to 2 9 GHz HP 8482A Maximum SWR 1 1 1 MHz to 2 0 GHz 1 30 20 GHz to 29 GHz Power Sensor Frequency Range 50 MHz to 22 GHz HP 8485A Maximum SWR 1 15 50 to 100 MHz 1 10 100 MHz to 2 GHz 1 15 20 to 12 4 GHz 1 20 12 4 to 18 GHz 1 25 18 to 22 GHz Amplifier Frequency Range 300 to 350 MHz VSWR 2 2 1 dB Gain Compression Point 15 dBm 20 dB Amplifier Frequency Range 2 0 to 8 0 GHz HP 1197
176. eige NIAI Mite Gs 2 dB 14 On the HP 8562A B press the MARKER ON key and MARKER NORMAL 15 Adjust the HP 355C and 355D until the HP 8562A B marker reads between 10 dBm and 11 dBm 16 On the HP 3335A press the AMPLITUDE key Use the HP 3335A INCR keys to adjust the amplitude until the HP 8562A B marker reads exactly 10 00 dBm 17 Set the HP 3335A AMPL INCR key to 4 dB and press the AMPLITUDE key 18 On the HP 8562A B press the TRIG key SINGLE SINGLE the MARKER ON key and MARKER DELTA 19 Set the HP 3335A amplitude to the next value listed in Table 3 19 using INCR key Set the AMPTD INCR to 2 dB before setting the HP 3335A AMPLITUDE to the last power level Press the TRIG key and SINGLE on the HP 8562A B Record the A MKR amplitude reading in Table 3 19 column 4 The amplitude should be within the limits shown Repeat this step for each HP 3335A setting 20 For each MKR reading in Table 3 19 subtract the previous MKR reading Add 4 dB to this number and record the result as the Incremental Error in Table 3 19 The Incremental Error should not exceed 0 4 dB Incremental Error current previous MKR 4 dB 3 44 8562A 2805 amp Below HP 8562B 2809A amp Below Performance Tests Eo Table 3 19 2 dB Div Log Scale Fidelity HP 3335A dB from A MKR Reading Incremental Measurement Amplitude Ref Level Error Uncertainty Actual Max dBm nominal n
177. ensor s 15 GHz calibration factor into the HP 8902A 19 On the HP 8562 press the PEAK SEARCH key the INT key and PRESEL AUTO PK Wait for the PEAKING message to disappear and press the MARKER OFF key 20 Repeat steps 5 through 8 for the HP 8340A frequencies listed in Table 3 22 for Band 3 Band 4 21 Set the HP 8562A center frequency to 21 GHz Set the 8340 CW to 21 GHz 22 Enter the power sensor s 21 GHz calibration factor into the HP 8902A 23 On the HP 8562A press the PEAK SEARCH key the INT key and PRESEL AUTO PK Wait for the PEAKING message to disappear and press the MARKER OFF key 24 Repeat steps 5 through 8 for the HP 8340A frequencies listed in Table 3 22 for Band 4 HP 8562A 2805A amp Below HP 85628 2809A amp Below 3 55 Performance Tests L w Md OO OMAMQODWAMIeALLODLILOCHAIXML LMXLLLVCXQEEI UCECKAhKS SS R DSSS MS 25 Record the maximum Response Amplitude from Table 3 22 for Band 0 1 2 and 3 entries Maximum Response Amplitude 18 GHz dBc 26 Record the maximum Response Amplitude from Table 3 22 for Band 4 Maximum Response Amplitude 22 GHz dBc Option 026 26 5 GHz 3 56 HP 8562 2805A amp Below 8562B 2809A amp Below Performance Tests Table 3 22 Image Multiple and Out of Band Responses HP 8562A B Response Specificati Measurement Center Freq Amplitude Uncertainty d8 1978 6
178. ess the INT key and SIG ID AT Wait for the signal identification routine to finish 15 If the frequency displayed in the active function block is within 50 MHz of the HP 8340A 2 CW frequency and the signal has not been identified as being an image proceed to step 18 16 If the frequency displayed in the active function block is more than 50 MHz from the HP 8340A 2 CW frequency and or is identified as being an image press the MARKER ON key Rotate the knob to place the active marker on the peak of the next highest signal 17 Repeat steps 14 through 16 until the conditions in step 15 are met 18 Record the HP 8562A B MKR frequency reading as the Actual A MKR reading in Table 3 32 The reading should be within the limits shown 19 For all other frequency spans of 5 GHz or more on the HP 8562B repeat steps 8 through 18 for the e AHORA of HP 8340A CW frequencies and HP 8562B center frequencies as indicated in Table 32 3 86 HP 85624 2805A amp Below HP 8562B 2809A amp Below Performance Tests Table 3 32 Frequency Span Accuracy A MKR Reading HP 8340A 1 HP 8340A 2 Frequency Frequency GHz GHz Measurement Uncertainty 8 40 kHz 33 Hz 16 8 kHz 66 Hz 42 0 kHz 165 Hz 84 0 kHz 330 Hz 84 0 kHz 333 3 Hz 168 kHz 660 Hz 420 kHz 1 65 kHz 840 kHz 3 3 kHz 840 kHz 3 333 kHz 1 68 MHz 6 6 kHz 4 20 MHz 16 5 kHz 8 40 MHz 33 kHz 16 8 MHz 66 kHz 42 0 MHz 165 kHz 84 0 MHz 330 kHz 168 0 MHz 660 kHz 420
179. et the HP 8340A POWER LEVEL key for a 10 dBm reading on the HP 8902A d Press the TRIG key and SINGLE on the HP 8562A Wait for the completion of the sweep before continuing e On the HP 8562A press PEAK SEARCH key and record the A amplitude in Table 3 22 as the Response Amplitude The Response Amplitude should be less than the specification listed in the table HP 8562A 2805A amp Below 8562B 2809A amp Below Performance Tests 8 On the HP 8562A press the MARKER OFF key the TRIG key and CONT Band 1 9 Set the HP 8562A center frequency to 4 GHz Set the HP 8340 CW to 4 GHz 10 Enter the power sensor s 4 GHz calibration factor into the HP 8902A 11 On the HP 8562A press the PEAK SEARCH key the INT key and PRESEL AUTO PK Wait for the PEAKING message to disappear and press the MARKER OFF key 12 Repeat steps 5 through 8 for the HP 8340A frequencies listed in Table 3 22 for Band 1 Band 2 13 Set the HP 8562A center frequency to 9 GHz Set the HP 8340 CW to 9 GHz 14 Enter the power sensor s 9 GHz calibration factor into the HP 8902A 15 On the HP 8562A press the PEAK SEARCH key the INT key and PRESEL AUTO PK Wait for the PEAKING message to disappear and press the MARKER OFF key 16 Repeat steps 5 through 8 for the HP 8340A frequencies listed in Table 3 22 for Band 2 Band 3 17 Set the HP 8562A center frequency to 15 GHz Set the HP 8340A CW to 15 GHz 18 Enter the power s
180. etting the HP 8562 ready to use The process includes initial inspection procedures setting up the unit for the selected ac power source and performing the trace alignment and reference level calibration procedures 2 3 Initial Inspection 2 4 Inspect the shipping container for damage If the shipping container or cushioning material is damaged keep it until you have verified that the contents are complete and vou have tested the analyzer mechanically and electrically 2 5 The contents of the shipment are shown in Figure 1 1 and Figure 2 1 and their accompanying legends If the contents are incomplete or if the analyzer does not pass the operation verification tests procedures are provided in Chapter 3 notify the nearest Hewlett Packard office the shipping container is damaged or the cushioning material shows signs of stress also notify the carrier Keep the shipping materials for the carrier s inspection The HP office will arrange for repair or replacement without waiting for a claim settlement 2 6 If the shipping container and cushioning material are in good condition retain them for possible future use You may wish to ship the analyzer to another location or to return it to Hewlett Packard for service Chapter 4 provides instructions for repackaging and shipping the analyzer 2 7 Preparing the HP 8562A B for Use 2 8 The HP 8562 is a portable instrument and requires no physical installation other than connection to
181. f the tenth cycle should be set 0 2 divisions to the right of the tenth graticule line 8 Read the frequency displayed on the HP 5316A Calculate the measured sweep time using the equation below Record the result as the Measured Sweep Time in Table 3 36 for the 50 us Sweep Time Setting The Measured Sweep Time should lie within the limits shown in Table 3 36 Measured Sweep Time 10 HP 5316A Frequency Reading 9 Repeat steps 6 and 7 above for sweep times between 100 Us and 20 ms listed in Table 3 36 Set the initial HP 8116A frequency according to the equation below Initial HP 8116A Frequency 10 Sweep Time Setting 10 Disconnect the BNC cable between the HP 5316A and the HP 8116A Connect a BNC cable from the BLANKING OUTPUT on the HP 8562A B to the Channel input of the HP 5316A 11 On the HP 8562A B press the TRIG key FREE RUN the SWEEP key the 5 key the 0 key and the ms key 12 On the HP 53164 set the controls as follows a Set the Channel A LEVEL SENS control fully counterclockwise b Press the TI AB button c Push the SEP COM button in d Set the Channel A TRIGGER LEVEL SENSITIVITY button out e Push the Channel SLOPE button in negative edge trigger 13 On the HP 5316A slowly rotate the Channel A LEVEL SENS control clockwise until the yellow LED next to it begins to flash Repeat for the Channel B LEVEL SENS control 14 Repeat the following steps for each sweep time listed in Table 3 36 15 Set t
182. for a new sweep to finish then press the PEAK SEARCH key 14 Record the HP 8562A B MKR reading in Table 3 33 as the Upper Product Suppression The suppression should be greater than 70 dB 15 On the HP 8562A B press the FREQUENCY key the key the key and the key Wait for a new sweep to finish and press the PEAK SEARCH key 16 Record the HP 8562A B A MKR reading in Table 3 33 as the Lower Product Suppression The suppression should be greater than 70 dB Third Order Intermodulation 2 9 GHz 17 Disconnect the directional coupler from the HP 8562A B Connect the directional coupler to the power sensor 18 On the HP 8340A 2 press the RF key off 19 Set each of the HP 8340A frequencies the CW key to the next values listed in Table 3 33 Enter the appropriate power sensor calibration factor into the HP 8902A 20 Adjust the the POWER LEVEL key on the HP 8340A 1 for a 23 dBm reading on the HP 8902A display 21 Disconnect the power sensor from the directional coupler Connect the directional coupler directly to the HP 8562A B INPUT 500 using an adapter 22 Set the HP 8562A B center frequency to the same frequency as the HP 8340A 1 Press the MARKER OFF key 23 Omit this step if spectrum analyzer is an HP 8562B On the HP 8562A set the reference level to 20 dBm then press the following keys the PEAK SEARCH key the INT key and PRESEL AUTO PK Wait for the PEAKING message to disappear 3 90 HP 85624 2
183. formance Test Record Table 3 38 located at the end of this chapter The table lists test specifications and acceptable limits We recommend that you make a copy of this table record the complete test results on the copy and keep the copy for your calibration test record This record could prove valuable in tracking gradual changes in test results over long periods of time 32 U Performance Tests HH 3 13 If the Analyzer Doesn t Meet Specifications 3 14 If the analyzer doesn t meet one or more of the specifications complete any remaining tests and record all test results on a copy of the test record Then refer to Chapter 4 Help for instructions on how to solve the problem If an error message is displayed press the PRESET key and REALIGN LO amp IF If the error message persists after the automatic RF LO and IF adjustments are completed refer to Appendix A 3 15 Calibration Cycle 3 16 To ensure that the HP 8562A B meets the specifications listed in Table 1 1 Performance Verification should be performed every 12 months 3 17 HP 85629A Functional Tests 3 18 The HP 85629A Test and Adjustment Module TAM can be used to perform several automatic functional tests on the HP 8562A B Spectrum Analyzer These tests provide increased confidence in analyzer operation while requiring ve
184. g limits 0 3 dB 10 3 dBm lt 9 7 dBm 3 14 Performance Tests 3 26 Displayed Average Noise Level SPECIFICATION Frequency Average Noise Level 10 kHz 90 dBm 100 kHz 100 dBm I MHz 2 9 GHz 121 dBm 29 646 GHz 121 dBm 646 130 GHz 110 dBm 130 197 GHz 105 dBm 19 7 22 GHz 100 dBm RELATED ADJUSTMENT Frequency Response Adjustment DESCRIPTION e This test measures the displayed average noise level in all five frequency bands The analyzer s input is terminated in 50 ohms In Band 0 the test first measures the average noise at 10 and 100 kHz in zero span For the rest of Band 0 and for all the remaining bands the test tunes the analyzer frequency across the band uses the marker to locate the frequency with the highest response and then reads the average noise in zero span SPECTRUM ANALYZER ADAPTER U TERMINATION Figure 3 3 Displayed Average Noise Test Setup EQUIPMENT 500 Termination 1222 Aare R NR Re d Eu e RR e a WS HP 909D e Adapters N Gn to APC 35 D uu RORIS NOE ince Mog HP 1250 1744 Type N m to HP 1250 1476 3 15 Performance Tests SS EE EU Cables BNC 122 cnr 48 10 s ar goa es Seu mS ng Ri P apa as HP 10503A PROCEDURE Displayed Average Noise Band 0 1 Connect the CAL OUTPUT to the RF INPUT 500 Press the PRESET key on th
185. g warranty shall not apply to defects resulting from improper or inadequate mainte nance by Buyer Buyer supplied software or interfacing unauthorized modification or misuse opera tion outside of the environmental specifications for the product or improper site preparation or maintenance NO OTHER WARRANTY IS EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED HP SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMS THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICU LAR PURPOSE EXCLUSIVE REMEDIES THE REMEDIES PROVIDED HEREIN ARE BUYER S SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE REMEDIES HP SHALL BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT INDIRECT SPECIAL INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT TORT OR ANY OTHER LEGAL THEORY ASSISTANCE Product maintenance agreements and other customer assistance agreements are available for Hewlett Packard products For any assistance contact your nearest Hewlett Packard Sales and Service Office Addresses are provided at the back of this manual How to Use This Manual Where To Start if you have just received the HP 8562A B and want to get it ready to use for the first time Skim Chapter 1 Introducing the HP 8562A B for a brief introduction to the unit and its capabilities Thoroughly read Chapter 2 Preparation for Use and follow its instructions for initial inspection of the unit preparing it for use performing the Trace Alignment and Reference Level Calibration procedures If you need to verify the unit is operati
186. h the analyzer is originally shipped is included with the unit 1 6 Accessories Supplied 1 7 See Figure 1 1 for a complete listing of the accessories supplied with your HP 8562A B Spectrum Analyzer 1 8 Options 1 9 Several options are available to tailor the HP 8562A B to your needs Options can be ordered by option number when you order the analyzer Some of the options are also available as kits that can be ordered and installed after you have received your HP 8562A B 1 10 Second IF Output Option 001 This option provides an output for the second IF 310 7 MHz at rear panel connector J10 1 11 26 5 GHz Frequency Extension Option 026 This option extends the specified performance to 26 5 GHz in the HP 8562A The INPUT 500 connector is changed to a male APC 3 5 connector 1 12 Rack Mount Flange Kit Option 908 This option provides the parts necessary to mount the HP 8562A B in an HP System II cabinet or in a standard 19 inch 482 6 mm equipment rack Option 908 is also available as a kit HP Part Number 5062 0800 1 13 Rack Mount Flange Kit with Handles Option 909 Option 909 is the same as Option 908 but includes front handles for added convenience Option 909 is also available as a kit HP Part Number 5062 1900 HP 8562A 2805A amp Below HP 8562B 2809A amp Below 1 1 Introducing the HP 8562A B ooo oO O00060 00 coo HP 8562 COAX CABLE BNC HP Part Number 10502A CD LIN
187. he HP 3335A frequency as the Upper 3 dB Frequency for the current RES BW setting 11 Decrease the HP 3335A frequency until the peak of the signal is found Decrease the frequency further until the MKR again reads 0 dB 0 02 dB In Table 3 8 record the HP 3335A frequency as the Lower 3 dB Frequency for the current RES BW setting 12 Subtract the Lower 3 dB Frequency from the Upper 3 dB Frequency Record the result as the Actual 3 dB Bandwidth in Table 3 8 and as the 3 dB Bandwidth in Table 3 9 for the current RES BW setting The bandwidth should be within the limits shown in Table 3 8 13 Set the HP 3335A frequency to 40 MHz 14 Press Marker OFF on the HP 8562A B 15 Repeat steps 5 through 14 for the rest of the RES BW settings listed in the first column of Table 3 8 For RES BW settings of 1 kHz and below change the VIDEO BW to 1 Hz Resolution Bandwidth Selectivity 16 Set the HP 8562A B controls as follows BESBW X R wie tese x o a dtu dua des aS 2 MHz MHz if HP 85624 B has serial prefix 2750A or below LOG dB DIV ure aR hte diete sche a lee s 10 dB VIDEO BW die ares Si a MEd he Bie ee 300 Hz 17 Set the HP 3335A amplitude to 3 dBm and AMPTD INCR to 60 dB 18 On the HP 8562A B press AMPLITUDE MORE IF ADJUST and ADJ CURR IF STATE Wait for the IF ADJUST STATUS message to disappear before continuing 19 Adjust the HP 3335A frequency for peak signal amplitude on the HP 8562A
188. he HP 8562A B to the sweep time listed in the first column of Table 3 36 16 Wait for the HP 5316A display to settle usually about three sweeps Record the HP 5316A reading as the Measured Sweep Time in Table 3 36 The Measured Sweep Time should fall within the limits shown in Table 3 36 NOTE It might be necessary to readjust the LEVEL SENS controls slightly for a stable display 3 101 Performance Tests 3 102 Table 3 36 Sweep Time Accuracy Sweeptime Minimum Measured Maximum Measurement Setting Reading Sweeptime Reading Uncertainty 42 5 us 85 us 170 us 425 us 850 us 1 70 ms 4 25 ms 8 5 ms 170 ms 297 ms 495 ms 990 ms 1980 ms 4950 ms 9900 ms 1 980 s 495 s 9 90 s 198 s 495 s 594 s 57 5 us 101 ns 15 us 101 ns 230 us 102 ns 575 us 1 15 ms 2 30 ms 5 75 ms 11 5 ms 23 0 ms 30 3 ms 50 5 ms 101 0 ms 202 0 ms 505 0 ms 1010 0 ms 2020s 5 05 s 10 1 s 20 2 s 50 5 s 606 s 103 ns 105 ns 108 ns 119 ns 137 ns 171 ns 209 ns 281 ns 461 ns 821 ns 1 901 us 3 7 us 7 3 us 18 1 us 36 1 us 72 1 us 180 1 ps 216 1 Performance Tests 3 44 Residual Responses SPECIFICATION 200 kHz to 646 GHz 90 dBm with no signal at input and 0 dB input attenuation RELATED ADJUSTMENT There is no related adj
189. he new version of the page Each replacement page will have the exact page number as the old version Additional pages have page numbers with a lower case letter These pages are added to the manual without removing any old pages For example if there is one additional page numbered 6 4a it should be added between pages 6 4 and 6 5 Supplement HP Part Number 08562 90059 2 Rev 25FEB88 e PAGE 1 2 All Serials PAGE 1 5 All Serials PAGE 2 2 All Serials PAGE 2 3 All Serials All Serials PAGE 2 4 All Serials PAGE 4 2 All Serials Rev 25FEB88 Table 1 1 Front panel connector data Change RF INPUT to INPUT 500 For INPUT 500 under FREQUENCY RANGE change 1 kHz 22 GHz to 1 kHz 22 GHz Option 026 1 2 26 5 GHz For INPUT 500 under AMPLITUDE VOLTAGE LIMITS change 10 dBm Max to 30 dBm Max with 10 dB attenuation Paragraph 3 Change 0 5V GHz from 0 22 GHz to 0 5V GHz from 0 22 GHz Option 026 0 5V GHz from 0 26 5 GHz Paragraph 2 CENTER FREQ Change 2 75 GHz 22 GHz to 2 75 GHz 22 GHz Option 026 2 75 26 5 GHz Paragraph 2 NOTE Change 2 75 GHz 22 GHz to 2 75 GHz 22 GHz Option 026 2 75 GHz 26 5 GHz Paragraph 4 FULL SPAN Change the full span is 19 25 GHz to the full span is 19 25 GHz Option 026 23 75 GHz Table 2 1 Frequency bands and their minimum reference levels Under BAND change 19 1 GHz
190. hm load BNC female rear panel 50 ohms O to 1 Volt full scale LO SWP 0 5 V GHz OUTPUT Connector BNC female rear panel Impedance dc coupled 2 kohms LO SWP OUTPUT no load 0 to 10V 0 5 V GHz OUTPUT no load 0 5V GHz of tuned frequency BLANKING OUTPUT Connector BNC female rear panel Amplitude During Retrace Low TTL Level sink 150 mA max During Sweep High TTL Level source 05 mA max Maximum Input High TTL State 40V EXT TRIG INPUT Connector BNC female rear panel Impedance 10 kohms Trigger Level Rising edge of TTL Level PROBE POWER front panel Voltage Current 15 Vdc 12 6 Vdc 150 mA max each EARPHONE Connector Power Output 1 8 inch miniature monophonic jack rear panel 0 25 Watts into 4 ohms 2ND IF OUT Option 001 instruments only Connector SMA female rear panel Impedance 50 ohms Frequency 310 7 MHz Frequency Range 3 dB BW Noise Figure Conversion Gain 1 kHz to 2 9 GHz 30 MHz 24 dB 5 6 dB 2 75 GHz to 646 GHz 20 MHz 24 dB 3 6 dB 5 86 GHz to 646 GHz 330 MHz 33 6 dB 3 7 dB 124 GHz to 197 GHz 30 MHz 39 8 dB 9 9 dB 19 1 GHz to 22 0 GHz 444 dB 14 8 dB CHAPTER 2 DOM qo al lol PREPARATION FOR USE 2 1 What You ll Find in This Chapter 2 2 This chapter describes the process of g
191. hould be less than 1 dB 25 Repeat steps 14 through 24 until all the entries in Table 3 34 have been completed 3 94 HP 8562A 2805A amp Below HP 8562B 2809A amp Below Performance Tests 3 43 Sweep Time Accuracy SPECIFICATION For SPAN 0 Hz Sweep time 30 ms lt 15 60 gt Sweep time 230 ms lt 1 RELATED ADJUSTMENT There is no related adjustment procedure for this performance test DESCRIPTION For sweep times less than 30 ms an amplitude modulated signal is displayed on the analyzer in zero span and the frequency of the modulating signal triangle wave is adjusted to space the peaks evenly across the display The frequency of the modulating signal is counted and the actual sweep time is calculated and compared to the specification For sweep times of 30 ms to 60 seconds the time interval of the BLANKING OUTPUTS low state is measured This time interval corresponds to the sweep time The measured sweep time is compared to the specification BNC CABLE ASSY BNC CABLE ASSY SPECTRUM ANALYZER FREQUENCY STANDARD EXT SYNTHESIZED SWEE UN I VERSAL COUNTER PULSE FUNCT ION GENERATOR lt EM sesso 4 9069 9 BNC CABLE ASSY Figure 3 23 Sweep Time Accuracy Test Setup HP 8562A 2805A amp Below 8562B 2809A amp Below 3 90 ae Performance Tests Lo Ie
192. igure 3 20 Third Order Intermodulation gt 2 7 GHz Test Setup Total mixer input level Total Input Level Input Attenuation 3 88 FREQUENCY STANDARD EXT d ADAPTER Performance Tests A A A A c Measuring Receiver 8902 Synthesized Sweeper 2 required AC 8340 Directional Coupler 5 os sss sss ss sss s s HP 0955 0125 Power Sensor ow OX R RR S wa a HP 8485A Adapters 35 HP 1250 1743 APC 3 5 f to 3 5 2 HP 5061 5311 tee m f f eee nn HP 1250 0781 Cables 122 cm 48 2 required HP 10503A SMA 61 cm 24 in 2 required 8120 1578 PROCEDURE Third Order Intermodulation 10 MHz 2 9 GHz 1 2 Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 3 20 Press the INSTR PRESET key on each HP 8340 Set each of the HP 8340A controls as follows POWER LEVEL AUR Ae eu oes mRNA wea 20 dBm CW HP RIIA amp 1 uw x ae eee EUER ECKE Ue S 2 800 GHz CW HP 8340 82 oc CS RN NC Dem Oed mes 2 80005 GHz MODULATION ax Tw ek Ee
193. in this supplement discard the existing page in your manual and replace with the page supplied here 8562A B High Performance Portable Spectrum Analyzer Installation Manual Includes Options 001 and 026 Serial Numbers This manual applies directly to analyzers with the following serial number prefixes HP 8562A 2642A to 2805A 8562B 2640A to 2809A For additional important information about serial numbers see Analyzers Covered by This Manual in Chapter 1 Manual Part Number 08562 90007 Microfiche Part Number 08562 90008 Printed in U S A January 1987 Copyright 1988 Hewlett Packard Company 1212 Valley House Drive Rohnert Park CA 94928 4999 HP 8562A B Documentation Description Manuals shipped with your analyzer Installation Manual HP Part Number 08562 90007 Tells you how to install the spectrum analyzer Tells you what to do in case of a failure Operating and Programming Manual HP Part Number 08562 90001 Tells you how to make measurements with your spectrum analyzer Tells you how to program your spectrum analyzer Describes analyzer features Pocket Operating Guide e HP Part Number 08562 90003 An abbreviated version of the Operating and Programming Manual Quick Reference Guide HP Part Number 08562 90006 Provides you with a listing of all remote programming commands Options Support Manual Part of Option 915 HP Part Number
194. ions Characteristics provide useful but non warranted information about instrument performance Frequency Reference Accuracy Aging 1 x 10 Temperature drift 10 C to 55 C 2 x 10 Settability 1 x 105 Nominal Sensitivity 100 Hz resolution bandwidth 1 Hz video bandwidth 0 dB input attenuation Frequency Range Nominal Sensitivity 1 MHz to 2 9 GHz 128 dBm 2 9 GHz to 646 GHz 126 5 dBm 646 GHz to 130 GHz 119 dBm 13 0 GHz to 19 7 GHz 114 dBm 197 GHz to 22 0 GHz 108 dBm AMPLITUDE ACCURACY Band to Band Frequency Response Band to Band Frequency Response dB Frequency response uncertainty for measurements between any two bands Equivalent to the sum of the two In Band Frequency Response values plus Band Switching Uncertainty Values in parentheses apply to HP 8562B Input Attenuator Repeatability Pulse Digitization Uncertainty Pulse response mode 720 sweeptime Standard Deviation Introducing the HP 8562A B _ _ Table 1 2 HP 8562A B Characteristics 2 of 3 NOTE These are not specifications Characteristics provide useful but non warranted information about instrument performance Sweep Time Accuracy Span 10 kHz E LU DEMODULATION Spectrum Demodulation Modulation Type Audio Output Marker Pause Time AM and FM Internal speaker and phone jack with volume control 100 ms to 65 s
195. itude here and in Table 3 30 HP 3335A Amplitude 50 MHz dB 47 Replace the HP 8485A power sensor with the HP 909D 50 ohm termination 48 On the HP 8562A B press the MARKER ON key and MARKER DELTA 49 Set the HP 8562A B CENTER FREQ and HP 3335A FREQUENCY to the frequencies listed in Table 3 30 At each frequency adjust the HP 3335A AMPLITUDE for a MKR amplitude reading of 0 00 0 05 dB Record the HP 3335A AMPLITUDE setting in Table 3 30 as the HP 3335A Amplitude 50 For each of the frequencies in Table 3 30 subtract the HP 3335A the AMPLITUDE Reading column 2 from the HP 3335 AMPLITUDE 50 recorded in step 46 Record the result as the Response Relative to 50 MHz column 3 of Table 3 30 51 Add to each of the Response Relative to 50 MHz entries in Table 3 30 the HP 8902A Reading for 50 MHz listed in Table 3 21 Record the results as the Response Relative to 300 MHz in Table 3 30 3 75 Performance Tests knn Test Results 52 Frequency Response Band 0 Enter most positive number from Table 3 30 column4 08 b Enter most positive number from Table 3 25 column 2 dB c Enter more positive of numbers from and b dB d Enter most negative number from Table 3 30 column4 dB e Enter most negative number from Table 3 25 column 2 dB f Enter more negative of numbers from 4
196. l amplitude on the HP 8562 display On the HP 3335A press the AMPLITUDE key and the key On the HP 8562 press the MARKER ON key and MARKER DELTA 10 Press the 1 key on the HP 3335A 11 Increase the HP 3335A frequency until the MKR reading on the HP 8562A B display reads 0 dB 0 02 dB Record the HP 3335A frequency as the Upper 3 dB Frequency in Table 3 8 for the current Resolution BW setting 12 Decrease the HP 3335A frequency until the A MKR again reads 0 dB 0 02 dB Record the HP 3335A frequency as the Lower 3 dB Frequency in Table 3 8 3 22 Performance Tests M M H e 13 Subtract the Lower 3 dB Frequency from the Upper 3 dB Frequency Record the result as the Actual 3 dB Bandwidth in Table 3 8 and as the 3 dB Bandwidth in Table 3 9 The bandwidth should be within the limits shown in Table 3 8 14 Set the HP 3335A frequency to 10 7 MHz 15 Press the MARKER OFF key on the HP 8562A B 16 Repeat steps 6 through 15 for the rest of the Resolution BW settings listed in column 1 of Table 3 8 Resolution Bandwidth Selectivity 17 Set the HP 8562A B controls as follows RESBW Mo x cem m Wu Behe ag ce ae oo d MHz dB DIM Sento PS TE ow ag am eX oes ET 10 dB VIDEO BW nuo REG rU La Vie dies e at Pol VR RU Bh Ca S 1 KHz 18 Adjust the HP 3335A output amplitude t
197. le 3 6 as the Displayed Average Noise Level from 19 7 GHz to 22 0 GHz 25 The displayed average noise level readings should be lower than the specifications listed in Table 3 6 Table 3 6 Displayed Average Noise Displayed Average Measurement Noise Level Uncertainty dBm HP 8562B dB 90 10 kHz 1 74 1 98 100 kHz 1 74 1 98 1 MHz to 2 9 GHz 174 1 98 2 9 GHz to 646 GHz 174 1 98 646 GHz to 130 GHz 1 74 1 98 13 0 GHz to 19 7 GHz 174 1 98 197 GHz to 22 GHz 174 1 98 3 18 Performance Tests 3 27 Resolution Bandwidth Switching and IF Alignment Uncertainty SPECIFICATION Resolution Bandwidth Switching Uncertainty 100 Hz to 1 MHz RES BW lt 0 5 dB referenced to 300 kHz RES BW IF Alignment Uncertainty additional uncertainty when using narrow resolution bandwidths 300 Hz RES BW lt 0 5 dB 100 Hz RES BW lt 2 dB RELATED ADJUSTMENT There is no related adjustment procedure for this performance test DESCRIPTION This test utilizes the CAL OUTPUT signal for measuring the switching uncertainty and IF alignment uncertainty between resolution bandwidths At each resolution bandwidth setting the displayed amplitude variation of the signal is measured All measurements are referenced to the 300 kHz bandwidth SPECTRUM ANALYZER ADAPTER Figure 3 4 Resolution BW Switching and IF Alignment Uncertainty Test Setup EQUIPMENT Adapters Type N m to BNC f uiu dus Rom Romo RC
198. le to adjust 3 kHz RES BW ERR 427 RBW 3K Unable to adjust kHz RES BW ERR 428 RBW Unable to adjust 3 kHz RES BW ERR 429 RBW 100 Unable to adjust 100 Hz RES BW A 3 Appendix A 4 ERR AMPL AMPL LIN AMPL LOG AMPL LOG AMPL LOG AMPL LOG AMPL RBW 30K RBW 100K RBW 300K RBW 1M RBW 30K RBW 100K RBW 300K RBW 1M RBW 10K RBW RBW RBW 300 RBW 100 Unable to adjust 300 Hz RES BW Unable to adjust 1 kHz RES BW Unable to adjust 3 kHz RES BW Unable to adjust 10 kHz RES BW Unable to adjust 300 Hz RES BW Unable to adjust 300 Hz RES BW Unable to adjust 300 Hz RES BW Unable to adjust 300 Hz RES BW Unable to adjust 1 kHz RES BW Unable to adjust 1 kHz RES BW Unable to adjust kHz RES BW Unable to adjust 1 kHz RES BW Unable to adjust 3 KHz RES BW Unable to adjust 3 RES BW Unable to adjust kHz RES BW Unable to adjust 3 kHz RES BW Unable to adjust 10 kHz RES BW Unable to adjust 10 KHz RES BW Unable to adjust 10 RES BW Unable to adjust 10 kHz RES BW IF hardware failure Check other error messages IF hardware failure Check other error messages IF hardware failure Check other error messages Unable to adjust step gain amplifiers Unable to adjust step gain amplifiers Unable to adjust step gain amplifiers Unable to adjust step gain amplifiers Unable to adjust step gain amplifiers Unable to adjust step gain amplifiers Unable to adjust step gain amplifiers Unabl
199. lectivity 60 dB BW 3 dB BW A frequency synthesizer phase locked to the spectrum analyzer s 10 MHz reference provides a 40 MHz test signal The 2 MHz resolution bandwidth is specified and tested only for HP 8562A spectrum analyzers with serial prefix 2805A and above and for HP 8562B spectrum analyzers with serial prefix 2809A and above BNC CABLE ASSY SPECTRUM FREQUENCY ANALYZER SYNTHESIZER Y0MHz REF IN OUT 40 N MHz REF c BNC CABLE ASSY Figure 3 5 Resolution Bandwidth Accuracy and Selectivity Test Setup Jl u 89 The 2 MHz RES BW setting is specified and tested only for HP 8562A spectrum analyzers with serial prefix 2805A and above and for HP 8562B spectrum analyzers with serial prefix 2809A and above HP 8562A 2805A amp Below HP 8562B 2809A amp Below 3 21 Performance Tests Rev 25FEB88 EQUIPMENT Frequency Synthesizer HP 3335A Adapters SNC D tU Type N m e ed HP 1250 1476 Option 026 Type N f to APC 3 5 gus esse eis RE HP 1250 1745 Cables BNC 122 cm 48 in 2 required HP 10503A PROCEDURE Resolution Bandwidth Accuracy 1 Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 3 5 The HP 8562A B provides the frequency reference for the HP 3335A Set the HP 3335A c
200. level for 14 4 kHz PRF Omit steps 11 and 12 if the spectrum analyzer has serial prefix 27504 or below 11 On the HP 8562A B press BW and set RES BW to 2 MHz 12 Repeat steps 5 through 10 13 On the HP 8562A B press BW and set RES BW to 1 MHz Press AMPLITUDE and LINEAR 14 Repeat steps 5 through 10 Omit steps 15 and 16 if the spectrum analyzer has serial prefix 2750A or below 15 On the HP 8562 press BW and set RES BW to 2 MHz 16 Repeat steps 5 through 10 17 For each row of entries in Table 3 24a for the LOG 5 dB DIV scale subtract the lowest MIN Marker Amplitude reading from the highest MAX Marker Amplitude reading Record the result as the PDU pulse digitization uncertainty The PDU should be less than the listed specification 18 For each row of entries in Table 3 24a for the LINEAR scale calculate the PDU as a percentage of reference level using the equation below The PDU should be less than the listed specification PDU 100 x highest MAX Marker Amplitude lowest MIN Marker Amplitude 1 Table 3 24a Pulse Digitization Uncertainty Marker Amplitude Readings 144 kHz PRF dBm dBm Pulse digitization uncertainty is only specified in the 2 MHz RES BW setting for HP 8562A analyzers with serial prefix of 2805A and above and for HP 8562B analyzers with serial prefix 2809A and above 3 64 HP 85624 2805A amp Below HP 8562B 2809A amp Below Performance Tests 24 On the HP 856
201. litude The amplitude should read less than 1 0 dB Gain Compression Band 0 1 0 dB dB 2 9 GHz 13 Set the HP 8562A B HP 8340 1 and HP 8340A 2 to the frequencies indicated in Table 3 34 for Band 1 14 Enter the HP 8485A calibration factor at the HP 8562A B center frequency value into the HP 8902A 15 Disconnect the power splitter from the HP 8562A B and reconnect it to the HP 8485A Power Sensor 16 Adjust the HP 11975A OUTPUT POWER LEVEL for a 7 dBm reading on the HP 8902A display 17 Set the HP 8340A 42 POWER LEVEL key to 80 dBm 18 Reconnect the power splitter to the HP 8562A B RF INPUT 500 19 Adjust the 8340A 1 POWER LEVEL key to bring the signal 1 dB one division below the HP 8562A reference level 20 On the HP 8562A B press the MARKER OFF key and the PEAK SEARCH key 21 Omit this step if spectrum analyzer is an HP 8562B On the HP 8562A press the INT key and PRESEL AUTO PK Wait for the PEAKING message to disappear before continuing to the next step 22 On the HP 8562A B press the PEAK SEARCH key and MARKER DELTA 23 Set the HP 8340A 2 POWER LEVEL key to 8 dBm 24 On the HP 8562 press the PEAK SEARCH key and NEXT PEAK The active marker should be on the peak of the lower amplitude signal If it is not reposition the marker to this peak using the front panel function knob Read the A MKR amplitude and record this as the Gain Compression in Table 3 34 The gain compression s
202. llator is unlocked Unable to adjust amplitude of 30 KHz RES BW Unable to adjust amplitude of 100 KHz RES BW Unable to adjust amplitude of 300 kHz RES BW Unable to adjust amplitude of 1 MHz RES BW Unable to adjust amplitude of 30 kHz RES BW Unable to adjust amplitude of 100 kHz RES BW Unable to adjust amplitude of 300 kHz RES BW Unable to adjust amplitude of 1 MHz RES BW Unable to adjust amplitude of 30 kHz RES BW Unable to adjust amplitude of 100 kHz RES BW Unable to adjust amplitude of 300 kHz RES BW Unable to adjust amplitude of 1 MHz RES BW Unable to adjust 100 Hz RES BW Unable to adjust 300 Hz RES BW Unable to adjust 1 kHz RES BW Unable to adjust 3 kHz RES BW Unable to adjust 10 KHz RES BW Unable to adjust 100 Hz RES BW Unable to adjust 300 Hz RES BW Unable to adjust 1 kHz RES BW Unable to adjust 3 kHz RES BW Unable to adjust 10 kHz RES BW Unable to adjust 10 kHz RES BW Unable to adjust 10 kHz RES BW Unable to adjust 10 kHz RES BW Unable to adjust 10 kHz RES BW Unable to adjust amplitude of log scale Unable to adjust step gain amplifiers Unable to adjust amplitude of log scale Unable to adjust amplitude of log scale Unable to adjust amplitude of log scale Unable to adjust amplitude in log scale Unable to adjust amplitude in log scale Unable to adjust amplitude in log scale Unable to adjust amplitude in log scale Unable to adjust amplitude in log scale Unable to adjust amplitude in log sc
203. llows SPAN m a 0 Hz CENTER ues Rp wig tes Qd 300 MHz REF CVD n5 gs aee ee te we yea vicc dria Ros Bete A 10 dBm ATTEN a es dw HeLa mak qu pudo 0 dB RES DW uideo uh wore o dead Ac Sun ba en alea AO 100 Hz VIDEO BW SG soe a herus SOL dou AP cord mec s uel edu 1Hz 2 Press the MARKER ON key the AMPLITUDE key MORE and REF LVL CAL 3 Use the knob or step keys to adjust the REF LEVEL CAL until the MKR amplitude is 10 00 dBm 0 17 dB 4 Connect the HP 909D 500 termination to the HP 8562A B INPUT 500 as shown in Figure 3 3 5 On the HP 8562A B press AMPLITUDE and set REF LVL to 50 dBm Press FREQUENCY and set the CENTER FREQ to 10 kHz 6 Press the TRIG key SINGLE SINGLE and the MARKER ON key Read the marker amplitude and record it in Table 3 6 as the Displayed Average Noise Level at 10 kHz 7 Change the HP 8562A B center frequency to 99 kHz and press the TRIG key and SINGLE Read the marker amplitude displayed at the upper right hand corner of the screen and record it in Table 3 6 as the Displayed Average Noise Level at 100 kHz A residual response exists at 100 kHz Tuning to 99 kHz avoids this response s being displayed while yielding a displayed average noise reading worse than the noise at 100 kHz 3 16 HP 8562A 2805A amp Below HP 8562B 2809A amp Below Performance Tests S d e 8 Set the
204. lowest point on the displayed trace Read the A MKR amplitude take its absolute value and record the result as the Deviation Deviation dB 11 Calculate the Residual FM by multiplying the Slope recorded in step 7 by the Deviation recorded in step 10 Record the result below The Residual FM should be less than 50 Hz Residual FM Hz 3 50 Performance Tests 3 33 Noise Sidebands SPECIFICATION Noise Sidebands 100 20 Log dBc Hz RELATED ADJUSTMENT There is no related adjustment procedure for this performance test DESCRIPTION The noise sidebands of a 2 5 GHz 10 dBm signal are measured at an offset of 30 KHz from the carrier with a 1 kHz resolution bandwidth SPECTRUM SYNTHESIZED ANALYZER SIGNAL GENERATOR N CABLE ASSY Figure 3 11 Noise Sidehands Test Setup EQUIPMENT Synthesized Signal Generator mE Dm HP 8663A Cables 183 cm 72 A HP 11500A PROCEDURE 1 Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 3 11 3 51 Performance Tests 2 Set the HP 8663A controls as follows FREQUENCY 2500 MEZ GW OUTPUT proceni MAR GR AUN E ou ds 3 On the HP 8562 press the PRESET key and set the controls as follows CENTER FREQ 2 2 rni satio a b oie E Ro ecd 2 5 GHz 1
205. lt 1 MHz lt 3 dB peak to peak for res BW of 2 MHz lt 4 of reference level peak to peak for res BW lt 1 MHz lt 12 of reference level peak to peak for res BW of 2 MHz lt 0 4 dB 4 dB from reference level to a maximum of 1 5 dB over 0 to 90 dB range lt 3 of reference level The 2 MHz RES BW is specified only for HP 8562A spectrum analyzers with serial prefix of 2805A and above and for HP 8562B spectrum analyzers with serial prefix of 2809A and above HP 8562A 2805A amp Below HP 8562B 2809A amp Below 1 11 Introducing the HP 8562A B Rev 25FEB88 Table 1 1 HP 85624 B Specifications 6 of 8 Sweep Time Range Span 0 50 us lt 30 ms analog display Span 0 30 ms to 60s digital display Span 22 5 kHz x Nt 50 ms to 100 digital display Accuracy Span 0 30 ms lt sweep time lt 60 seconds Sweep time 30 ms lt x 195 lt x 1506 Sweep Trigger Free Run Single Line Video External INPUTS AND OUTPUTS IFINPUT Connector Input level for full screen deflection external mixing mode 0 dBm reference level 30 dB conversion loss SMA female front panel 30 dBm 1 5dB HP IB Connector IEEE 488 bus connector Interface Functions SH1 L4 LEO SR1 RL1 PP1 DC1 C1 C28 E1 Direct Plotter Output Supports HP 7225 HP 7440A HP 7
206. ltage See Figure 2 2 Insert a small screwdriver or similar tool in the slot and slide the switch so that the proper voltage label is visible 2 13 Checking the Fuse 2 14 The type of ac line input fuse will depend on the input line voltage Use the following fuses 115 5A 125V UL CSA HP Part Number 2110 0756 230V 5A 250V IEC HP Part Number 2110 0709 2 15 The line fuse is housed in a small container located on the rear panel power connector See Figure 2 2 The container provides space for storing a spare fuse as shown in the figure 2 16 To check the fuse insert the tip of a screwdriver in the slot at the top of the container and pry gently to remove the container When installing a new fuse be sure to place the fuse in the proper position as illustrated in Figure 2 2 2 3 Preparation for Use Fuse In Use Spare Fuse Figure 2 2 Voltage Selection Switch and Line Fuse Locations 2 17 Power Cable 2 18 The HP 8562 is equipped with a three wire power cable in accordance with international safety standards When connected to an appropriate power line outlet this cable grounds the instrument cabinet Failure to ground the analyzer properly can result in personal injury Before turning on the HP 8562A B you must connect its protective earth terminals to the protective conductor of the main power cable Insert the main power cable
207. lyzer Installation Manual Manual HP Part Number 08562 90007 Manual Print Date January 1987 aaaea LALALA What Are Manual Updating Supplements A Manual Updating Supplement keeps your manual up to date The supplement which consists of a cover page and various replacement and or additional pages for your manual is shipped with the manual that it updates SELECTING THE PAGES TO BE ADDED The following information helps you select the applicable pages to add supplement information to your manual Serial Prefix or Firmware Version Check the serial prefix or firmware version information on the pages If there are several versions of a page select the version that applies to your instrument For example your instrument has a serial prefix of 2825A and the supplement has two versions of one page Serial Prefix 2731A and Above and Serial Prefix 2829A and Above In this example Serial Prefix 273LA and Above applies to your instrument Supplement Revision Date If there are two copies of a page with the same page number and serial prefix but different revision dates e g Rev 1270187 and Rev 28AUGS7 select the page with the latest revision date If there is an Serials version of a particular piece of information on a page and a version identified by a serial prefix that applies to your instrument select the version with the latest revision date on the bottom of the page If there are two such pages with different changes use
208. mage press the MARKER ON key Rotate the knob to place the marker on the peak of the next highest signal 12 Repeat steps 9 through 11 until the conditions in step 10 are met 13 Press the MARKER ON key and MARKER DELTA Rotate the knob to place the active marker on a signal near the tenth vertical graticule line one division from the rightmost graticule line 14 Press the INT key and SIG ID AT MKR Wait for the signal identification routine to finish 15 If the frequency displayed in the active function block is within 50 MHz of the HP 8340A 42 CW frequency and the signal has not been identified as being an image proceed to step 18 16 If the frequency displayed in the active function block is more than 50 MHz from the HP 8340A 2 CW frequency and or is identified as being an image press the MARKER ON key Rotate the knob to place the active marker on the peak of the next highest signal 17 Repeat steps 14 through 16 until the conditions in step 15 are met 18 Record the HP 8562A B A MKR frequency reading as the Actual MKR reading in Table 3 32 The reading should be within the limits shown 19 For all other frequency spans of 5 GHz or more on the HP 8562B repeat steps 8 through 18 for the combinations of HP 8340A CW frequencies and HP 8562B center frequencies as indicated in Table 3 32 3 86 Performance Tests Table 3 32 Frequency Span Accuracy HP 8562A Reading HP 8340A 1 HP 834
209. meter and the measured power is compared to the specification The previously recorded conversion losses are re entered BNC CABLE ASSY SYNTHESIZED SPECTRUM REF SWEEPER ore ANALYZER mih bbe e abt abs dh JO ui MEASURING RECEIVER 900000 m coonoo ATTENUATOR Figure 3 24 IF Input Amplitude Test Setup 3 105 Performance Tests EQUIPMENT Synthesized Sweeper HP 8340A Measuring HP 8902A Power Sensor ss eret ees a oar ae e p eer b dene M tan eie amp HP 8484A 50 MHz Reference Attenuator HP 11708A supplied with HP 8484A Adapters NXf tO SMAWf cub ee oce P VU E HP 1250 1772 Type APC35 f to APC35 f HP 5061 5311 Cables 122 em A8 inj suo oue Rue AR SR VOR VE S V ee HP 10503A SMA 6l cni 24 In oue arro DL eg ASIAM eei eue HP 8120 1578 PROCEDURE 1 Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 3 24 The HP 8562A B provides the frequency reference for the HP 8340A 2 On the HP 8562A B press the PRESET key 3 On the HP 8562A B pres the AMPLITUDE key LOG dB DIV the 1 key the dB key and the MARKER ON key 4 Press the MIXER EXT key the SPAN key ZERO SPAN the EXT key AMPTD COR
210. n 100 ms Spectral Purity Noise sidebands 30 kHz offset lt 100 20logN dBc Hz N is the harmonic mixing mode The desired 1st LO harmonic is always higher than the tuned frequency by the 1st IF frequency 3 9107 GHz for the 1 kHz to 29 GHz band and 310 7 MHz for all other bands HP 8562 2805A amp Below HP 8562B 2809A amp Below 1 7 Introducing the 8562A B Rev 25FEBS8 nd Table 1 1 HP 8562A B Specifications 2 of 8 FREQUENCY Continued Frequency Span Range Internal Mixing 0 Hz 2 5 kHz x Nt to 19 25 GHz Opt 026 to 23 75 GHz over the 10 division CRT horizontal axis variable in approximately 176 increments or in a 12 5 sequence Minimum span 2 5 kHz x NT lt 59 External Mixing Accuracy Spans gt 10 kHz Resolution Bandwidths 3 dB Range 100 Hz to 1 MHz selectable in a 1 3 10 sequence and 2 MHzt Accuracy 1 and 2 MHz RES BW lt 259 300 kHz to 300 Hz RES BW lt 10 100 Hz RES BW lt 30 Selectivity 60 dB 3 dB bandwidth ratio 151 Bandwidth Shape Synchronously tuned 4 pole filters Video Bandwidth Post detection low pass filter averages lt layed noise for a smooth trace Rauge 1 Hzto 3 MHz in a 1 3 10 sequence MEASUREMENT RANGE Maximum Safe Input Power Average Continuous Power input attenuation gt 10 dB Peak Pulse Po
211. n be ordered by option number when you order the analyzer Some of the options are also available as kits that can be ordered and installed after you have received your HP 8562 1 10 Second IF Output Option 001 This option provides an output for the second IF 310 7 MHz at rear panel connector J10 1 11 Rack Mount Flange Kit Option 908 This option provides the parts necessary to mount the HP 8562A B in an HP System II cabinet or in a standard 19 inch 4826 mm equipment rack Option 908 is also available as a kit HP Part Number 5062 0800 1 12 Rack Mount Flange Kit With Handles Option 909 Option 909 is the same as Option 908 but includes front handles for added convenience Option 909 is also available as a kit HP Part Number 5062 1900 Introducing the HP 8562A B SPECTRUM ANALYZEN Tru da INSTRUMENT State YOL f ETE Cr CE Gi am T CONTROL CEECEE GE OGGE ud Dea os UD OG sc s Nub due de Gm ae LC CO C E 5 e 9 E SL L3 n 8562 ADAPTER HP Part Number 1250 0780 e 502 TERMINATION HP Part Number 1810 0118 LINE POWER CABLE Refer to Table 2 2 ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED BUT NOT SHOWN Standard Front Cover HP 5061 9086 23 cm
212. n the carton Seal the shipping container securely with strong nylon adhesive tape Mark the shipping container FRAGILE HANDLE WITH to assure careful handling Retain copies of all shipping papers 4 4 Table 4 1 HP Spectrum Analyzer Sales and Service Offices 1 of 2 IN THE UNITED STATES California Hewlett Packard Co P O Box 4230 1421 South Manhattan Ave Fullerton CA 92631 714 999 6700 Hewlett Packard Co 333 Logue Ave Mountain View CA 94040 415 969 0880 Colorado Hewlett Packard Co 24 Inverness Place East Englewood CO 80112 303 649 5000 Georgia Hewlett Packard Co P O Box 105005 2000 South Park Place Atlanta 30339 404 955 1500 Illinois Hewlett Packard Co 5201 Tollview Drive Rolling Meadows IL 60008 312 285 9800 New Jersey Hewlett Packard Co 120 W Century Road Paramus NJ 07653 201 265 5000 Texas Hewlett Packard Co 930 E Campbell Rd Richardson TX 75081 214 231 6101 IN AUSTRALIA Hewlett Packard Australia Ltd 31 41 Joseph Street Blackburn Victoria 3130 895 2895 IN CANADA Hewlett Packard Canada Ltd 17500 South Service Road Trans Canada Highway Kirkland Quebec H9J 2X8 514 697 4232 IN FRANCE Hewlett Packard France F 91947 Les Ulis Cedex Orsay 6 907 78 25 IN GERMAN FEDERAL REPUBLIC Hewlett Packard GmbH Vertriebszentrale Frankfurt Berner Strasse 117 Postfach 560 140 D 6000 Frankfurt 56 0611 50 04 1 I
213. ncertainty Test Setup Pulse digitization uncertainty is specified in the 2 MHz RES BW setting only for HP 8562A spectrum analyzers with serial prefix of 2805A and above and for HP 8562B spectrum analyzers with serial prefix of 2809A and above 3 62 HP 8562A 2805A amp Below HP 8562B 2809A amp Below Rev 25FEB88 Performance Tests oe EQUIPMENT Synthesized Sweeper HP 8340A Pulse Function Generator OILI HP 8116A Adapters Type N m to APC 3 5 f not necessary for Option 026 HP 1250 1744 APC 3 5 f to APC 3 5 f 2 required for Option 026 5061 5311 Cables 122 cm 48 in 2 required HP 10503A APC3591em 36im 1111111 HP 8120 4921 PROCEDURE 1 Connect the equipment as shown in figure 3 14 2 Press INSTR PRESET on the HP 8340A Set the HP 8340A controls as follows CW MEER CT IEEE RTT TTA 2500 MHz PO WER LEVEL rum EU Lu 15 dBm MODULATION dete te ere tum RE PULSE Gein laa poe ee ON ee INT FREQUENCY STANDARD SWITCH rear panel EXT e 3 Set the HP 8116A controls as follows FUNCTION en hu R ohhh dot BAe dee PULSE Qc PAM E DM M 144 kHz UM MONROE MR MED 200 ns AME E Ea UE Sx a du uu ped LE Ir s ek 5 0V ic Bue P
214. ng within its specifications perform the Operation Verification tests in Chapter 3 Performance Tests Then use the Operating Manual HP Part Number 08562 90001 to learn how to use the HP 8562A B If the HP 8562A B has been in use and you want to verify that it is operating correctly or to solve an apparent problem Perform the Trace Alignment and Reference Level Calibration procedures given in Chapter 2 Preparation for Use If you have the necessary test equipment perform the Operation Verification tests in Chapter 3 Performance Tests to verify that the unit is operating within its specifications If there is an apparent problem read Chapter 4 Help for hints on what may be wrong and how to solve the problem and instructions for calling HP for additional help Manual Terms and Conventions Words in this manual that appear in brackets refer to softkeys that appear on the screen Keys that appear on the front panel of the analyzer appear CAPITALIZED Italic type indicates information specific to an HP 8562A or HP 8562B analyzer Printing History Each new edition of this manual incorporates all material updated since the previous edition Manual change sheets may be issued between editions allowing you to correct or insert information in the current edition The part number of this manual changes only when a new edition is published Minor corrections or additions may be made as the manual is reprinted between editions
215. nto the HP 8902A 20 Adjust the the POWER LEVEL key on the HP 8340A 1 for a 23 dBm reading on the HP 8902A display 21 Disconnect the power sensor from the directional coupler Connect the directional coupler directly to the HP 8562A B RF INPUT using an adapter 22 Set the HP 8562A B center frequency to the same frequency as the HP 8340A 1 Press the MARKER OFF key 23 Omit this step if spectrum analyzer is an HP 8562B On the HP 85624 set the reference level to 20 dBm then press the following keys the PEAK SEARCH key the INT key and PRESEL AUTO Wait for the PEAKING message to disappear 3 90 Performance Tests p X ie emat iX X EA ESSu 0 u t ER fh SS d 24 On the HP 8562A B press the PEAK SEARCH key the MKR gt key and MARKER gt REF LVL Wait for the completion of a new sweep and press the following keys MARKER DELTA the FREQUENCY key and the T key 25 On the HP 8340A 2 press the RF key on 26 On the HP 8562A B press the PEAK SEARCH key 27 Adjust the the POWER LEVEL key of the HP 8540A 2 for a A MKR reading of 0 0 dB 0 17 dB 28 On the HP 8562A B press the FREQUENCY key and the T key Wait for the completion of a new sweep and press the PEAK SEARCH key Record the HP 8562A B A MKR reading in Table 3 33 as the Upper Product Suppression The suppression should be greater than 75 dB 29 Press the following keys on the HP 8562A B
216. o place the signal displayed on the HP 8562A B at the reference level 19 Press the AMPLITUDE key MORE IF ADJUST and ADJ CURR IF STATE on the HP 8562A B Wait for the IF ADJUST STATUS message to disappear before continuing e 20 Adjust the HP 3335A frequency for a peak signal amplitude on the HP 8562A B display 21 Adjust the HP 3335A AMPLITUDE to place the signal displayed on the HP 8562A B at the reference level NOTE If itis necessary to set the HP 3335A AMPLITUDE below 26 dBm in step 21 insufficient amplitude range will occur If this is the case put 10 dB of attenuation between the HP 3335A output and the input of the mixer Continue with step 21 22 Set the HP 3335A AMPTD INCR to 60 dB Press the AMPLITUDE key and the key 23 On the HP 8562A B press the MARKER ON key and MARKER DELTA 24 Press the 1 key on the 3335A 25 Decrease the HP 3335A frequency until the HP 8562A B reads 0 dB 02 dB Record the HP 3335A frequency as the Lower 60 dB Frequency in Table 3 9 for the current resolution bandwidth 26 Increase the HP 3335A frequency until the HP 8562A B MKR reads 0 dB 02 dB Record the 3335A frequency as the Upper 60 dB Frequency in Table 3 9 e 27 Subtract the Lower 60 dB Frequency from the Upper 60 dB Frequency and record the result as the 60 dB Bandwidth in Table 3 9 3 23 Performance Tests E c d 28 Divide the 60 dB Bandwidth by the 3 dB Bandwi
217. ols as follows Dias E a s cas d 200 kHz DIY asc i ueque a Vae aw erunt s aun teh 5096 nl 500 mV GER X I ud ed ap poe aep om 0 FUNCTION awe whe pH Go eos TRIANGLE CNW i qos ea I deum wed qui Sls dot iit 300 MHz POWER LEVEL ak esce Fox ea woe Ov wea s 5 dBm MODULATION AM On the HP 8562A B press the TRIG key and EXTERNAL HP 8562A 2805A amp Below 8562B 2809A amp Below Performance Tests 7 Adjust the HP 8116A frequency for 10 cycles evenly spaced relative to the vertical graticule lines on the analyzer For example if the peak of the first cycle is 0 2 divisions to the right of the first graticule line the peak of the tenth cycle should be set 0 2 divisions to the right of the tenth graticule line 8 Read the frequency displayed on the HP 5316A Calculate the measured sweep time using the equation below Record the result as the Measured Sweep Time in Table 3 36 for the 50 ps Sweep Time Setting The Measured Sweep Time should lie within the limits shown in Table 3 36 Measured Sweep Time 10 HP 5316A Frequency Reading 9 Repeat steps 7 and 8 above for sweep times between 100 us and 20 ms listed in Table 3 36 Set the initial HP 8116A frequency according to the equation below Initial HP 8116A Frequency 10 Sweep Time Setting 10 Disconnect the BNC
218. ominal EN dB dB dB dB 0 0 Table 3 20 Linear Scale Fidelity HP 3335A dB from 4 MKR Reading Measurement Amplitude Ref Level Uncertainty e dBm nominal nominal dB 0 0 033 0 033 0 034 0 034 0 037 0 037 0 041 0 041 0 046 0 047 0 054 0 054 0 064 0 065 0 078 0 079 T 0 118 0 12 HP 8562A 2805A amp Below 8562B 2809A amp Below 3 47 Performance Tests 3 32 Residual FM SPECIFICATION Residual FM 50 Hz x N p p in 100 ms in zero span RELATED ADJUSTMENT There is no related adjustment procedure for this performance test DESCRIPTION The Residual FM Test measures the inherent short term instability of the spectrum analyzer s LO system With the analyzer placed in zero span a stable signal is applied to the input and slope detected on the linear portion of the IF bandwidth filter skirt Any instability in the LO system transfers to the IF signal in the mixing process The test determines the slope of the IF filter in Hz dB and then measures the signal amplitude variation caused by the residual FM Multiplying these two values gives the residual FM in Hz SYNTHES ZED SPECTRUM ANALYZER SIGNAL GENERATOR EM C3 aoee EH ooQeQgono58 8 TYPE N CABLE ASSY Figure 3 10 Residual FM Test Setup EQUIPMENT Synthesized Signal Generator HP 8663A Adapter f to APC 3 5 f Option 026 HP 1250 1745
219. on HP 8562A 2805A amp Below HP 8562B 2809A amp Below 1 9 Introducing the HP 8562A Rev 25 88 Table 1 1 HP 85624 B Specifications 4 of 8 DISPLAY RANGE Continued Calibration Log Linear Reference Level Range Log adjustable in 0 1 dB steps Frequency Band 10 kHz to 29 GHz 2 75 GHz to 6 46 GHz 5 86 GHz to 13 0 GHz 12 4 GHz to 19 7 GHz 19 1 GHz to 22 0 GHz Opt 026 19 1 GHz to 26 5 GHz Linear settable in 1 steps Frequency Band 10 kHz to 2 9 GHz 2 75 GHz to 6 46 GHz 5 86 GHz to 13 0 GHz 12 4 GHz to 19 7 GHz 19 1 GHz to 22 0 GHz Opt 026 19 1 GHz to 26 5 GHz REFERENCE LEVEL UNCERTAINTY Frequency Response with 10 dB input attenuation In Band Frequency Range 1 kHz to 29 GHz 2 9 GHz to 6 46 GHz 6 46 GHz to 13 0 GHz 13 0 GHz to 19 7 GHz 19 7 GHz to 22 0 GHz Opt 026 19 7 GHz to 26 5 GHz Referenced to CAL OUTPUT 300 MHz 1 kHz to 22 0 GHz Opt 026 1 kHz to 26 5 GHz 1 10 AMPLITUDE Continued AMPLITUDE ACCURACY These scales are available only in sweeptimes gt 30 ms digital display mode R NN NN 10 dB Divfor 90 dB display from reference level 5 dB Div for 50 dB display expanded from reference level 2 dB Div for 20 dB display expanded from reference level 1 dB Div for 10dB display expanded from reference level 10 of reference level per division when calibrated in voltage
220. ontrols as follows OUEN Ge UE LLL DEMEURE d 40 MHz M 3 dBm giai M MNT EMI 1 dB 02 On theHP 8562A B press PRESET AMPLITUDE MORE IF ADJUST and IF ADJ OFF Set the controls as follows ir e tir 40 MHz 0 Hz e Pee ek LM EIE 1dB ap re ON ie Aeon een CADENA a 1 MHz if HP 8562A B has serial prefix 27504 or below E H T ORAL Rp 300 Hz er 50 ms A Adjust the HP 3335A output amplitude to place the signal two to three divisions 2 dB to 3 dB below the reference level Set the HP 3335A AMPTD INCR to 3 dB On the HP 8562A B press AMPLITUDE MORE IF ADJUST and ADJ CURR IF STATE Wait for the IF ADJUST STATUS message to disappear before continuing Ln nN Adjust the HP 3335A frequency to peak the signal amplitude displayed on the HP 8562 Several minor peaks might be observed when finding the peak signal amplitude for the 2 MHz RES BW Setting Be sure that the peak found 18 the peak with the highest amplitude 3 22 HP 85624 2805A amp Below HP 8562B 2809A amp Below Rev 25FEB88 Performance Tests w XC 7 Onthe HP 3335A press AMPLITUDE and 1 8 On the HP 8562A B press Marker ON and MARKER DELTA 9 On the HP 3335A press 1 10 Increase the HP 3335A frequency until the HP 8562A B A reads 0 dB 0 02 dB In Table 3 8 record t
221. or codes can correspond to the same error message These codes are used by service personnel to troubleshoot the spectrum analyzer It might be possible to eliminate some error messages by performing a REALIGN LO amp IF sequence Follow this procedure 1 Press the SAVE key and SAVE STATE 2 Store the current state in a convenient STATE register 3 Press the PRESET key and REALIGN LO amp IF Wait for the sequence to finish 4 Press the RECALL key and RECALL STATE 5 Recall the previously stored STATE If an error message is still displayed refer to Chapter 4 of this manual Help If it is necessary to send the spectrum analyzer in for repair note any error messages by the error code This will provide useful information to the person troubleshooting the analyzer The HP 8562A B can display only one error message at one time although more error messages may exist To check for more error messages proceed as follows 1 Press the RECALL key and MORE 2 Press RECALL ERRORS An error message will be displayed in the active function block 3 Use the 1 and keys to scroll through any other error messages which might exist making note of each error code Error messages and their associated error codes are listed below in numeric order ERR 100 NO PWRON Power on state is invalid default state is loaded ERR 101 NO STATE X State to be RECALLed not valid or not SAVEd ERR 106 ABORTED Current operation is aborted HP IB par
222. ord the MKR frequency at each point in Table 3 24 The marker readings should be within the limits shown HP 8562A 2805A amp Below HP 8562B 2809A amp Below 3 59 Performance Tests Table 3 23 Frequency Readout Accuracy HP 8340A 8562A Marker Reading nt Uncertainty 2 045 17 075 33 675 83 675 167 375 1670 375 4 000068 2 67 4 00053 17 7 4 00106 343 4 00256 843 4 0052 168 0 4 050 1 671 9 000088 3 92 9 00055 18 95 9 00108 35 55 9 00258 85 55 9 0052 169 25 9 050 1672 95 16 000116 5 67 16 00058 20 70 16 00111 37 3 16 00261 87 3 16 0052 171 0 16 050 1674 0 21 000136 26 92 21 00060 z21 95 21 00113 38 55 21 00263 88 55 21 0052 172 25 21 050 z1675 25 HP 8562A 2805A amp Below 8562B 2809A amp Below Performance Tests e Table 3 24 Frequency Count Marker Accuracy HP 8340A HP 8562A Marker Frequency Measurement Frequency Frequency Uncertainty 1 50000606 4 00001606 9 00003611 16 00006416 21 00008421 HP 8562 2805A amp Below 85628 2809A amp Below 3 61 Performance Tests Rev 25FEB88 3 36 Pulse Digitization Uncertainty SPECIFICATION Pulse digitization uncertainty PDU for pulse repetition frequency PRF gt 720 Sweeptime LOG 1 25 dB for RES BW 21 MHz 3 dB for 2 MHz RES BW LINEAR 446 of reference level for RES BW 1 MHz 12 of reference level for 2 MHz RES BW RELATE
223. perating and Programming Manual the Pocket Operating Guide and the Quick Reference Guide CERTIFICATION Hewlett Packard Company certifies that this product met its published specifications at the time of shipment from the factory Hewlett Packard further certifies that its calibration measurements are traceable to the United States National Bureau of Standards to the extent allowed by the Bureau s calibration facility and to the calibration facilities of the other International Standards Organization members WARRANTY This Hewlett Packard instrument product is warranted against defects in material and workmanship for a period of one year from date of shipment During the warranty period Hewlett Packard Company will at its option either repair or replace products which prove to be defective For warranty service or repair this product must be returned to a service facility designated by HP Buyer shall prepay shipping charges to HP and HP shall pay shipping charges to return the product to Buyer However Buyer shall pay all shipping charges duties and taxes for products returned to HP from another country HP warrants that its software and firmware designated by HP for use with an instrument will execute its programming instructions when properly installed on that instrument HP does not warrant that the operation of the instrument or software or firmware will be uninterrupted or error free LIMITATION OF WARRANTY The foregoin
224. plug only into a socket outlet that has a protective earth contact DO NOT defeat the earth grounding protection by using an extension cable power cable or autotransformer without a protective ground conductor if you are using an autotransformer make sure its common terminal is connected to the protective earth contact of the power Source outlet socket 2 19 Various power cables are available to connect the HP 8562A B to the types of ac power outlets unique to specific geographic areas The cable appropriate for the area to which the analyzer is originally shipped is included with the unit You can order additional ac power cables for use in different areas Table 2 2 lists the available ac power cables illustrates the plug configurations and identifies the geographic area in which each cable is appropriate Preparation for Use Table 2 2 AC Power Cables Available Cable HP Part Number Cable Length cm inches For Use In Country Plug Description 8120 1351 Straight BS1363A 22 Mint Gray Great Britain 8120 1703 90 22 Mint Gray Cyprus Nigeria Rhodesia Singapore So Africa India 8120 1369 Straight NZSS198 ASCI12 201 79 Australia 8120 0696 90 221 87 New Zealand 8120 1689 Straight CEE7 Y11 201 79 Mint Gray East and West 8120 1692 90 201 79 Mint Gray Europe Saudi Arabia United Arab Republic unpolarized in many nations 8120 1348 Straight NEMAS 15P 203 80 United States 8120 1398
225. pment order by the manual part number which appears on the manual s title page 1 16 Accessories Available 1 17 A number of accessories are available from Hewlett Packard to help you configure your HP 8562A B for your specific needs 1 18 HP 85629A Test and Adjustment Module The HP 85629A Test and Adjustment Module when connected to the rear panel of the HP 8562A B assists the user in the testing and repairing of the analyzer Four procedures are made available to the user Functional Tests Adjustment Procedures Diagnostic troubleshooting Procedures Automatic Alignment Routines 1 19 The module displays menus procedures and results on the spectrum analyzer CRT During testing with the module the spectrum analyzer controls other instruments over HP IB reads data and formats that data for the user In addition to a large program stored in ROM the module has the necessary hardware for troubleshooting This includes dc signal injection and detection 1 20 Camera Adapter Camera adapter HP Part Number 5041 7272 enables the use of a camera in making photographs of the display Compatible with Tektronix C 5C and C 7 cameras 1 21 Preamplifier The HP 8447D Preamp provides a minimum of 26 dB gain from 100 kHz to 1 3 GHz to enhance measurements of very low level signals 1 22 Preamplifier The HP 10855A Preamp provides a minimum of 22 dB gain from 2 MHz to 1300 MHz to enhance measurements of very low level signals I
226. power is measured with a power meter The analyzer is placed in external mixing mode and harmonic locked to N 6 This allows the broadest tuning range of the IST LO MEASURING RECEIVER SPECTRUM ANALYZER uad coonuo Figure 3 22 IST LO Output Amplitude Test Setup EQUIPMENT Measuring 8902A Power Sensor ce dive Panga age BY ees aed al act ees HP 8485A NOTE The results of this test are valid only if the ambient temperature is between 20 C and 30 C 3 96 Performance Tests PROCEDURE l Zero the HP 8902A and calibrate the HP 8485A Power Sensor at 50 MHz as described in the HP 8902A Operation Manual Enter the power sensor s 3 GHz calibration factor into the HP 8902A Set the HP 8902A for dBm output LOG display Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 3 22 Press the PRESET key the SPAN key and ZERO SPAN on the HP 8562A B and set the controls as follows MIXING uae mene bem gue e os EXT LOCK HARMONIC muss ere Va a dU AS e SW Te sr c 6 CENTER ee Se 18 GHz STEP EE ax e eh us ES pr ae den lt 1200 MHZ Read the RF Power displayed on the HP 8902A and record it as the 3 000 GHz en
227. put attenuation In Band Frequency Range HP 8562A HP 8562B 1 kHz to 2 9 GHz lt 1 2 1 2 dB 2 9 GHz to 646 GHz 2 dB x20 dB 646 GHz to 130 GHz 3 5 dB 12 5 dB 13 0 GHz to 197 GHz i40 dB 30 dB 19 7 GHz to 22 0 GHz lt 4 3 dB lt 4 3 dB Referenced to CAL OUTPUT 300 MHz 1 kHz to 22 0 GHz x5 dB x5 1 dB These scales are available only in sweep times gt 30 ms digital display mode Introducing the HP 8562A B Table 1 1 HP 85624 B Specifications 5 of 8 AMPLITUDE ACCURACY Continued HP 8562A HP 8562B 0 5 dB 0 5 dB Band Switching Uncertainty Additional uncertainty added to In Band Frequency Response for measurements between any two bands lt 0 3 dB Calibrator Uncertainty 10 dBm 300 MHz Input Attenuator Switching Uncertainty 20 to 70 dB settings referenced to 10 dB input attenuation Frequency Range 1 kHz to 2 9 GHz x 0 6 dB 10 dB step x 1 8 dB max 12 4 GHz to 194 GHz x 1 3 dB 10 dB step 2 5 dB 19 4 GHz to 22 0 GHz x 1 8 dB 10 dB step 3 5 dB max IF Gain Uncertainty 10 dB 0 dBm to 80 dBm reference levels with 10 dB input attenuation Resolution Bandwidth Switching Uncertainty Referenced to 300 kHz resolution bandwidth IF Alignment
228. quencies as indicated in Table 3 24 For each pair of settings press the PEAK SEARCH key and record the MKR frequency at each point in Table 3 24 The marker readings should be within the limits shown 3 59 Performance Tests Table 3 23 Frequency Readout Accuracy HP 8340A HP 8562A Marker Reading Measurement Frequency Uncertainty 1 5 GHz 2 045 1 5 GHz 17 075 1 5 GHz 33 675 1 5 GHz 83 675 1 5 GHz 167 375 1 5 GHz 1670 375 4 GHz 267 4 GHz 177 4 GHz 34 3 4 GHz 843 4 GHz 1680 4 GHz 1671 90 GHz 3 92 9 0 18 95 9 0 GHz 35 55 90 GHz 185 55 9 0 GHz 169 25 90 GHz 1672 95 160 GHz 567 160 GHz 120 70 160 GHz 37 3 16 0 GHz i873 160 GHz 171 0 16 0 GHz 1674 0 21 0 GHz 6 92 21 0 GHz 21 95 21 0 GHz 138 55 21 0 GHz 188 55 21 0 GHz 1172 25 21 0 GHz 1675 25 1 499942 1 500058 1 49948 1 50052 1 49895 1 50105 1 49745 1 50255 14948 1 5052 1 450 1 550 3 999932 4 000068 3 99947 4 00053 3 99894 4 00106 3 99744 400256 3 9948 4 0052 3 950 4 050 8 99991 9 000088 8 99945 9 00055 8 99892 9 00108 8 99742 900258 8 9948 9 0052 8 950 9 050 15 99984 16 000116 15 99942 16 00058 15 99889 16 00111 15 99739 16 00261 15 9948 16 0052 15 950 16 050 20 999864 21 0001
229. r portion of the IF bandwidth filter skirt Any instability in the LO system transfers to the IF signal in the mixing process The test determines the slope of the IF filter in Hz dB and then measures the signal amplitude variation caused by the residual FM Multiplying these two values gives the residual FM in Hz SPECTRUM SYNTHESIZED ANALYZER SIGNAL GENERATOR N CABLE ASSY Figure 3 10 Residual FM Test Setup EQUIPMENT Synthesized Signal Generator HP 8663A Cables Type N 183 cm 72 in ohuna wow d x ew WARS Ee ace PR wham HP 11500A 3 48 Performance Tests EAR AER PROCEDURE Determining the IF Filter Slope l 2 Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 3 10 Set the HP 8663A controls as follows FREQUENCY bs yos die ms e do EUR RE Sk er di R R 2500 MHz CWOUTPUT e eee ECRIRE ERE Med ee RC We Wel 10 dBm On the HP 8562A B press the PRESET key and set the controls as follows CENTER FREQ 45 7 asas Deae 25 GHz SPAN An uL ede 1 MHz REP LEVEL Ran Seo GHIA ERE PUT eb tp deo 5 dBm dB DIV L sr iode dus RET debes dB RES HW fr 3 kHz On the HP 8562A B press the PEAK SEARCH key SIGNAL ON and the SPAN key Press the key six times Press the BW key the key the kHz key the MKR key MARKER gt CF MARKER RE
230. r and low pass filter provide the signal for measuring second harmonic distortion The low pass filter eliminates any harmonic distortion originating at the signal source The HP 8562A B s frequency response is calibrated out for the gt 2 9 GHz test The synthesized sweeper is phase locked to the spectrum analyzer s 10 MHz reference BNC CABLE ASSY 10 MHz REF SYNTHESIZED raEQuENCY SPECTRUM SWEEPER IN OUT STANDARD EXT ANALYZER A um gogo c asses can Os eo EEEE 2 mee 9090 ADAPTER ADAPTER ADAPTER 50 MHz LOW PASS FILTER BNC CABLE ASSY Figure 3 15 Second Harmonic Distortion Test Setup Band 0 e Mixer Level Input Level Input Attenuation 8562 2805A amp Below 8562B 2809A amp Below 3 65 Performance Tests BNC CABLE ASSY FREQUENCY SPECTRUM IN OUT SYNTHES ZED SWEEPER ADAPTER 4 1 GHz LOW PASS FILTERS APC 3 5 CABLE assy POWER SPLITTER MEASUR NG RECEIVER SENSOR Figure 3 16 Second Harmonic Distortion Test Setup Bands 1 4 EQUIPMENT Synthesized Sweeper HP 8340A Measuring Receiver HP 8902A Power Sensor 3 vo ole sex e HP 8485A 50 MHz low pass filter HP 0955 0306 4 1 GHz low pass filter 2 required HP 360D geo aveo nete sax tres
231. r in the active function area 3 4 Performance Tests e Table 3 4 Functional Test Validity Matrix HP 8562A B Serial Prefix 8562 2642A HP 8562B 2640A Functional Test Validity Functional Test HP 85629A Firmware Revision Nose Sieb mero sr emm e Y eant Y Image Mult Out of Band Resp BANK E eA E i se emer maane Y TEE V Test results are valid I Test results are invalid 3 Press Config to enter the configuration menu and verify that the TAM is properly configured and that any test equipment is properly connected to the HP IB Refer to the System Configuration Menu section of the TAM Supplement for more information on configuring external test equipment If a printer is e configured and available Functional Test results will be sent to the printer instead of the screen If everything is properly configured return to the main menu and press Test Performance Tests a EE 4 Pressing All Test executes all the tests listed in the order shown If only one test is to be performed rotate the knob until the arrow points to the desired test and press Execute 5 The Repeat mode can be used to find suspected intermittent problems If a printer is configured and connected to HP IB Repeat will perform the selected test continuously until Abor
232. rata 20 dBm SPAN icu Vos RER RTE avide diat di mous Que duds 10 kHz CE STEP 245 ieu Ee dew E a E e br eta ae 50 kHz RESBW eu Sib Sd IPSE AG MEAS PN e Neg RUE 1 kHz VIDEO BW Cic teur oe on eral LE aah PU a a tal des oy a eR Os 100 Hz 5 Zero the HP 8902A and calibrate the HP 8485A power sensor at 50 MHz as described in the HP 8902A Operation Manual Enter the power sensor s 3 GHz calibration factor into the HP 8902A 6 Connect the HP 8485A Power Sensor to the output of the directional coupler HP 8562A 2805A amp Below HP 8562B 2809A amp Below 3 89 Performance Tests lann 7 On the HP 8340A 1 press the RF key on Adjust the the POWER LEVEL key for a 23 dBm reading on the HP 8902 display 8 Disconnect the power sensor from the directional coupler Connect the directional coupler directly to the HP 8562A B INPUT 500 using an adapter Do not use a cable 9 On the HP 8562A B press the following keys the PEAK SEARCH key the MKR key and MARKER REF LVL Wait for a new sweep to finish then press the following keys MARKER DELTA the FREQUENCY key and the key 10 On the HP 8340A 2 press the RF key on 11 On the HP 8562A B press the PEAK SEARCH key 12 Adjust the the POWER LEVEL key of the HP 8340A 2 fora MKR reading of 0 0 dB 0 17 dB 13 Press the following HP 8562A B keys the MARKER OFF key the PEAK SEARCH key MARKER DELTA the FREQUENCY key and the 1 key Wait
233. ress the AMPLITUDE key MORE IF ADJUST and ADJ CURR IF STATE Wait for the IF ADJUST STATUS message to disappear and press the TRIG key SINGLE and the PEAK SEARCH key Record the A MKR amplitude in the Actuala MKR Reading column of Table 3 7 The A MKR reading should be within the limits shown 6 Repeat step 5 for each set of frequency SPAN and RES BW settings in Table 3 7 Table 3 7 Resolution Bandwidth Switching and IF Alignment Uncertainty A MKR Reading Measurement Uncertainty Actual 4B Max dB dB 0 27 The 2 MHz RES BW setting is specified and tested only for HP 8562A analyzers with serial prefix of 2805A and above and for HP 8562B analyzers with serial prefix 2809A and above 3 20 HP 8562A 2805A amp Below HP 8562B 2809A amp Below Rev 25FEB88 Performance Tests 3 28 Resolution Bandwidth Accuracy and Selectivity SPECIFICATION Accuracy 100 Hz RES BW lt 3095 300 Hz to 300 kHz RES BW lt 1006 1 MHz and 2 MHz RES BW lt 25 Selectivity 60 dB BW 3 dB BW 15 1 RELATED ADJUSTMENT There is no related adjustment procedure for this performance test DESCRIPTION The accuracy of each of the analyzer s 3 dB resolution bandwidths is measured The 60 dB bandwidths are then determined and the results used to calculate the selectivity for each bandwidth se
234. rformance Verification verifies that analyzer performance is within all specifications of Table 1 1 It is time consuming and requires extensive test equipment Performance Verification consists of all the performance tests See Table 3 1 for a complete listing of the performance tests Table 3 1 Performance Tests Paragraph Number 10 MHz Reference Output Accuracy Calibrator Amplitude and Frequency Accuracy Displayed Average Noise Level Resolution Bandwidth Switching and IF Alignment Uncertainty Resolution Bandwidth Accuracy and Selectivity Input Attenuator Accuracy IF Gain Uncertainty Scale Fidelity Residual FM Noise Sidebands Image Multiple and Out of Band Responses Frequency Readout Accuracy Frequency Count Marker Accuracy Pulse Digitization Uncertainty Second Harmonic Distortion Frequency Response Frequency Span Accuracy Third Order Intermodulation Distortion Gain Compression First LO Output Amplitude Sweep Time Accuracy Residual Responses IF Input Amplitude Accuracy 3 1 Performance 5 eee 3 5 What is Operation Verification 3 6 Operation Verification consists of a subset of the performance tests which test only the most critical specifications of the analyzer It requires much less time and equipment than the Performance Verification and is recommended for verification of overall instrument operation either as part of incoming inspection or after repair Operation Verification consist
235. rial number label is attached to the rear of the analyzer The serial number has two parts the prefix the first four numbers and a letter and the suffix the last five numbers See Figure 1 2 1 39 The first four numbers of the prefix are a code that identifies the date of the last major design change that is incorporated in your analyzer The letter identifies the country in which the unit was manufactured The five digit suffix is a sequential number and is different for each unit Whenever you list the serial number or refer to it in obtaining information about your analyzer be sure to use the complete number including the full prefix and the suffix Introducing the HP 8562A B SERIAL NUMBER fX PREFIX SUFFIX 2203A01726 OPT 7 HEWLETT PACKARD LXI MADE its ity GDA Figure 1 2 Typical Serial Number Label 1 40 Specifications and Characteristics 1 41 Table 1 1 lists the specifications for the HP 8562A B Unless stated otherwise all specifications describe the analyzer s warranted performance under the following conditions a five minute warmup from ambient conditions b autocoupled controls c preselector peaked at the signal of interest d digital trace display e IF ADJ ON f REF LVL CAL adjusted g IST LO OUTPUT terminated in 50 ohms h 2ND IF OUTPUT Option 001 analvzers terminated in 50 ohms i one year calibration cycle J environmental requirements met 1 42 After
236. rint Date February 1988 This supplement updates the following document HP 8562 Operating and Programming Manual Manual HP Part Number 08562 90001 Manual Print Date February 1987 What Are Manual Updating Supplements A Manual Updating Supplement keeps your manual up to date The supplement is shipped with the manual that it modifies The supplement consists of a cover page a list of manual modifications and various replacement and or additional pages for your manual COVER PAGE The cover page of each Manual Updating Supplement gives the supplement part number and its print date The supplement print date corresponds to the revision date of the supplement e g Rev 12JUL87 found at the bottom of the cover page The revision date of the supplement is updated each time the supplement changes but the supplement part number stays the same For each manual part number there is only one Manual Updating Supplement part number MANUAL MODIFICATIONS The information that immediately follows the cover page tells you what modifications to make to your manual These modifications are organized by page number and serial prefix Perform all modifications that apply to your instrument In addition to modifications to the existing manual you may be instructed to replace pages in your manual or add new pages Refer to the information below if you need clarification of page replacement or adding new pages Rev 25FEB88 1 Supplement
237. ry little equipment or operator attention Hard copy results are possible with an HP IB printer Because these functional tests have greater measurement uncertainties than their related performance tests they should not be used as part of a calibration The greater measurement uncertainties in the functional tests are a result of the limited set of test equipment 3 19 Table 3 2 lists the Functional Tests their corresponding Performance Tests and the types of test equipment required for each test The recommended test equipment for the Functional Tests is indicated in Table 3 5 with the letter M placed in the Use column Table 3 2 TAM Functional Tests Corresponding Functional Test Performance Test Equipment Required Noise Sidebands None Residual FM None IF Gain Uncertainty Source Scale Fidelity Source Input Attenuator Accuracy Source Frequency Marker Accuracy Source Image Mult Out of Band Resp Source RES BW Accy amp Selectivity Source 20 dB Pad 2nd Harmonic Distortion Source 50 MHz LPF Frequency Span Accuracy Source Gain Compression Source Distortion Source Frequency Response Source Power Meter IST LO OUTPUT Amplitude Power Meter Displayed Average Noise Level 500 Termination Residual Responses 500 Termination Performance Tests _ OC eee 3 20 Spectrum Analyzer TAM Compatibility 3 21 Table 3 3 lists the compatibility rating of each analyzer serial prefix for each TAM firmware revision A
238. s after the automatic RF LO and IF ad justments are completed refer to Appendix A 3 15 Calibration Cycle 3 16 To ensure that the HP 8562A B meets the specifications listed in Table 1 1 Performance Verification should be performed every 12 months 3 17 HP 85629A Functional Tests 3 18 The HP 85629A Test and Adjustment Module TAM can be used to perform several automatic functional tests on the HP 8562 Spectrum Analyzer These tests provide increased confidence in analyzer operation while requiring very little equipment or operator attention Hard copy resuits are possible with an HP IB printer Because these functional tests have greater measurement uncertainties than their related performance tests they should not be used as part of a calibration The greater measurement uncertainties in the functional tests are a result of the limited set of test equipment 3 19 Table 3 2 lists the Functional Tests their corresponding Performance Tests and the types of test equipment required for each test The recommended test equipment for the Functional Tests is indicated in Table 3 5 with the letter M placed in the Use column Table 3 2 TAM Functional Tests Equipment Functional Test Required Noise Sidebands Residual FM IF Gain Uncertainty Scale Fidelity Input Attenuator Accuracy Frequency Marker Accuracy Image Mult Out of Band Resp RES BW Accy amp Selectivity 2nd Harmonic Distortion IST LO OUTPUT Amplitude Displ
239. s of the f ollowing performance tests 3 24 10 MHz Reference Output Accuracy 3 25 Calibrator Amplitude and Frequency Accuracy 3 26 Displayed Average Noise Level 3 27 Resolution Bandwidth Switching Uncertainty 3 28 Resolution Bandwidth Accuracy and Selectivity 3 29 Input Attenuator Accuracy 3 30 IF Gain Uncertainty 3 31 Scale Fidelity 3 32 Residual FM 3 33 Noise Sidebands 3 35 Frequency Readout Accuracy Frequency Count Marker Accuracy 3 37 Second Harmonic Distortion 3 38 Frequency Response 3 7 Before You Start 3 8 There are three things you must do before starting Performance Verification or Operation Verification 1 Switch the analyzer on and let it warm up in accordance with the warmup specification in Table 1 1 2 After the analyzer has warmed up as specified perform the Trace Alignment Procedure and Reference Level Calibration contained in Chapter 2 Preparation for Use See paragraphs 2 22 and 2 23 3 Read the rest of this section before you start any of the tests 3 9 Test Equipment You ll Need 3 10 Table 3 5 lists the recommended test equipment for the performance tests Any equipment that meets the critical specifications given in the table can be substituted for the recommended model s The table also lists the recommended equipment for the analyzer s adjustment procedures which are located in the HP 8562A B Support Manual 3 11 Recording the Test Results 3 12 Record the test results in the Per
240. s the MODULE key to select the TAM s main menu If any error message appears refer to the Error Message section of the HP 85629A Test and Adjustment Module Supplement Error messages will be displayed either in the lower right hand corner of the CRT on the bottom line of the main menu or in the active function area 34 All Serials Rev 25FEB88 Performance Tests Table 3 4 Functional Test Validity Matrix 8562A B Serial Prefix 8562A 2642A to 2750A HP 8562B 2640A to 2750A Functional Test Validity HP 85629A Firmware Revision eT Tet Ie ETT EE G E RE a SE G C E 1 DIT IY III LLL 1 1 1 v v v v T1 1 Emas vv 1 1 17 Gain Compression TOlDistrio v s m __ Displayed Average Noise Level Functional Test All Serials 3 5 Performance Tests Rev 25FEB88 Table 3 4a Functional Test Validity Matrix HP 8562A B Serial Prefix 8562A 2805A amp 2809A HP 8562B 2809A Functional Test Validity Functional Test HP 85629A Firmware Revision ieee IE ICI ME meme v v MC TT NNI
241. sensor s calibration factors into the HP 8902A as indicated in Table 3 29 Frequency Response Band 0 50 MHz 43 Set the HP 8562 controls as follows CENTER FREQ 3 36 sac wiles AER HU RED Sim 50 MHz RES BW res dede ie aede 100 Hz MARKER OFF VIDEO BW ioco ausi aues sexa e RO Divus cabra paw a i d 1Hz 3 74 8562A 2805A amp Below 85628 2809A amp Below Performance Tests 44 Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 3 18 Set the HP 3335A controls as follows FREQUENCY PEE P MUN OA AW dus 50 MBz AMPLITUDE sun DE uU CP wur Qu EROS RECO EORR 4 dBm AMPTD INCR A aR 0 1 dB 45 Enter the power sensor s 50 MHz calibration factor into the HP 8902A 46 Adjust the HP 3335A AMPLITUDE until the HP 8902A display reads the same value as recorded in step 11 Record the HP 3335A amplitude here and in Table 3 30 3335A Amplitude 50 MHz dB 47 Replace the HP 8485A power sensor with the HP 909D 50 ohm termination 48 On the HP 8562A B press the MARKER ON key and MARKER DELTA 49 Set the HP 8562A B CENTER FREQ and HP 3335A FREQUENCY to the frequencies listed in Table 3 30 At each frequency adjust the HP 3335 AMPLITUDE for a amplitude reading of 0 00 0 05 dB Record the HP 3335A AMPLITUDE setting in Table 3 30 as the HP 3335A Amplitude 50 For each of the frequencies in Table 3 30 subtract the HP 3335A
242. ser reset ERR 107 HELLO No HP IB listener is present ERR 108 TIME OUT Analyzer timed out when acting as controller ERR 109 CtrlFail Analyzer unable to take control of the bus ERR 110 NOT CTRL Analyzer is not system controller ERR 111 f ARGMTS Command does not have enough arguments ERR 112 CMD Unrecognized command ERR 113 FREQ NO Command cannot have frequency units ERR 114 TIME NO Command cannot have time units 1 Appendix A Inn ERR ERR ERR ERR ERR ERR ERR ERR ERR ERR ERR ERR ERR RR ERR ERR ERR ERR ERR ERR ERR ERR ERR ERR ERR ERR ERR ERR ERR ERR 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 200 201 250 251 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 ERR 316 ERR ERR 317 318 ERR 321 AMPL UNITS NOP NUM NOP EP NOP UPDN NOP ARG NOP TRC NOP ABLK NOP IBLK NOP STRNG NO BAD DTMD PK WHAT PRE TERM BAD TDF AM FM FAV RMP INT EXT ZERO 227 CURR Pe FULL LAST GRT DSP PLOTONLY PWRON BAD BAD NO PRESL SYSTEM SYSTEM OUTOF RG IRQ YTO UNLK YTO UNLK OFF UNLK XFR UNLK ROL UNLK FREQ ACC FREQ ACC FREQ ACC FREQ ACC FREQ ACC FREQ AGC FREQ ACC FREQ ACC FREQ ACC FREQ ACC FREQ ACC FREQ ACC FREQ ACC FREQ ACC FREQ ACC Command c
243. set of f requency SPAN and RES BW settings in Table 3 7 Table 3 7 Resolution BW Switching and IF Alignment Uncertaint y we mem wem onum wem 300 kHz Measurement Uncertainty dB 3 20 Performance Tests PM UU 3 28 Resolution Bandwidth Accuracy and Selectivity SPECIFICATION Accuracy 100 Hz RES BW lt 30 300 Hz to 300 KHz RES BW lt 10 1 MHz RES BW lt 25 Selectivity 60 dB BW 3 dB BW 151 RELATED ADJUSTMENT There is no related adjustment procedure for this performance test DESCRIPTION The accuracy of each of the instrument s 3 dB resolution bandwidths is measured The 60 dB bandwidths are then determined and the results used to calculate the selectivity for each bandwidth Selectivity 60 dB BW 3 dB BW A frequency synthesizer phase locked to the spectrum analyzer s 10 MHz standard provides 10 7 MHz measurement signal A mixer upconverts this signal with the spectrum analyzer s 300 MHz CAL OUTPUT to produce a 310 7 MHz test signal This signal is injected directly into the spectrum analyzer IF circuitry The upper and lower 3 dB and 60 dB bandwidth frequencies may be determined by varying the frequency of the frequency synthesizer BNC CABLE ASSY 40 N MH2 REF INPUT AMPLIFIER OUTPUT BNC CABLE ASSY BNC CABLE ASSY BNC CABLE ASSY Figure 3 5 Resolution BW Accuracy Selectivity Test Setup 3 21 Performance Tes
244. ste a E Be HP 11667B Adapters m to BNC f 2 required HP 1250 1476 Type N m to SMA 6 HP 1250 1250 Type N f to APC 3 5 f HP 1250 1745 Type m to 3 5 m not necessary for Option 026 HP 1250 1743 APC3S ftoAPC3S f HP 5061 5311 Type f to APC 3 5 f required for Option 026 HP 1250 1745 Cables BNC 122 48 2 required HP 10503A 35 91cm 36in HP 8120 4921 3 66 8562A 2805A amp Below HP 8562B 2809A amp Below Performance Tests sm 30 Wait for the completion of a new sweep then press the PEAK SEARCH key Record the A amplitude reading below Amplitude Reading dBc 31 Algebraically add the Frequency Response Error recorded in step 19 to the A Amplitude Reading in step 30 Record the result below as the Second Harmonic Distortion 2 9 GHz The distortion should be less than 100 dBc 8562B less than 60 dBc Second Harmonic Distortion gt 2 9 GHz dBc HP 8562A 2805A amp Below HP 8562B 2809A amp Below 3 69 Performance Tests 3 38 Frequency Response SPECIFICATION In band Frequency Response 10 dB Input Attenuation HP 8562A HP 8562B 1
245. t is pressed The results will be sent to the printer If a printer is not available the Repeat test mode will pause at the end of each execution of the test to display the results Testing will continue after pressing Return This sequence will continue until Abort is pressed 3 6 Synthesized Sweeper Synthesizer Level Generator Synthesized Signal Generator Pulse Function Generator AM FM Signal Generator Microwave Frequency Counter Universal Counter Oscilloscope Measuring Receiver Power Sensor Performance Tests Tahle 3 5 Recommended Test Equipment 1 of 4 Critical Specifications for Equipment Substitution Frequency Range 10 MHz to 22 GHz Frequency Accy CW 1 X 10 9 4 Leveling Modes Internal and External Modulation Modes AM and Pulse Power Level Range 35 to 16 dBm 2 required Frequency Range 1 kHz to 80 MHz Frequency Accy 1 X 10 7 Flatness 0 15 dB Attenuator Accuracy lt 0 9 dB Frequency Range 100 kHz to 2 5 GHz Residual SSB Phase Noise at 10 kHz offset 320 MHz fc 640 MHz 131 dBc Hz Frequency Range 10 kHz to 50 MHz Pulse Width 200 ns Output Amplitude 5V Pk to Pk Functions Pulse and Triangle TTL Sync Output Frequency Range 1 MHz to 200 MHz Frequency Modulation Mode Modulation Oscillator Frequency 1 kHz FM Peak Deviation 5 kHz Frequency Range 9 MHz to 22 GHz Tim
246. t attenuation RELATED ADJUSTMENT IF Amplitude Adjustment DESCRIPTION This test measures the log 10 dB and 1 dB and linear IF gain uncertainties A 0 dBm signal is displayed near the reference level for each test The input signal level is decreased as the spectrum analyzer s reference level is decreased IF gain increased Since the signal level decreases in accurate steps any error between the reference level and the signal level is caused by the analyzer s IF gain The frequency synthesizer is phase locked to the spectrum analyzer s 10 MHz reference BNC CABLE ASSY SPECTRUM FREQUENCY ANALYZER SYNTHES ZER 10MHz REF IN OUT ATTENUATOR 355C 355D VHF ATTENUATORS ADAPTER BNC BNC BNC CABLE ASSY CABLE ASSY CABLE ASSY Figure 3 8 IF Gain Uncertainty Test Setup EQUIPMENT Frequency Synthesizer HP 3335A 10 dB Coaxial Fixed Attenuator HP 8491B Option 010 1 dB VHF Step Attenuator HP 355C HP 8562 2805A amp Below HP 85628 2809A amp Below 3 37 Performance Tests P OPMBGLELD EGGEMOGMFLRBITRRLELAMILALA lIDKL EAS S Adapters Type N m to BNC f HP 1250 1476 Type N f to APC 3 5 f Option 026 HP 1250 1745 Cables 122 cm 48 in required
247. t operates conveniently from the PROBE POWER output of the HP 8562A B 1 23 External Harmonic Mixers The HP 11970 Series harmonic mixers extend the frequency range of the HP 8562A B up to 110 GHz 1 24 Close Field Probe The HP 11940A Close Field Probe is a small hand held electromagnetic field sensor The probe provides repeatable absolute magnetic field measurements from 30 MHz to 1 GHz When attached to a source the probe generates a localized magnetic field for electromagnetic interference EMI susceptibility testing 1 3 Introducing the HP 8562A B M m 1 25 75 to 50 ohm Minimum Loss Pad The minimum loss pad HP Part Number 08562 60047 is a low VSWR device that is required for measurements on 75 ohm devices 1 26 75 to 50 ohm Adapter The HP 11687A allows you to make measurements in 75 ohm systems while retaining amplitude calibration It is effective over a frequency range of dc to 1300 MHz 1 27 Microwave Limiter The HP 11693A Limiter protects the analyzer input circuits from damage due to high power levels and operates over a frequency range of 04 to 124 GHz 1 28 HP IB Cable Use HP 10833A B C D HP IB cables 1 29 Controllers The HP 8562A B is fully HP IB programmable The preferred controllers are HP 9000 Series 300 computers Consult your local Hewlett Packard service representative for other recommended controllers and available software 1 30 Plotter The HP Color
248. te the analyzer s front panel knob until the marker MKR reads 10 00 dBm 0 17 dB There is a slight delay in time between the adjusting of the knob and the change in marker value Notice that the REF LEVEL CAL value displayed on the screen changes Press STORE REF LVL 10 Press the PRESET key 2 24 HP IB Address Selection l t3 The HP IB address for the analyzer is preset at the factory to a decimal value of 18 Valid address values range from 0 to 31 To view the HP IB address press the PRESET key and HPIB ADDRESS To change the address value enter the new address number using the front panel data keys and terminate the entry by pressing a units key For example enter an address of 18 by pressing the PRESET key HPIB ADDRESS the 1 key the 8 key and the Hz key Press the PRESET key 2 25 When the trace alignment and reference level calibration procedures have been completed successfully the analyzer is ready for normal operation CHAPTER 3 PERFORMANCE TESTS 3 1 What You ll Find in This Chapter 3 2 This chapter contains 22 test procedures which test the electrical performance of the HP 8562A B Spectrum Analyzer against the specifications in Table 1 1 None of the test procedures require removing the cover of the spectrum analyzer This chapter also provides instructions on using the HP 85629A functional tests 3 3 What is Performance Verification 3 4 The highest level testing called Pe
249. tents of the spectrum analyzer display except for the menus and error codes When PRINT is active STOP PRINT appears in its place allowing you to stop printing before it is finished COLOR PRINT Prints the entire contents of the spectrum analyzer display except for the menus and error codes in color to the HP 3630A PaintJet printer When COLOR PRINT is active STOP PRINT appears in its place allowing you to stop printing before it is finished Colors of the printed display are fixed by the spectrum analyzer NOTE If the HP 3630A PaintJet printer is not connected at the execution of COLOR PRINT erroneous information will be printed PLOT Same as PLOT ALL PLOT OPTIONS Same as PLOTTER MENU PAGE 7 4 HP 8562A 2805A After the last page of chapter 7 add the new pages 7A 1 through 7A 3 HP 8562B 2809A provided in this Manual Updating Supplement Supplement HP Part Number 08562 90059 4 Rev 25FEB88 e PAGE 13 4 HP 8562A 2805A HP 8562B 2809A PAGE 14 66 Serials PAGE 14 108 HP 8562A 2805A HP 8562B 2809A Rev 25FEBRR Paragraph 1 Preseiector Control After paragraph 1 add the following paragraph Printer Output PRINT Sends the analyzer display to a printer Table 14 3 HP 8562A B preset state In the STATE column make the following changes Change line 2 CENTER FREQ from 12 38 GHz HP 8562A to 12 38 GHz HP 8562A Option 026 14 63 GHz HP 8562A Change line 3 SPAN from 19 25 GHz
250. than the specifications listed in Table 3 6 Table 3 6 Displayed Average Noise Level Specification dBm LIT Measurement Uncertainty dB Displayed Average Noise Level dBm Frequency 10 kHz 100 kHz 1 74 1 98 1 74 1 98 1MHzto 2 9 GHz 1 74 1 98 2 9 GHz to 6 46 GHz 1 74 1 98 6 46 GHz to 13 0 GHz 1 74 1 98 13 0 GHz to 19 7 GHz 1 74 1 98 19 7 GHz to 22 GHz 1 74 1 98 Opt 026 19 7 GHz to 26 5 GHz 3 18 HP 8562A 2805A amp Below HP 8562B 2809A amp Below Performance Tests 3 29 Input Attenuator Accuracy SPECIFICATION Accuracy referenced to 10 dB input attenuation for 20 to 70 dB settings 1kHzto2 9 GHz lt 0 6 dB 10 dB step to a maximum of 1 8 dB RELATED ADJUSTMENT There is no related adjustment procedure for this performance test DESCRIPTION This test measures the input attenuator s switching accuracy and step to step accuracy over the full 70 dB range at 50 MHz The frequency synthesizer is phase locked to the spectrum analyzer s 10 MHz reference Switching accuracy is referenced to the 10 dB attenuator setting The attenuator in the synthesizer level generator is the measurement standard Step to step accuracy is calculated from switching accuracy data BNC CABLE ASSY FREQUENCY Y N MM d ANALYZER Md 2 1OMHz REF IN OUT aeococ EM CI oocoo
251. the Actual A MKR reading The A MKR reading should be within the limits shown 13 Repeat steps 9 through 12 for the remaining HP 8562A B REF LVL settings listed in Table 3 15 e 3 38 Performance Tests j e Log Gain Uncertainty 1 dB Steps 14 Set the HP 3335A the AMPLITUDE key to 10 dBm and the AMPTD INCR key to dB 15 Set the HP 8562A B controls as follows MARKER 3 5 34 RS x ee EU EIN EIN EV MARKER NORMAL uuu Ps hte Ust arg ge ate Gru eode Por da ers 0 dBm dB DIV UR OUO T erba WR ELS een US 1 dB R E R RIK NARHARE ETT DA RR R Re CONT 16 Adjust the HP 355C to place the signal 2 to 3 dB two to three divisions below the HP 8562A B reference level 17 On the HP 8562A B press the TRIG key SINGLE SINGLE the MARKER ON key and MARKER DELTA 18 Press the AMPLITUDE key on the HP 3335 19 Press the key on the HP 3335 20 On the HP 8562A B press the AMPLITUDE key and the key 21 Press the TRIG key and SINGLE on the HP 8562A B e 22 Record the HP 8562A B A MKR amplitude reading in Table 3 16 as the Actual A MKR reading The A MKR reading should be within the limits shown 23 Repeat steps 19 through 22 for the remaining HP 8562A B REF LVL settings listed in Table 3 16 Linear Gain Uncertainty 24 Set the HP 3335A the AMPLITUDE key to
252. the FREQUENCY key the key the key and the key Wait for the completion of a new sweep and press the PEAK SEARCH key Record the HP 8562A B MKR reading in Table 3 33 as the Lower Product Suppression The suppression should be greater than 75 dB 30 Record the maximum of the Lower Product Suppression and Upper Product Suppression for the 2 8 GHz entries in Table 3 33 Third Order Intermodulation Distorion at 2 8 GHz dBc 31 Record the maximum of the Lower Product Suppression and Upper Product Suppression for the 4 0 GHz entries in Table 3 33 Third Order Intermodulation Distorion at 4 0 GHz dBc Table 3 33 Third Order Intermedulation Distortion LowerProduct Product Upper Product Upper Product Frequency Supression Frequency Supression GHz dB GHz dB 2 80000 2 80005 2 79995 2 8001 4 00000 4 00005 3 99995 4 00010 Measurement Uncertainty dB HP 8340A 1 HP 8340A ane Product 3 91 Performance Tests 3 41 Gain Compression SPECIFICATION dB for a 3 dBm total mixer power level RELATED ADJUSTMENT There is no related adjustment procedure for this performance test DESCRIPTION This test measures gain compression in low band and high band Two signals separated by 3 MHz are used First the test places a 30 dBm signal at the input of the spectrum analyzer the analyzer s reference level is also set to 30 dBm Then a 7 dBm signal is placed on th
253. the HP 8562A B controls as follows CENTER FREQ n3 uk RUNE OE Ro Y Z es Moo Roe 295 GHz 5 uc TP rcm cc 295 GHz ae e pte RARE AO HR UR T 0 dBm 10 Set the HP 8340A controls as follows e ACTU 295 GHz POWER LEVEL cc m hn he hh hh a s on nn 0 dBm 11 On the HP 8562A B press the TRIG key CONT the MARKER OFF key and the PEAK SEARCH key 3 67 Performance Tests lann 12 13 14 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 26 27 28 Omit this step if spectrum analyzer is an HP 85628 On the HP 8562A press the INT key and PRESEL AUTO Wait for PEAKING message to disappear before continuing to the next step Adjust the HP 8340A POWER LEVEL for an HP 8562A B reading of 5 dBm Press the RATIO key on the HP 8902A Enter the power sensor s 6 GHz calibration factor into the HP 8902 Set the HP 8340 CW to 59 GHz On the HP 8562 press the FREQUENCY key the T key and the PEAK SEARCH key Omit this step if spectrum analyzer is an HP 8562B On the HP 8562 press the INT key and PRESEL AUTO PK Wait for the PEAKING message to disappear before continuing to the next step Adjust the HP 8340 POWER LEVEL for an HP 8562A B MKR reading of 5 dBm Record the HP 8902A reading below as the Frequency Response Error Frequency Response Erro dB Connect the equipment as shown
254. the fault is detected should be OK parameters adjusted later in the sequence are suspect ERR 400 AMPL 100 Unable to adjust amplitude of 100 Hz RES BW ERR 401 AMPL 300 Unable to adjust amplitude of 300 Hz RES BW ERR 402 AMPL 1 Unable to adjust amplitude of kHz RES BW ERR 403 AMPL Unable to adjust amplitude of 3 kHz RES BW ERR 404 AMPL 10K Unable to adjust amplitude of 10 kHz RES BW ERR 405 RBW 10K Unable to adjust 10 kHz RES BW ERR 406 RBW 10K Unable to adjust 10 kHz RES BW ERR 407 RBW 10K Unable to adjust 10 kHz RES BW ERR 408 10K Unable to adjust 10 kHz RES BW ERR 409 RBW 10K Unable to adjust 10 kHz RES BW ERR 410 RBW 10K Unable to adjust 10 kHz RES BW ERR 411 RBW 10K Unable to adjust 10 kHz RES BW ERR 412 RBW 10K Unable to adjust 10 kHz RES BW ERR 413 RBW 10K Unable to adjust 10 kHz RES BW ERR 414 RBW 10K Unable to adjust 10 kHz RES BW ERR 415 RBW 10K Unable to adjust 10 kHz RES BW ERR 416 RBW 10K Unable to adjust 10 kHz RES BW ERR 417 Unable to adjust kHz RES BW ERR 418 RBW Unable to adjust kHz RES BW ERR 419 RBW 3K Unable to adjust kHz RES BW ERR 420 RBW 3K Unable to adjust kHz RES BW ERR 421 RBW 10K Unable to adjust 10 kHz RES BW ERR 422 RBW 10K Unable to adjust 10 kHz RES BW ERR 423 RBW 10K Unable to adjust 10 kHz RES BW ERR 424 RBW 10K Unable to adjust 10 kHz RES BW ERR 425 RBW 3K Unable to adjust kHz RES BW ERR 426 RBW 3K Unab
255. tiple and Out of Band Responses Frequency Range HP 8562A HP 8562B 10 MHz to 18 GHz 70 dBc unspecified 10 MHz to 22 MHz 60 dBc unspecified Residual Responses 200 kHz to 646 GHz with no signal at input 0 dB input attenuation DISPLAY RANGE 10 vertical CRT divisions with the reference level 0 dB at the top graticule line Amplitude Scale 1 Mixer level Input level input attenuation Introducing the HP 8562A B rear Table 1 1 HP 85624 B Specifications 4 of 8 e AMPLITUDE Continued DISPLAY RANGE Continued Calibration Log 10 dB Div for 90 dB display from reference level 5 dB Div for 50 dB display expanded from reference level 2 dB Div for 20 dB display expanded from reference level 1 dB Div for 10 dB display expanded from reference level Linear 10 of reference level per division when calibrated in voltage Reference Level Range Log adjustable in 0 1 dB steps Frequency Band Range dBm 10 kHz to 2 9 GHz 120 30 2 75 GHz to 646 GHz 120 to 30 5 86 GHz to 130 GHz 115 to 30 12 4 GHz to 197 GHz 105 to 30 19 1 GHz to 22 0 GHz 100 to 30 Linear settable in 1 steps Frequency Band Range 10 kHz to 2 9 GHz 2 2 to 707V 2 75 GHz to 646 GHz 2 2 pV to 707V 5 86 GHz to 13 0 GHz 40 pV to 707V 12 4 GHz to 197 GHz 12 6 uV to 707V 19 1 GHz to 22 0 GHz 22 pV to 707V AMPLITUDE ACCURACY REFERENCE LEVEL UNCERTAINTY Frequency Response With 10 dB in
256. try in Table 3 35 column 5 Use the CENTER FREQ and the 1 keys to step the Ist LO frequency in 200 MHz steps center frequency in 1200 MHz steps At each step record the power level displayed on the HP 8902A in Table 3 35 Enter the appropriate power sensor calibration factor into the HP 8902A as indicated in Table 3 35 The power levels measured should be within the limits shown in Table 3 35 Record the maximum 1ST LO OUTPUT POWER Maximum IST LO OUTPUT POWER dB Record the minimum IST LO OUTPUT POWER Minimum 1ST LO OUTPUT POWER dB 3 97 Performance Tests Table 3 35 1st LO Output Amplitude e 1st LO Output Power Fins Factor Measurement requency Actual Ma Uncertainty Nominal actual Ist LO frequency is within 50 MHz of this frequency 3 98 Performance Tests 3 43 Sweep Time Accuracy SPECIFICATION For SPAN 0 Hz Sweep time 30 ms lt 15 Sweep time gt 30 ms lt 1 RELATED ADJUSTMENT There is no related adjustment procedure for this performance test DESCRIPTION For sweep times less than 30 ms an amplitude modulated signal is displayed on the analyzer in zero span and the frequency of the modulating signal triangle wave is adjusted to space the peaks evenly across the display The frequency of the modulating signal is counted and the actual sweep time is calculated and compared to the specification For sweep times of
257. ts caU EQUIPMENT Frequency Synthesizer HP 3335A Amplifier iios so v ee JD Bs Seo ay SOS es Boks ay Ee qnd HP 8447E Double Balanced D MP HP 10514A Adapters 1250 1200 Cables 122 cm 48 5 HP 10503A PROCEDURE Resolution BW Accuracy 1 8 9 Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 3 5 The HP 8562A B provides the frequency reference for the HP 3335 Set the HP 3335A controls as follows FREQUENCY Poe S se na eem do E ale aca TN gt AMPLITUDES oe Sees SUR ERU muda roe D 20 dBm AMEIDUNCR 21e xem hace LEV pde wp en Ben quss dB On the HP 8562 press the PRESET key the AMPLITUDE key LOG dB DIV the 1 key and the dB key On the HP 8562A B press the AMPLITUDE key MORE IF ADJUST and IF ADJ OFF Press the EXT key to place the analyzer in external mixing mode Adjust the HP 3335A output amplitude to place the signal displayed on the HP 8562A B one to two divisions 1 dB to 2 dB below the reference level Set the HP 3335 AMPTD INCR to 3 dB On the HP 8562A B press the AMPLITUDE key MORE IF ADJUST and ADJ CURR IF STATE Wait for the IF ADJUST STATUS message to disappear before continuing Adjust the HP 3335A frequency for a peak signa
258. uaa S 8 V2968 dH 2968 dH VGEEE dH ZHI 0 40j pnuaj 21901 Performance Tests Pages 3 29 through 3 36 intentionally deleted 3 28 Performance Tests 3 30 IF Gain Uncertainty SPECIFICATION lt 1 0 dB reference levels 0 dBm to 80 dBm with 10 dB input attenuation RELATED ADJUSTMENT IF Amplitude Adjustment DESCRIPTION This test measures the log 10 dB and 1 dB and linear IF gain uncertainties A 0 dBm signal is displayed near the reference level for each test The input signal level is decreased as the spectrum analyzer s reference level is decreased IF gain increased Since the signal level decreases in accurate steps any error between the reference level and the signal level is caused by the analyzer s IF gain The frequency synthesizer is phase locked to the spectrum analyzer s 10 MHz reference BNC CABLE ASSY H FIXED ATTENUATOR 355C 355D VHF ATTENUATORS Lj ADAPTER LJ BNC BNC CABLE ASSY CABLE ASSY Figure 3 8 IF Gain Uncertainty Test Setup EQUIPMENT Frequency Synthesizer HP 3335A 10 dB Coaxial Fixed Attenuator HP 8491B Option 010 1 dB VHF Step Attenuator HP 355C 3 37 Performance Tests l A H OO MM OMM EDU X L LL i LL iA Dhp
259. uction manual in order to protect the instrument against damage Location of pertinent information within the manual is indicated by use of this symbol in the table of contents Indicates dangerous voltages are present Be extremely careful The CAUTION sign denotes a hazard It calls attention to a procedure which if not correctly performed or adhered to could result in damage to or destruction of the instrument Do not proceed beyond a CAUTION sign until the indicated conditions are fully understood and met CAUTION The WARNING sign denotes a hazard It calls attention to a procedure which if not correctly performed or adhered to could result injury or loss of life Do not proceed beyond a WARNING sign until the indicated conditions are fully understood and met GENERAL SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS BEFORE THIS INSTRUMENT IS SWITCHED ON make sure it has been properly grounded through the protective conductor of the ac power cable to a socket outlet provided with protective earth contact Any interruption of the protective grounding conductor inside or outside the instrument or disconnection of the protective earth terminal can result in personal injury WARNING There are voltages at many points in the instrument which can if contacted cause personal injury Be extremely careful Any adjustments or service pro cedures that require operation of the instrument with protective covers removed should be performed only by trained ser
260. ude reading of 10 dBm 05 dB 0 05 34 Record the negative of the power ratio displayed on the HP 8902A in Table 3 28 as the HP 8902A Reading 35 Press CW and the 1 key on the HP 8340A and the FREQUENCY key and the key on the HP 8562A B to step through the remaining frequencies listed in Table 3 28 At each new frequency repeat steps 32 through 34 entering the power sensor s calbration factors into the HP 8902A as indicated in Table 3 28 Frequency Response Band 4 36 On the HP 8562A B press the FREQUENCY key the 1 key the 9 key the key the 7 key the 1 key the GHz key CF STEP and set the CF STEP to 100 MHz 37 Set the HP 8340A CW to 19 71 GHz and the FREQ STEP to 100 MHz If spectrum analyzer is an Option 026 set FREQ STEP to 200 MHz 38 If the spectrum analyzer is an HP 85624 press the INT key and PRESEL AUTO PK Wait for the PEAKING message to disappear 39 Adjust the HP 8340A POWER LEVEL for an HP 8562A B MKR amplitude reading of 10 dBm x 0 05 dB 40 Record the negative of the power ratio displayed on the HP 8902A in Table 3 29 as the HP 8902A Reading 41 Set the HP 8340A CW and the HP 8562A B CENTER FREQ to 19 8 GHz Option 026 19 9 GHz Repeat steps 38 through 40 42 Press CW and the key on the HP 8340A and the FREQUENCY key and the key on the 8562A B to step through the remaining frequencies listed in Table 3 29 At each new frequency repeat steps 38 through 40 entering the power
261. uired HP 1250 1743 Type N f to BNC HP 1250 1474 3 5 m to 3 5 HP 1250 1748 Cables 122 48 in HP 10503A APC 3 5 91 cm 36 in HP 8120 4921 3 70 HP 8562A 2805A amp Below HP 8562B 2809A amp Below Performance Tests BNC CABLE ASSY FREQUENCY MEASUR NG SPECTRUM STANDARD EXT RECE I VER ANALYZER SYNTHESIZED SWEEPER EISE goog 2 EXER TH a o nO Se KDE 9 552828 ADAPTER APC 3 5 CABLE ASSY SENSOR Figure 3 17 Frequency Response Test Setup 50 MHz to 22 GHz BNC CABLE ASSY MEASUR I NG 10 MHz REF RECEIVER SPECTRUM ANALYZER FREQUENCY SYNTHESIZER 10 MHz OUTPUT REF oooog 009090 POWER 5 TERMINATION POWER ADAPTER SPLITTER APC 3 5 CABLE ASSY ADAPTER Figure 3 18 Frequency Response Test Setup lt 50 MHz HP 8562A 2805A amp Below HP 8562B 2809A amp Below 3 71 Performance Tests nena renner reece _ _ _ SS SS SS EE PROCEDURE 1 Zero and calibrate the HP 8902A and HP 8485A in log mode as described in the HP 8902A Operation Manual t3 Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 3 17 3 Press the INSTR PRESET key on the H
262. upler directly to the HP 8562A B RF INPUT using an adapter Do not use a cable 9 On the HP 8562A B press the following keys the PEAK SEARCH key the MKR key and MARKER gt REF LVL Wait for a new sweep to finish then press the following keys MARKER DELTA the FREQUENCY key and the T key 10 On the HP 8340A 2 press the RF key on 11 On the HP 8562A B press the PEAK SEARCH key 12 Adjust the the POWER LEVEL key of the HP 8340A 2 fora A MKR reading of 0 0 dB 30 17 dB 13 Press the following HP 8562A B keys the MARKER OFF key the PEAK SEARCH key MARKER DELTA the FREQUENCY key and the T key Wait for a new sweep to finish then press the PEAK SEARCH key 14 Record the 8562A B reading in Table 3 33 as the Upper Product Suppression The suppression should be greater than 70 dB 15 On the HP 8562 press the FREQUENCY key the key the key and the key Wait for a new sweep to finish and press the PEAK SEARCH key 16 Record the HP 8562A B A MKR reading in Table 3 33 as the Lower Product Suppression The suppression should be greater than 70 dB Third Order Intermodulation gt 2 75 GHz 17 Disconnect the directional coupler from the HP 8562A B Connect the directional coupler to the power sensor 18 On the HP 8340A 2 press the RF key off 19 Set each of the HP 8340A frequencies the CW key to the next values listed in Table 3 33 Enter the appropriate power sensor calibration factor i
263. ust amplitude in log scale Unable to adjust amplitude in log scale Unable to adjust amplitude in log scale Unable to adjust amplitude in log scale Unable to adjust step gain amplifiers Unable to adjust amplitude of MHz RES BW Unable to adjust amplitude in log scale Unable to adjust amplitude in log scale Unable to adjust amplitude in log scale Unable to adjust amplitude in log scale Unable to adjust amplitude in log scale Unable to adjust 100 kHz and lt 10 kHz RES BW s Unable to adjust 100 kHz and lt 10 kHz RES BW s Unable to adjust 30 kHz RES BW Unable to adjust 100 kHz RES BW Unable to adjust 300 kHz RES BW Unable to adjust 1 MHz RES BW Unable to adjust 30 kHz RES BW Unable to adjust 100 kHz RES BW Unable to adjust 300 kHz RES BW Unable to adjust 1 MHz RES BW Unable to adjust amplitude in log scale Unable to adjust amplitude in log scale Hardware Firmware interaction check other errors e Hardware Firmware interaction check other errors ADC input is outside of the ADC range Microprocessor is not receiving interrupt from ADC Checksum error of EEROM A2U501 Checksum error of frequency response correction data Checksum error of elapsed time data Checksum error of frequency response correction data Checksum error of customer preselector peak data Checksum error of Program ROM A2U306 Checksum error of Program ROM A2U307 Checksum error of Program ROM A2U308 Checksum error of Program
264. ustment for this performance test DESCRIPTION This test checks for residual responses in Bands 0 and 1 1 Any response located above the display line is measured in a narrow frequency span and resolution bandwidth The spectrum analyzer RF INPUT 50Q is terminated in 50 ohms EQUIPMENT Coaxial 50 Ohm Termination HP 909D Adapters 35 1250 1744 BNC HP 1250 1476 Cables BNC 122c em 48in usual ASA uv TA MOS Iun ux week HP 10503A PROCEDURE 1 On the HP 8562 press the PRESET key and set the controls as follows CENTER FREQ S aor eias eo qus pc aee v eed une teg Bee 300 MHz SPA it ac de Scop oe LRA Sei e bp reb Us qood oe Rom te do rd ue 101 ay Based cee 10 kHz RES BW x NT bos Ac ec DS Bok K etm QOIS ados aen Mii s 300 Hz REPLEVBL G7 bon ers SUED c poc 10 dBm ATTEN wk dee ux de ITI Tc TT 0 dB 2 On the HP 8562A B connect a BNC cable between the CAL OUTPUT and RF INPUT and press the PEAK SEARCH key the AMPLITUDE key MORE and REF LEVEL CAL Use the data entry knob or step keys to change the REF LEVEL CAL value until the marker amplitude reads 10 00 dBm 0 17 dB 3 103 Performance Tests Residual Responses Band 0 3 Remove the BNC cable and adapter from the RF INPUT Install the Type to
265. version loss setting and 0 dBm ence level 1ST LO OUTPUT Connector SMA female front panel Impedance 50 ohms Frequency Range 3 0000 GHz to 6 8107 GHz CAL OUTPUT Connector BNC female front panel Impedance 50 ohms Minimum span is 10 kHz for spectrum analyzers with serial prefix 272 abelow T Nis the harmonic mixing mode The desired 1st LO harmonicisale _ner than the tuned frequency by the 1st IF frequency 3 9107 GHz for the 1 kHz to 2 9 GHz band and 310 7 MHz for all other bands 1 16 HP 8562A 2805A amp Below HP 8562B 2809A amp Below Rev 25FEB88 Introducing the HP 8562A B Table 1 2 85624 B Characteristics 3 of 3 NOTE These are not specifications Characteristics provide useful but non warranted information about instrument performance INPUTS AND OUTPUTS Continued 10 MHz REF IN OUT Connector BNC female rear panel Impedance 50 ohms Output Amplitude 0 dBm Input Amplitude 2to 10 dBm VIDEO OUTPUT Connector BNC female rear panel Impedance dc coupled 50 ohms Amplitude into 50 ohm load 0 to 1 volt full scale LO SWP 0 5 V GHz OUTPUT Connector BNC female rear panel Impedance dc coupled 2 kohms LO SWP OUTPUT no load Oto 10V 0 5 V GHz OUTPUT no load 0 5V GHz of tuned frequency BLANKING OUTPUT Connector BNC female r
266. vice personnel CAUTION BEFORE THIS INSTRUMENT IS SWITCHED ON make sure its primary power circuitry has been adapted to the voltage of the ac power source Failure to set the ac power input to the correct voltage could cause damage to the instrument when the ac power cable is plugged in Electrostatic Discharge Electrostatic discharge ESD can damage or destroy electronic components Therefore all work performed on assemblies consisting of electronic components should be done at a static free work station Figure 1 is an example of a static safe work station using two types of ESD protection conductive table mat and wrist strap combination conductive floor mat and heel strap combination These methods may be used together or separately Building Ground 1 Meg Ohm Resistor Resistor Floor Mat Figure 1 Example of a Static Safe Work Station Reducing Damage Caused by ESD Following are suggestions that may help reduce ESD damage that occurs during testing and servicing operations Before connecting any coaxial cable to an analyzer connector for the first time each day momentarily ground the center and outer conductors of the cable Personnel should be grounded with a resistor isolated wrist strap before touching the center pin of any connector and before removing any assembly from the unit Be sure that all instruments are properly earth grounded to prevent a buildup of static charge Stati
267. w Pass Cutoff Frequency 50 MHz HP 0955 0306 Filter Rejection at 65 MHz 50 dB Low Pass Cutoff Frequency 4 1 GHz HP 360D Filter Rejection at 5 1 GHz 50 dB 2 required Double Balanced Maximum Conversion Loss 9 dB HP 10514A Mixer Frequency Range 5 to 350 MHz Conversion Compression 0 3 dB for OdBm signal at RF port Harmonic Distortion 30 dBc Directional Frequency Range 1 7 to 22 GHz HP 0955 0125 Coupler Coupling 160 dB nominal Max Coupling Deviation 1 dB Directivity 14 dB minimum Flatness 0 75 dB maximum VSWR 145 Insertion Loss 1 3 dB Power Splitter Frequency Range 1 kHz to 22 GHz HP 11667B Insertion Loss 6 dB nominal Output Tracking 0 25 dB Equivalent Output SWR 1 22 RF Detector Frequency Range 0 1 to 1 2 GHz Maximum SWR 1 3 typical Low Level Sensitivity 0 35 mV uW Product Support Kit No Substitute HP 08562 60021 Adapter Type N f to BNC m HP 1250 1477 Adapter Type N m to BNC f 3 required HP 1250 1476 Adapter Type N f to APC 3 5 m 1250 1750 Adapter Type N m to SMA f HP 1250 1250 Adapter Type N m to APC 35 m 2 required HP 1250 1743 Adapter Type N m to APC 3 5 f HP 1250 1774 Adapter Type N f to BNC f HP 1250 1474 P Performance Tests A Adjustments M Test and Adjustment Module T Troubleshooting Operation Verification Performance Tests Adapter Adapter Adapter Adapter Adapter Adapter Adapter Cable RF Cable Cable
268. ware date readily available 3 Allow the analyzer to warm up for five minutes See the warmup specification in Table 1 1 2 22 Trace Alignment Procedure 1 Press the PRESET key the RECALL key MORE and CRT ADIL 2 Adjust the rear panel TRACE ALIGN until the leftmost line of the test pattern is parallel with the bezel See Figure 2 3 3 Adjust the rear panel X POSN until the leftmost characters and the softkey labels appear just inside the left and right edges of the CRT bezel 4 Adjust the rear panel Y POSN until the softkey labels align with their appropriate softkeys 5 Press the PRESET key to return the analyzer to normal operation 0 1 SOFTKEY 2 SOFTKEY 3 SOFTKEY 4 SOFTKEY 5 EXIT Figure 2 3 CRT Adjustment Pattern 2 6 Preparation for Use 2 23 Reference Level Calibration 1 2 9 Press the PRESET key Connect a 50 ohm coaxial cable such as HP 10503A between the front panel CAL OUTPUT and RF INPUT 500 connectors Set the analyzer s center frequency to 300 MHz by pressing the FREQUENCY key the 3 key the 0 key the 0 key and the MHz key Set the analyzer s span to 20 MHz by pressing the SPAN key the 2 key the 0 key and the MHz key Press the PEAK SEARCH key Set the analyzer s reference level to 10 dBm by pressing the AMPLITUDE key the 1 key the 0 key and the dBm key Press MORE and REF LVL CAL Rota
269. wer input attn gt 30 dB DC Gain Compression 10 MHz to 22 GHz lt 5 4 at input mixer 29 GHz to 22 GHz lt 3 dBm at input mixer Opt 026 2 9 GHz to 26 5 GHz lt 3 dBm at input mixer 30 dBm 1 watt 50 dBm 100 watts for pulse widths lt 10 ps and lt 1 duty cycle 0 volts lt 10 dB Minimum span is 10 kHz for spectrum analyzers with serial prefix of 2724A and below t N is the harmonic mixing mode The desired 1st LO harmonic is always higher than the tuned frequency by the Ist IF frequency 3 9107 GHz for the 1 kHz to 2 9 GHz band and 310 7 MHz for all other bands The 2 MHz resolution bandwidth is specified only for HP 8562A analyzers with serial prefix of 2805A and above and for HP 8562B analyzers with serial prefix of 2809A and above With lt 3 dBm at input mixer for HP 8562A with serial prefix 2805A and below and HP 8562B with serial prefix 2750 and below 1 8 8562A 2805 amp Below 85628 2809 amp Below a Rev 25FEB amp 88 Introducing the HP 8562A B Table 1 1 HP 85624 B Specifications 3 of 8 AMPLITUDE Continued Displayed Average Noise Level with no signal at input 100 Hz RES BW 1 Hz video BW and 0 dB input attenuation Frequency Range HP 8562A HP 8562B 10 kHz 90 dBm 90 dBm 100 kHz 100 dBm lt 100 dBm 1MHzto 2 9 GHz 120 dBm 120 dBm 29 GHz to 6 46 GHz lt 121
270. xternal Mixing 18 to 325 GHz External Mixing Bands Frequency Frequency Harmonic Mixing Band Range GHz Mode K 180 to 265 6 A 265to400 8 Q 330 to 500 10 U 400 to 600 10 500 to 75 0 14 E 60 0 to 90 0 16 W 75 0 to 110 0 18 F 900 to 1400 24 D 110 0 to 170 0 30 G 1400 to 220 0 36 Y 1700 to 260 0 44 J 2200 to 325 0 54 Frequency Readout Accuracy Accuracy of Start Center Stop or Marker Frequency lt frequency readout x frequency reference accuracy 5 of frequency span 15 of resolution bandwidth 250 Hz Frequency Count Marker Resolution Selectable from 10 Hz to 1 MHz marker frequency x frequency reference accuracy 50 Hz x N 1 LSD delta frequency x frequency reference accuracy 100 Hz x N 2 LSD Frequency Count Marker Accuracy For signal to noise ratio 25 dB Delta Frequency Count Accuracy For signal to noise ratio 25 dB Frequency Reference Accuracy Includes aging temperature drift and settability 4 x 10 per year Stability Residual FM 50 Hz x N peak to peak 1n 100 ms Zero span Spectral Purity Noise Sidebands 100 20 log dBc Hz 30 kHz offset N is the harmonic mixing mode The desired Ist LO harmonic is always higher than the tuned frequency by the Ist IF frequency 3 9107 GHz for the 1 kHz to 2 9 GHz band and 3107 MHz for all other bands
271. y MARKER DELTA and NEXT PEAK The active and anchor markers should be on the peaks of the signals near the second and tenth vertical graticule lines Record the HP 8562A B frequency reading as the Actual A MKR reading in Table 3 32 The reading should be within the limits shown Repeat steps 5 and 6 above for the combinations of HP 8340A CW frequencies and HP 8562A B center frequency and spans as indicated in Table 3 32 When changing CENTER FREQ on the HP 8562A do the following 3 85 Performance Tests a Set the HP 8340A 1 CW to the HP 8562A center frequency b On the HP 85624 press the TRIG key CONT the PEAK SEARCH key the INT key and PRESEL AUTO Wait for the PEAKING message to disappear before continuing to the next step c On the HP 8562A press the TRIG key and SINGLE d Proceed with steps 5 and 6 above 8 On the HP 8562B press the TRIG key SINGLE SINGLE the MARKER OFF key and the PEAK SEARCH key 9 Press the INT key and SIG ID AT MKR Wait for the signal identification routine to finish 10 If the frequency displayed in the active function block is within 50 MHz of the CW f requency of HP 8340A 1 and it is not identified as being an image proceed to step 13 11 If the frequency displayed in the active function block is more than 50 MHz from the CW frequency of HP 8340A 1 and or is identified as being an i
272. y Press the TRIG key and SINGLE on the HP 8562A B Record the A MKR amplitude reading in Table 3 20 column 4 The MKR amplitude should be within the limits shown Repeat this step for each HP 3335A setting 29 In Table 3 18 locate the Actual A MKR Reading with the greatest deviation from its corresponding nominal dB from REF LVL Add the dB from REF LVL to the Actual MKR Reading and record the result below Maximum Cumulative 10 dB Log Scale Fidelity dB 30 Record below the Incremental Error in Table 3 18 with the greatest deviation from 0 dB Maximum 10 dB Log Scale Incremental Error dB 31 In Table 3 19 locate the Actual A MKR Reading with the greatest deviation from its corresponding nominal dB from REF LVL Add the dB from REF LVL to the Actual Reading and record the result below U Maximum Cumulative 2 dB Log Scale Fidelity dB 32 Record below the Incremental Error in Table 3 19 with the greatest deviation from 0 dB Maximum 2 dB Log Scale Incremental Error dB Performance Tests Table 3 18 10 Div Log Scale Fidelity to mm dB dB 0 Ref HP 3335A dB from Incremental Measurement Amplitude Ref Level Error Uncertainty dBm nominal nominal dB dB 0 0 24 0 25 0 24 0 25 0 24 0 25 0 24 0 25 0 24 0 25 0 24 0 25 0 24 0 25 0 241 0 255 0 241 0 255 0 241 0 255 0 241 0 255 0 241 0 255
273. y to change the conversion loss values found in step 5 16 Press LOSS VS FREQ on the HP 8562A B 17 Enter the conversion loss at 18 GHz recorded in Table 3 37 18 Press the 1 key on the HP 8562A B 19 Repeat steps 17 and 18 for the remaining frequencies listed in Table 3 37 Table 3 37 IF Input Amplitude Accuracy GHz dB 3 107 Performance Tests Table 3 38 Performance Test Record 1 of 8 e Hewlett Packard Company Model HP 8562A Tested by HP 8562B Check one Serial No Date 5 10 MHz Reference Frequency 299 998800 MHz 300 001200 MHz 10 MHz Reference Output Accuracy Calbrator Amplitude and Frequency Accura 4 Calibrator Frequency 299 998800 MHz 300 001200 MHz 6 Calibrator Amplitude 10 3 dBm 9 7 dBm Displayed Average Noise Level 25 10 kHz 100 kHz 1 MHz to 2 9 GHz 2 9 GHz to 646 GHz 646 GHz to 130 GHz 130 GHz to 197 GHz 197 GHz to 22 0 GHz Resolution Bandwidth Switching and IF Alignment Uncertainty 5 1 MHz 100 kHz 30 kHz 10 kHz 3 kHz 1 kHz 300 Hz 100 Hz Resolution Bandwidth Accuracy and Selectivity 13 1 MHz 1 25 MHz 300 kHz 330 kHz 100 kHz kHz 30 kHz 33 kHz 10 kHz ll kHz 3 3 kHz 1 1 kHz 330 Hz 130 Hz 3 108 Table 3 38 Performance Test Record 2 of 8 Test Description Resolution Bandwidth Accuracy and Selectivity Continued 28 1 MHz 300 kHz 100 kHz 30 kHz 10 kHz 3 kHz 1 kHz 300 Hz 100 Hz Input Attenuator Accuracy
274. z 20 MHz SPAN 15 99889 GHz 16 0011 GHz 50 MHz SPAN 15 99739 GHz 1600261 GHz 100 MHz SPAN 15 9948 GHz 160052 GHz 1 GHz SPAN 15 950 GHz 16050 GHz 22 0 GHz CENTER FREQ 1 MHz SPAN 20 999864 GHz 21 000136 GHz MHz SPAN 20 99940 GHz 21 00060 GHz 20 MHz SPAN 20 99887 GHz 21001B GHz 50 MHz SPAN 20 99737 GHz 2100263 GHz 100 MHz SPAN 20 9948 GHz 21 0052 GHz 1 GHz SPAN 20 950 GHz 21 050 GHz amp Frequency Count Marker Accuracy 1 5 GHz CENTER FREQ 149999394 GHz 1 50000606 GHz 40 GHz CENTER FREQ 3 99998394 GHz 4 00001606 GHz 90 GHz CENTER FREQ 8 99996389 GHz 900003611 GHz 160 GHz CENTER FREQ 15 99993584 GHz 16 00006416 GHz 21 0 GHz CENTER FREQ 20 99991579 GHz 21 00008421 GHz HP 8562 2805A amp Below HP 8562B 2809A amp Below 3 111 Performance Tests Rev 25FEB88 Table 3 38 Peformance Test Record 5 of 8 o Pulse Digitization Uncertainty 17 LOG 1MHz RES BW 1 25 dB 17 LOG 2 MHz RES BW 3 0 dB 18 Linear 1 MHz RES BW 4 18 Linear 2 MHz RES BW 12 Second Harmonic Distortion 6 29 GHz 31 29 GHz 72 dBc 100 dBc HP 8562B 60 dBc Frequency Response Band 0 51 Maximum Positive Response 51 f Maximum Negative zsponse 51 h Peak to Peak Response Band1 52 a Maximum Positive Response 52 b Maximum Negative Response 52 Peak to Peak Response HP 8562B Band 2 53 a Maximum Positive Response 53 b Maximum Negative Response
275. zer damage can result from using packaging materials other than those specified Never use styrene pellets in any shape as packaging materials They do not adequately cushion the equipment or prevent it from shifting in the carton They cause equipment damage by generating static electricity and by lodging in the analyzer fan 43 Help 4 29 You can repackage the analyzer with commercially available materials as follows l 2 Attach a completed service tag to the instrument Install the front panel cover on the instrument Wrap the instrument in anti static plastic to reduce the possibility of damage caused by electrostatic discharge Use a strong shipping container A double walled corrugated cardboard carton with 159 kg 350 Ib bursting strength is adequate The carton must be both large enough and strong enough to accommodate the analyzer Allow at least three to four inches on all sides of the analyzer for packing material Surround the equipment with three to four inches of packing material and prevent the equipment from moving in the carton If packing foam is not available the best alternative is SD 240 Air CapTM from Sealed Air Corporation Commerce California 90001 Air Cap looks like a plastic sheet filled with 1 1 4 inch air bubbles Use the pink colored Air Cap to reduce static electricity Wrapping the equipment several times in this material should both protect the equipment and prevent it from moving i

Installation Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents